Tharoor Leads All-Party Delegation Urging Global Unity Against Terrorism

Congress MP Shashi Tharoor, heading an all-party delegation, delivered a powerful message at the World Trade Center, calling for a united global front against terrorism. Speaking outside the 9/11 Memorial in New York, Tharoor emphasized the importance of international solidarity in combating terrorism and highlighted the shared suffering of the United States and India.

During his remarks, Tharoor noted that India’s experience with terrorism mirrors the pain commemorated at the memorial. “We ourselves in India have been subject to the same wounds that you are seeing the scars of today in this very moving memorial. We have come in a spirit of solidarity, we have come at the same time on a mission,” he said. The visit to the 9/11 Memorial served as both a tribute and a reminder of the common threat terrorism poses to all democracies.

The delegation began its journey in New York and is scheduled to travel to Guyana, Panama, Brazil, and Colombia. While in New York, they met with prominent think tanks and leading Indian Americans, including Indra Nooyi, former CEO of PepsiCo and a board member of several global organizations like Amazon and the World Economic Forum.

Tharoor spoke passionately about the mission of the delegation. “In these countries we are hoping to be able to explain to the world how important it is for all of us to stand together against the scourge of terrorism. Just as the US showed such resolution and determination in the wake of 9/11, so too our country has stood up against the forces of evil who attacked us on the April 22. We hope that a lesson has been learned by those who perpetrated this attack and by those who finance, train, equip, and direct them,” he said.

He warned that India would not remain passive if such attacks were repeated, stating, “But we want to communicate to the world that we will not be sitting quietly if this is repeated. We want the world to understand that this is not a time for indifference, but for mutual strength and mutual solidarity, so that we can all unitedly stand up for the values that the United States has always cherished—the values of democracy, of human freedom, of diversity, of coexistence of people of different communities, none of which sadly is on the agenda of those who conducted such attacks.”

Tharoor stressed the need to pursue justice for terrorism and called for international accountability. “Perpetrators of terror should indeed be brought to justice, and we are not going to stop our hunt for those who did this latest atrocity,” he said. He emphasized the importance of identifying and targeting those who support and protect terrorists: “We need to think about where these people are based, where they have safe havens, where they are trained, equipped, financed, guided, armed, and often directly directed… to perpetrate these horrors, and they too should be accountable for what they have been doing.”

Addressing the issue of UN sanctions, Tharoor, who previously served as the UN Under Secretary General, remarked, “I think there are something like 52 individuals and organizations based in Pakistan that at one time or the other have been listed by the UN Sanctions Committee… There is something much more direct that needs to be done, and we are not going to confine ourselves only to listings, to diplomacy, to the production of international dossiers. We are also going to exercise our right to self-defense, which every country recognizes.”

He also expressed strong confidence in the Indian diaspora’s ability to influence public discourse in the United States. “You are a very influential diaspora in this country. You are not just numerous. You are prosperous… You have an influential voice. You’re active in public life. You’re active in politics… We would like you to help sensitize public opinion and political opinion in this country about what is going on and how wrong it is, and certainly we would expect the diaspora to partake of the messaging that we are here to do… you are actually a force multiplier for us as well. We come and go, but you live here, and we want you certainly to please remind people around you of what the challenges are that India is facing.”

In a press release, the Indian Consulate confirmed the delegation’s engagement with think tanks, academic institutions, and the media in New York. The statement said the delegation highlighted the importance of strategic ties between India and the United States and emphasized collaborative global action against terrorism.

The delegation includes Shambhavi Chaudhary (Lok Janshakti Party), Sarfaraz Ahmed (Jharkhand Mukti Morcha), G M Harish Balayagi (Telugu Desam Party), Shashank Mani Tripathi, Tejaswi Surya, Bhubaneswar K Lata (all from BJP), Mallikarjun Devda (Shiv Sena), and former Indian Ambassador to the US Taranjit Singh Sandhu. Their unified message underscores India’s bipartisan consensus in the fight against terror.

Upon arriving in the U.S. on May 25, the delegation visited the 9/11 Memorial, accompanied by India’s Ambassador to the U.S., Vinay Mohan Kwatra. At the site, they paid tribute by offering white roses and folding their hands in a gesture of respect.

Reflecting on the visit, Tharoor said at the Indian Consulate, “It was obviously a very moving moment for us, but it was also meant to send a very strong message that we are here in a city which is bearing still the scars of that savage terrorist attack in the wake of yet another terrorist attack in our own country.” He continued, “We came both as a reminder that this is a shared problem, but also out of a spirit of solidarity with the victims… It’s a global problem, it’s a scourge and we must all fight it unitedly.”

The 9/11 Memorial honors the 2,977 victims of the September 11, 2001 attacks at the World Trade Center, the Pentagon, and near Shanksville, Pennsylvania, as well as the six individuals killed in the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center. Spanning eight acres within the 16-acre complex, the Memorial provides a space for reflection amid the hustle of lower Manhattan.

After their visit to the United States, the delegation will continue to Guyana, Panama, Brazil, and Colombia to further amplify India’s position against terrorism. This diplomatic mission includes a total of seven groups, each comprising eight to nine members from across the Indian political spectrum. Their task is to present India’s unified stance and detail Operation Sindoor to international counterparts.

Operation Sindoor, initiated on May 7, was a military response to the April 22 terror attack in Pahalgam, which resulted in the deaths of 26 individuals. The Indian government has reported that the operation targeted terror infrastructure in Pakistan and Pakistan-occupied Jammu and Kashmir, killing over 100 terrorists affiliated with groups such as Jaish-e-Mohammed, Lashkar-e-Taiba, and Hizbul Mujahideen.

Following India’s strike, Pakistan launched retaliatory attacks including cross-border shelling and attempted drone incursions. In response, India undertook a coordinated counter-offensive that damaged radar systems, communication hubs, and airfields across 11 Pakistani airbases. A mutual agreement to cease hostilities was announced on May 10.

Through this high-level diplomatic outreach, India seeks to convey that it is unwavering in its fight against terrorism and that any threats to its sovereignty will be met with decisive action and international engagement.

India Surpasses Japan to Become World’s Fourth-Largest Economy, Says NITI Aayog CEO

India has overtaken Japan to claim the position of the fourth-largest economy in the world, according to BVR Subrahmanyam, Chief Executive Officer of NITI Aayog. Speaking at a press conference during the 10th NITI Aayog Governing Council Meeting focused on the theme Viksit Rajya for Viksit Bharat 2047, Subrahmanyam cited the latest data from the International Monetary Fund (IMF) to support the announcement.

“We are the fourth largest economy as I speak. We are a USD 4 trillion economy as I speak, and this is not my data. This is IMF data. India today is larger than Japan,” said Subrahmanyam, stressing the significance of this achievement on the global economic stage.

Until recently, India was ranked as the fifth-largest economy, but the latest IMF figures indicate that the country has now edged past Japan. This development reflects India’s strong economic momentum, which experts say is likely to continue in the near future.

In addition to the announcement about India surpassing Japan, Subrahmanyam also expressed optimism about the country’s future economic trajectory. He stated that India may soon overtake Germany, which currently holds the position of the world’s third-largest economy.

“It’s only the United States, China, and Germany which are larger, and if we stick to, you know, what is being planned, what is being thought through, it’s a matter of another 2, 2.5 to 3 years; we would become the third largest economy,” he added. The CEO’s remarks suggest that the government is confident about its economic strategy and expects steady growth over the coming years.

Subrahmanyam’s projections are backed by the April edition of the IMF’s World Economic Outlook report, which presents strong numbers for India’s economic growth. The report estimates that India’s nominal GDP for the fiscal year 2026 will reach nearly $4,187.017 billion. In comparison, Japan’s GDP is projected to be slightly lower at $4,186.431 billion. This subtle difference has allowed India to inch ahead of Japan in global economic rankings.

The IMF report also reinforces the view that India will continue to be the fastest-growing major economy for at least the next two years. According to the projections, India’s economy is expected to grow by 6.2 percent in 2025 and 6.3 percent in 2026. These growth figures stand out sharply against global trends. The IMF estimates global economic growth will be just 2.8 percent in 2025 and 3.0 percent in 2026, significantly lower than India’s forecasted performance.

India’s consistently high growth rate has helped it rise rapidly in the global economic rankings over the past few years. In 2024, India was still in fifth place, but robust performance across sectors has propelled it to fourth place in a short span of time. With continued momentum and favorable policy frameworks, India appears well positioned to climb even higher.

Commenting further on India’s strong economic performance, Subrahmanyam highlighted the factors that are driving this growtfh. One key element, according to him, is the demographic advantage that India enjoys. With a large, young population entering the workforce, the country is well placed to experience sustained growth over the next few decades.

“India is at a takeoff stage where it can grow very rapidly, as has been done by many countries in the past… Given this, as well as the demographic dividend that India is actually blessed with for the next 20 to 25 years, that we can grow rapidly, the Prime Minister gave a call to all states to prepare vision documents at their level. This is already visible in the growth of India,” Subrahmanyam explained.

The demographic dividend refers to the economic benefit that arises when a country has a higher proportion of working-age individuals compared to dependents. In India’s case, this demographic phase is expected to last for the next two to two-and-a-half decades, giving it a unique opportunity to boost productivity and expand its economic base.

To make the most of this opportunity, the Indian government has been encouraging states to prepare long-term development plans. Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s call for each state to create its own vision document is intended to align regional strategies with national goals. This decentralized planning approach is already beginning to show positive results, according to the NITI Aayog CEO.

India’s rise to the fourth position also reflects its successful navigation through global economic challenges, including the aftermath of the COVID-19 pandemic, inflationary pressures, and geopolitical uncertainties. While many economies around the world have been struggling with slow growth and high inflation, India has managed to maintain a relatively stable and positive economic outlook.

The IMF’s optimistic projections suggest that this trend is likely to continue, provided India sticks to its current policy direction and continues implementing reforms that enhance ease of doing business, increase investment in infrastructure, and promote innovation and digital inclusion.

India’s increasing economic clout is also likely to enhance its global influence. As it climbs the ranks among the world’s largest economies, India will have greater say in shaping international economic policies and trade agreements. Moreover, as the country becomes a more attractive destination for global investors, it may also see increased foreign direct investment, further bolstering its growth.

While challenges such as income inequality, rural development, and job creation remain, India’s overall economic trajectory appears to be on a strong and upward path. Subrahmanyam’s remarks at the Governing Council Meeting serve as both a milestone announcement and a call to action for policymakers to continue building on this momentum.

In summary, India’s leap into the fourth position among the world’s largest economies is a significant achievement backed by IMF data. With strong growth forecasts and a young, dynamic population, the country is well placed to continue its rise. “We are the fourth largest economy as I speak,” said Subrahmanyam, pointing to the data. With Germany now in sight and long-term planning underway, India’s economic ambitions are clearly set on becoming a global powerhouse in the near future.

Indian MPs Embark on ‘Peace Mission’ Across Americas to Denounce Terrorism

An all-party delegation of Indian Members of Parliament has embarked on a “peace mission” across the Americas with a clear message: India will not be cowed by terrorism. Leading the initiative is senior Congress MP Shashi Tharoor, who emphasized that the delegation aims to make a bold international statement in the aftermath of the recent terrorist attack in Pahalgam that claimed the lives of 26 civilians.

The group, composed of eight MPs and accompanied by Taranjit Singh Sandhu, India’s former Ambassador to the United States, began their mission in New York on Saturday evening. Their first stop was the 9/11 memorial at the World Trade Center, where they paid tribute to the victims of the deadliest terrorist attack on American soil.

During their time in New York, the delegation also engaged with members of the Indian diaspora and addressed the media, reinforcing their central message of unity and resistance against terrorism. Following the New York visit, the group is scheduled to travel to Guyana, Panama, Colombia, and Brazil. Their itinerary will conclude with a return to the United States, where they plan to meet with political leaders, lawmakers, and influential figures.

Before departing from India, Tharoor laid out the mission’s objectives. “The reason we are going is to speak for the nation, to speak about this horrendous crisis we were subjected to, in which our country was attacked by terrorists in the cruelest possible way,” he said. He further added, “We need to speak up with clarity and conviction for our country, for our response, and to give the world the message that we will not be silenced by terrorism.”

The mission is notable for its bipartisan makeup, showcasing a unified national stance against terrorism. Tharoor, from the opposition Congress Party, is leading the delegation. Other members include Shambhavi of the Lok Janshakti Party (Ram Vilas), Sarfaraz Ahmad from the Jharkhand Mukti Morcha, and Milind Murli Deora of the Shiv Sena. The team also includes Shashank Mani Tripathi, Bhubaneswar Kalita, and Tejasvi Surya of the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), along with GM Harish Balayogi from the Telugu Desam Party, a partner in the National Democratic Alliance.

Their tour follows a particularly brutal incident in Pahalgam, where terrorists affiliated with The Resistance Front, a group linked to the Pakistan-based Lashkar-e-Toiba, carried out a massacre that killed 26 innocent civilians. India responded by launching targeted strikes on terrorist camps in Pakistan and in Pakistan-Occupied Kashmir. In retaliation, Pakistan launched attacks on Indian territory, deliberately aiming at civilian sites. These included places of worship such as temples, gurudwaras, convents, and even medical facilities, significantly escalating tensions between the two nations.

The delegation’s decision to start their peace mission at the 9/11 memorial in New York was deliberate and symbolic. Tharoor highlighted the importance of this gesture, saying it underlined their determination to ensure global attention remains focused on acts of terror. “We don’t want the world to look away either. We don’t want indifference to try and forward the truth,” he explained.

The September 11, 2001 attack on the World Trade Center, which resulted in the deaths of 2,731 people, had connections to Pakistan. Osama bin Laden, the leader of al-Qaeda who masterminded the attack, was later discovered living under the protection of the Pakistani government in Abbottabad. He was eventually killed there by the United States Navy SEALs.

Reflecting on the broader goals of the mission, Tharoor stated, “It’s a mission that will one day remind the world that India stands for all the values we need to preserve in the world today, of peace, of democracy, freedom, and not of hatred, of killing and on terror.” His remarks reinforce the delegation’s intent to represent India not just as a victim of terrorism, but as a global advocate for peace, tolerance, and democratic values.

The inclusion of leaders from both ruling and opposition parties underscores the shared commitment across the political spectrum to stand together in the face of terrorism. This rare show of unity is meant to bolster India’s image on the world stage and to confront global narratives that may downplay the threats the country faces.

While the delegation seeks to generate international support and solidarity, it also hopes to engage diaspora communities in spreading awareness about the realities of terrorism affecting India. Their engagements in countries across the Americas will serve both as outreach and as diplomatic soft power, emphasizing India’s resilience and moral stance against terror.

By combining symbolic gestures like the World Trade Center visit with strategic meetings across several nations, the delegation hopes to build a coalition of empathy and understanding. Their aim is to counter the efforts of groups and states that attempt to justify or minimize acts of terror against civilians.

In selecting a route that spans North and South America, including stops in countries like Guyana, Panama, Colombia, and Brazil, the delegation is also acknowledging the significant presence of the Indian diaspora in these regions. These communities, often influential in their host countries, are seen as valuable partners in advocating for India’s message of peace and justice.

This tour comes at a critical moment when global attention is often diverted by regional conflicts or domestic crises in the West. The Indian MPs believe that by physically taking this message abroad, they can bring renewed focus to the global challenge of terrorism and to India’s experience and response.

Furthermore, their presence in the United States and their meetings with lawmakers and thought leaders are meant to strengthen Indo-US ties, especially in the context of shared experiences with terrorism. The historical connection through the 9/11 attacks and India’s own recent tragedy provides common ground for deeper cooperation and understanding between the two democracies.

In summary, the peace mission led by Indian MPs is as much about diplomacy as it is about remembrance and resistance. By visiting the sites of tragedy and engaging with international leaders and communities, they seek to make it known that India will neither forgive nor forget, but will also continue to uphold the values of peace, democracy, and human dignity.

Tharoor’s closing words encapsulate the spirit of the mission: “It’s a mission that will one day remind the world that India stands for all the values we need to preserve in the world today, of peace, of democracy, freedom, and not of hatred, of killing and on terror.”

India Maintains Economic Stability Amid Global Uncertainties, Says RBI

India’s economy continues to show resilience in the face of global uncertainties, with the nation’s central bank projecting a future marked by “cautious optimism.” This assessment was shared in the Reserve Bank of India’s (RBI) latest monthly bulletin, released late on Wednesday, underscoring the country’s economic steadiness and potential for sustained growth despite turbulent international conditions.

The RBI noted that although the global economic environment remains volatile and uncertain, India is strategically positioned to endure and benefit from the changing dynamics. “The global economic outlook remains clouded amidst shifting policy landscapes and lingering vulnerabilities,” the RBI bulletin stated, highlighting the persistent global challenges that economies are currently facing. Despite this, the RBI expressed confidence in India’s trajectory, stating, “India stands well-positioned to navigate the ongoing global headwinds with confidence, ready to harness emerging opportunities and consolidate its role as a key driver of global growth.”

As global trade dynamics continue to evolve, India is actively pursuing a trade agreement with the United States. The initiative follows President Donald Trump’s decision on April 9 to announce a 90-day moratorium on planned tariff hikes for major U.S. trading partners, including a proposed 26% tariff targeting India. New Delhi is utilizing this temporary pause to negotiate a mutually beneficial trade pact aimed at avoiding the steep tariff. Indian officials are moving swiftly to reach an agreement within this brief window to safeguard bilateral trade interests.

Amid these international trade talks, domestic economic policy in India has seen notable adjustments. In April, the RBI decided to lower its key policy interest rate for the second time in a row. Additionally, it signaled the possibility of further rate reductions in the future by shifting its monetary policy stance from ‘neutral’ to ‘accommodative.’ This change indicates the central bank’s willingness to support economic growth by maintaining lower borrowing costs, particularly in light of declining inflationary pressures.

Inflation, once a key concern, appears to be stabilizing. The bulletin emphasized that inflationary pressures have substantially eased, with the consumer price index (CPI) showing signs of aligning with the central bank’s long-term targets. “Inflation pressures have eased significantly and the consumer price index is poised for a durable alignment with the target in 2025-26,” the RBI explained. In a reassuring development, India’s retail inflation in April dropped to 3.16%, marking the third consecutive month it stayed below the RBI’s 4% target. This is also the lowest inflation rate recorded since July 2019, offering policymakers greater flexibility to stimulate the economy without the fear of overheating.

The RBI also touched on global supply-side trends, noting some improvement. “While policy uncertainty has intensified, supply side pressures on the global economy are showing signs of relenting,” the bulletin noted. This suggests that bottlenecks and constraints that had plagued supply chains during and after the pandemic may be gradually easing, potentially leading to smoother trade and production flows.

Beyond macroeconomic indicators and international policy, the bulletin took a closer look at a specific domestic issue—food inflation driven by climate change and unusual weather patterns. In an article focused on how weather anomalies are affecting vegetable prices, the RBI highlighted a concerning trend. It observed that temperature anomalies, such as extreme heat or unseasonal cold, have become more frequent and intense in recent times. These weather disruptions have a direct impact on agricultural yields, particularly vegetables, which are sensitive to temperature fluctuations.

To counter these challenges, the RBI advocated for swift adoption of crop varieties that can withstand rising temperatures. The bulletin noted, “Temperature anomalies have increased in recent periods, raising the need for faster adoption of temperature-resistant crop varieties to support the objective of price stability.” This recommendation aligns with broader efforts to enhance agricultural resilience amid the growing impact of climate change, thereby ensuring food security and stable prices for essential commodities.

Overall, the RBI’s assessment combines a realistic acknowledgment of global economic instability with a confident outlook for India’s ability to stay the course. It reflects the central bank’s strategic balancing act—acknowledging international headwinds while promoting domestic policy tools to support growth, maintain inflation targets, and adapt to climate-induced supply risks.

The central bank’s approach remains data-driven and focused on long-term stability. Its accommodative stance suggests continued support for sectors that may require stimulus, particularly if external conditions remain fragile. The bulletin serves not only as a snapshot of the current economic situation but also as a roadmap for policymakers aiming to steer the Indian economy through global disruptions while capitalizing on emerging opportunities.

India’s economic policy, as outlined by the RBI, seems grounded in pragmatism with a vision for inclusive and sustained growth. The combination of easing inflation, potential trade agreements, and monetary support reflects a multifaceted approach to strengthening economic foundations.

Despite the complex international environment, India appears to be making deliberate and strategic moves to fortify its economy. With the central bank keeping a close watch on inflation, global trade relations, and the impact of climate change on agriculture, the country’s leadership is laying the groundwork for continued stability and long-term prosperity.

India’s ability to manage these dynamics could help it maintain a central role in global economic growth. As the RBI put it, “India stands well-positioned to navigate the ongoing global headwinds with confidence.” This blend of cautious optimism and strategic policymaking might well define India’s economic narrative in the years ahead.

India’s Total Fertility Rate Holds Steady at 2.0, Reports Show Demographic Shifts

India’s Total Fertility Rate (TFR), which represents the average number of children a woman is expected to have during her lifetime, remained unchanged at 2.0 in 2021, mirroring the figure from the previous year, according to the latest Sample Registration System (SRS) report released by the Registrar General of India (RGI) on May 7.

The findings of the report show significant demographic patterns across Indian states and reveal trends such as the aging of the population and delays in the average age of marriage. Notably, Bihar stood out for having the highest fertility rate in the country at 3.0, while the national capital Delhi and the state of West Bengal reported the lowest fertility rates, both standing at 1.4.

The SRS report also noted a significant demographic shift over the past five decades. The share of India’s population within the 0-14 age bracket has steadily declined from 41.2% in 1971 to 24.8% in 2021. Conversely, the proportion of the working-age population, defined as those between 15 to 59 years, has grown markedly during the same period. “Proportion of the economically active population between 15-59 years has increased from 53.4% to 66.2% during the same period,” the report stated.

India’s elderly population has also seen a notable increase. The share of the population aged 65 and above rose from 5.3% to 5.9%, and those aged 60 and above grew from 6% to 9% over the same time frame. These changes suggest the country is undergoing a demographic transition marked by an aging population and a shrinking youth cohort.

In this context, Kerala emerged as the state with the highest proportion of elderly people. According to the report, 14.4% of Kerala’s population is aged 60 and above. Tamil Nadu followed with 12.9%, and Himachal Pradesh with 12.3%. On the opposite end of the spectrum, Bihar had the smallest proportion of elderly citizens, with only 6.9% of its population being aged 60 or more. Assam and Delhi were also at the lower end, with 7% and 7.1% respectively in this age group.

In terms of social changes, the report documented a considerable increase in the average age at which women are getting married. It found that the mean age at effective marriage for females has gone up from 19.3 years in 1990 to 22.5 years in 2021. This shift suggests improvements in women’s education, employment opportunities, and growing awareness about reproductive health and family planning.

With the national census typically conducted every ten years, the SRS plays a vital role in filling the information gap in the interim. It stands as the largest demographic survey in India and is tasked with providing annual estimates of fertility and mortality statistics at both state and national levels. For this particular edition of the survey, data was collected from 8,842 sample units spread across all Indian states, encompassing approximately 84 lakh people.

While presenting the interim budget for 2024, Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman had announced the establishment of a high-level committee to explore the challenges associated with “fast population growth and demographic changes.” This statement seemed to imply that the country was still experiencing a rapid rise in population. However, the data from the SRS paints a more nuanced picture, indicating that the population growth may not be as steep as previously assumed. As the Census—delayed since 2021—has not yet been conducted (the last one being in 2011), a fuller understanding of these trends is still awaited.

The report also highlights that India has achieved replacement-level fertility, a crucial demographic milestone where a population exactly replaces itself from one generation to the next. Replacement-level TFR is usually pegged at 2.1. This rate has now been reached or even fallen below in numerous states.

“It is noteworthy that the replacement level TFR, viz. 2.1, has been attained at the national level, along with Delhi 1.4, West Bengal 1.4, Tamil Nadu 1.5, Andhra Pradesh 1.5, Jammu and Kashmir 1.5, Kerala 1.5, Maharashtra 1.5, Punjab 1.5, Himachal Pradesh 1.6, Telangana 1.6, Karnataka 1.6, Odisha 1.8, Uttarakhand 1.8, Gujarat 2.0, Haryana 2.0 and Assam 2.1,” the report stated.

The implications of these findings are multifold. On the one hand, a lower TFR aligns with aspirations for a smaller and more manageable population, which can reduce stress on resources and infrastructure. On the other hand, continued declines in fertility—especially below the replacement level—can pose long-term challenges, such as labor shortages and increasing dependency ratios due to a growing elderly population.

States like Bihar, with a TFR still significantly above replacement level, may need to focus on educational and reproductive health initiatives, while others with below-replacement rates may eventually confront issues tied to workforce shrinkage and elderly care.

Furthermore, the variations in elderly population proportions across states point to uneven aging processes in the country. States like Kerala and Tamil Nadu, with larger elderly populations, may face increased demand for healthcare services, age-friendly infrastructure, and social security programs. In contrast, states like Bihar and Assam, which still have a relatively young demographic, might focus more on education, job creation, and economic development.

Meanwhile, the rising mean age at marriage for females highlights evolving social norms and potentially positive trends in gender equality. Delaying marriage often correlates with better health outcomes for both mothers and children, as well as greater female participation in higher education and the labor market.

In conclusion, the latest SRS data underscores that India’s population dynamics are undergoing a significant transformation. While the overall fertility rate remains stable, the country is seeing a demographic shift characterized by declining youth populations, growing working-age groups, and an expanding elderly segment. These findings suggest that population-related policy planning will need to be tailored to the unique challenges and opportunities facing each state. The upcoming national census, whenever it occurs, will be critical in providing a complete and updated picture of these ongoing changes.

India Orders Nationwide Civil Defence Drills Amid Rising Tensions with Pakistan

As tensions between India and Pakistan surge following a deadly terrorist attack in Pahalgam, the Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA) has instructed all states and Union Territories to carry out civil defence mock drills on May 7, aimed at boosting national emergency preparedness.

These preparedness exercises will take place in 244 officially notified Civil Defence districts, in accordance with the Civil Defence Rules of 1968. The MHA issued an order stating, “States and union territories have been instructed to organise and oversee the drill. It will involve local government authorities, Civil Defence wardens, Home Guards, National Cadet Corps (NCC), National Service Scheme (NSS) volunteers, Nehru Yuva Kendra Sangathan (NYKS) members, and students from schools and colleges.”

According to government sources, the mock drills will focus on several critical objectives. First, they aim to assess the effectiveness of air raid warning systems. Second, they will test the functionality and activation of Hotline and Radio Communication Links with the Indian Air Force. Third, the operation of both main and shadow control rooms will be examined. Fourth, civilians and students will be trained on civil defence measures to help them protect themselves during potential hostile attacks. Fifth, the drills will check the provision and implementation of crash blackout measures. Sixth, there will be an emphasis on early camouflage techniques for protecting vital installations and plants. Seventh, the ability and coordination of Civil Defence services—including warden services, firefighting units, rescue teams, and depot operations—will be evaluated. Eighth, the proper execution of blackout protocols will be reviewed. Finally, evacuation plans will be assessed for effectiveness and practical implementation.

In Delhi, police officials have begun preparations in line with these directives. All Deputy Commissioners of Police (DCPs) have been instructed to formulate detailed contingency plans. According to PTI sources, DCPs are conducting strategic meetings with senior officers to increase patrols and enhance security at key locations throughout the capital as part of the broader civil defence readiness initiative.

The increased emphasis on civil preparedness comes against the backdrop of escalating hostilities between India and Pakistan. Both nations have taken a series of retaliatory steps, including recalling certain diplomats and restricting airspace and port operations. India has also halted the crucial Indus Waters Treaty (IWT), a major step in bilateral relations. In turn, Pakistan reportedly violated ceasefire terms along the Line of Control (LoC) in Jammu and Kashmir, engaging in small arms fire for ten consecutive nights, significantly heightening the already volatile situation between the two countries.

Reacting to India’s suspension of the IWT, Pakistan warned of a retaliatory response using its “full force and might” if water flow from India is either stopped or diverted. The warning came as India shut all gates of the Salal Dam on the Chenab River on Monday. Officials confirmed to ANI that this led to visibly reduced water levels in the Reasi district of Jammu and Kashmir.

Under the Indus Waters Treaty, the waters of the Western Rivers—Indus, Jhelum, and Chenab—are allocated to Pakistan, while the Eastern Rivers—Ravi, Beas, and Sutlej—are allocated to India. Although Pakistan holds primary rights over the Western Rivers, India retains limited rights for domestic, agricultural, non-consumptive, and hydroelectric use under strict regulations. The Salal Dam, a run-of-the-river hydroelectric project on the Chenab, fits within these defined parameters.

In the wake of these developments, India’s Defence Minister Rajnath Singh affirmed his unwavering commitment to safeguarding the nation. “As the Defence Minister, it is my duty to stand with the armed forces and deliver a strong response to any threat against India,” he said. Following a series of high-level meetings with senior officials, Prime Minister Narendra Modi granted the Indian Armed Forces full autonomy in choosing the “mode, timing & target” of India’s response to the attack, considered the deadliest since the Pulwama incident in 2019.

According to officials quoted by PTI, the Prime Minister declared, “It is our national resolve to deal a crushing blow to terrorism.” He further pledged that India would pursue terrorists and their enablers—implicitly pointing at Pakistan—to the “ends of the earth” and ensure they are met with punishment “beyond their imagination.”

Meanwhile, Pakistan has escalated its military readiness. On Monday, it conducted its second missile test within two days, a surface-to-surface missile with a range of 120 km. The Pakistani military stated that the test was aimed at validating its operational preparedness and confirming technical specifications, including those of its advanced navigation system. Just days earlier, on May 3, Pakistan tested the Abdali Weapon System with a 450 km range, which India reportedly interpreted as a “blatant provocation.”

Pakistan’s Prime Minister Shehbaz Sharif reinforced confidence in his country’s military capabilities, stating that its defence was “in strong hands.” In response, India has not remained passive. The Indian Navy successfully tested its MRSAM system aboard the newly inducted warship INS Surat in the Arabian Sea, effectively intercepting a low-flying aerial target. Additionally, the Advanced Light Helicopter (ALH) fleet has returned to operational service after a brief technical halt, further enhancing India’s defence posture.

As military activity grows more intense along the LoC, global powers have expressed grave concern and called for restraint from both sides. The United States, European Union, and China have all issued appeals for de-escalation, emphasizing the high stakes of potential conflict between two nuclear-armed nations.

However, if war were to break out, clear international alignments are beginning to emerge. China, Bangladesh, and Turkey have publicly pledged their support to Pakistan in case of an open conflict. On the other hand, countries like Russia, the United Kingdom, and Japan have extended their support to India.

The situation remains volatile and continues to evolve rapidly, with both sides taking assertive diplomatic, military, and strategic actions in response to recent events. While civil defence drills on May 7 may seem like routine emergency preparedness measures, they now serve as a stark reminder of the high-stakes climate in the region—where preparation, both civil and military, is no longer a precaution but a necessity.

Jaishankar Urges Justice in Pahalgam Attack; US Calls for India-Pakistan De-escalation

External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar held a discussion with US Secretary of State Marco Rubio on Wednesday regarding the recent terrorist attack in Pahalgam, stressing the need for accountability. He underscored that those responsible for the attack, including its perpetrators, supporters, and planners, must be brought to justice. In response, Rubio reiterated the US position that India and Pakistan should work together to reduce tensions and maintain peace in the South Asian region.

Jaishankar shared the details of their conversation on the social media platform X, formerly known as Twitter. He posted, “Discussed the Pahalgam terrorist attack with US @SecRubio yesterday. Its perpetrators, backers and planners must be brought to justice.”

Marco Rubio expressed condolences for those who lost their lives in the tragic incident. According to US State Department Spokesperson Tammy Bruce, “Secretary of State Marco Rubio spoke with Indian External Affairs Minister Subrahmanyam Jaishankar today. The Secretary expressed his sorrow for the lives lost in the horrific terrorist attack in Pahalgam, and reaffirmed the United States’ commitment to cooperation with India against terrorism. He also encouraged India to work with Pakistan to de-escalate tensions and maintain peace and security in South Asia.”

The US government is actively engaging with both India and Pakistan in efforts to prevent further escalation. Bruce stated that the US has reached out to both countries urging them not to worsen the situation. “Every day action is being taken. In this case, the Secretary speaking directly to his counterparts in India and Pakistan… We expect… the impact he has usually had with the individuals he has spoken with, and certainly with President Trump’s leadership, India and Pakistan having those conversations. It’s very important for them,” she said during a press briefing.

This latest appeal for restraint is part of a broader pattern of US diplomatic efforts to reduce Indo-Pakistani tensions following terrorist incidents. Such calls have been made in past crises as well. For example, in the aftermath of the 2019 Pulwama terror attack, then-US Secretary of State Mike Pompeo reached out to the late Sushma Swaraj, India’s External Affairs Minister at the time, with a similar message. He had urged both nations to exercise restraint and focus on reducing hostilities.

Similarly, after the 2016 Uri terrorist attack, John Kerry, who was the US Secretary of State during the Obama administration, had also spoken to Swaraj. In that conversation too, the emphasis was on de-escalation and preventing further deterioration of the situation.

Despite these appeals for calm, India has responded with military action in both past cases. Following the Pulwama attack in 2019, the Indian Air Force conducted airstrikes in Balakot, targeting terrorist camps across the Line of Control in Pakistan. This marked a significant shift in India’s strategic approach and was viewed as a strong message to those sponsoring cross-border terrorism.

Likewise, in 2016, after the Uri attack that resulted in the deaths of 19 Indian soldiers, the Indian Army launched what it described as “surgical strikes” against terrorist launchpads in Pakistan-occupied Kashmir. This operation was widely publicized by Indian officials and media as a retaliatory move, demonstrating a departure from India’s previously restrained responses.

The most recent attack in Pahalgam has revived global concern about the potential for military escalation between the two nuclear-armed neighbors. The United States, while expressing solidarity with India over the terrorist incident, has clearly communicated its interest in avoiding another cycle of conflict. This approach underscores Washington’s ongoing diplomatic balancing act between supporting India’s security concerns and maintaining regional stability.

Even though the US condemned the Pahalgam attack and affirmed its commitment to fighting terrorism in partnership with India, its concurrent appeal for dialogue with Pakistan is a familiar feature of its South Asia policy. American officials have often walked a tightrope, expressing support for India’s right to self-defense while advocating bilateral talks to prevent the situation from spiraling out of control.

Bruce’s statement highlighted the urgency of high-level communication, noting that Secretary Rubio’s direct conversations with both Indian and Pakistani officials were part of a broader strategy to contain the fallout. “We expect… the impact he has usually had with the individuals he has spoken with,” she said, reflecting the confidence the US places in its diplomatic engagements in the region.

These developments come at a time when relations between India and Pakistan remain severely strained, with little formal diplomatic engagement taking place. The legacy of previous terrorist attacks, coupled with India’s assertive military posture in recent years, has only hardened positions on both sides.

India has repeatedly emphasized that it expects firm action against terrorism from across the border and has often dismissed third-party mediation efforts, preferring a bilateral framework that it argues must be free of cross-border violence. Pakistan, on the other hand, has continued to raise the Kashmir issue in international forums and has called for dialogue, although India has maintained that such talks can only resume once terrorism ceases.

In the case of the Pahalgam attack, the exact details of the group or individuals responsible have not yet been made public. However, India’s call for justice reflects a consistent stance that accountability and deterrence must go hand in hand in dealing with terrorism. Jaishankar’s firm message to Rubio, emphasizing the need to punish those behind the attack, reinforces this position.

“Discussed the Pahalgam terrorist attack with US @SecRubio yesterday. Its perpetrators, backers and planners must be brought to justice,” Jaishankar reiterated in his post on X, echoing India’s unambiguous stance on the issue.

The US, for its part, appears to be focusing on ensuring that the situation does not evolve into a wider conflict. Its repeated calls for restraint, appeals to historical precedent, and diplomatic outreach to both sides reflect its deep interest in regional stability and counterterrorism cooperation. While the sympathy extended to India is evident, so is the emphasis on engagement and dialogue as a means of crisis management.

Despite the recurring nature of these terror-related flashpoints, the challenge of ensuring long-term peace in South Asia remains unresolved. Washington’s cautious optimism, expressed through Secretary Rubio’s outreach and Bruce’s public statements, suggests that the US continues to view direct communication between India and Pakistan as essential—even if past efforts have had limited success.

As tensions remain high following the Pahalgam incident, the international community, particularly the United States, will likely continue playing a mediating role, even as India sticks to its demand for justice and Pakistan calls for dialogue. Whether these parallel positions can converge in a constructive manner remains to be seen.

US and India Condemn Pahalgam Terror Attack, Reaffirm Joint Stand Against Cross-Border Terrorism

On Thursday, U.S. Secretary of Defense Pete Hegseth and Indian Defence Minister Rajnath Singh held a phone conversation to discuss the April 22 terrorist assault in Pahalgam, located in Jammu and Kashmir. The attack resulted in the tragic deaths of 26 people, including one citizen from Nepal. The majority of those killed were Indian tourists who had been visiting the region.

During the call, Secretary Hegseth expressed heartfelt condolences for the innocent lives lost in the brutal act of violence and condemned what he described as a “dastardly” attack. The United States emphasized its firm support for India in its fight against terrorism and reiterated that India has the right to protect its people from such threats.

The conversation reflected both countries’ ongoing concerns about terrorism in the South Asian region and their united stance against groups and states that sponsor violence. The Indian Ministry of Defence stated that Minister Singh made it clear Pakistan has a longstanding history of supporting, training, and financing terrorist entities. He also highlighted that the broader international community must not turn a blind eye to Pakistan’s role in disturbing the peace and stability of the region.

“Pakistan has been exposed as a rogue state, fueling global terrorism and threatening regional security,” Singh told Hegseth. “It is critical for the world to explicitly and unequivocally condemn such heinous acts of terrorism.”

Secretary Hegseth, for his part, assured India of America’s unwavering solidarity in combating terrorism and confirmed that the United States supports India’s right to carry out any actions necessary to protect its national security.

The Pahalgam attack on April 22 was particularly horrifying in nature. Armed militants targeted a group of Indian tourists, reportedly asking for their names before opening fire indiscriminately. The method of the assault suggested that the attackers intended to instill fear among civilians while making a political or ideological statement. Indian security forces responded swiftly by launching a high-intensity counterterrorism operation in and around the region in an effort to track down those responsible and neutralize any ongoing threats.

In the wake of the attack, military and diplomatic tensions between India and Pakistan have continued to escalate. On the night of April 30 and the early hours of May 1, the Pakistani army opened fire across the Line of Control (LoC) in the Kupwara, Uri, and Akhnoor sectors of Jammu and Kashmir. Indian defense officials said the firing was unprovoked and that small arms were used in the assault. Indian troops retaliated appropriately in response, though no further casualties have been reported.

The Indian Army’s response was aimed at sending a clear message that such provocations would not go unanswered. Defense sources indicated that India remains committed to safeguarding its territorial integrity while exercising strategic restraint to avoid further escalation.

These developments have once again drawn attention to the persistent threat of cross-border terrorism and the precarious security situation in Jammu and Kashmir. With each new incident, India has become more vocal in demanding that the global community take a firmer stance against nations that are believed to shelter or support terrorist elements.

The Indian government has repeatedly accused Pakistan of harboring terrorists and allowing extremist groups to operate within its borders. In recent years, India has taken various diplomatic steps to expose Islamabad’s alleged involvement in terrorist activities at international forums including the United Nations. The April 22 attack in Pahalgam has further strengthened India’s resolve to mobilize global opinion against such behavior.

Indian officials believe that strong international condemnation, coupled with pressure on Pakistan to dismantle terror networks operating from its soil, is essential for lasting peace in the region. “It is critical for the world to explicitly and unequivocally condemn such heinous acts of terrorism,” Singh repeated during his conversation with Hegseth.

The United States, which has faced terrorism on its own soil, has consistently expressed solidarity with India in times of crisis. By condemning the attack and reaffirming its support, the U.S. aims to maintain a strong strategic relationship with India, particularly in the areas of defense and counterterrorism.

The timing of the Pakistani firing across the LoC so soon after the Pahalgam attack is seen by many analysts as an attempt to deflect attention or escalate tensions further. Indian officials are interpreting the move as part of a larger strategy by Pakistan to keep the region in a state of uncertainty and instability.

The issue of terrorism remains central to India’s foreign policy and national security concerns. New Delhi has been urging world powers, including the U.S., to apply diplomatic and economic pressure on Islamabad to cease all support for terrorist groups. The Modi administration has also been seeking stronger international cooperation on intelligence-sharing, counter-terrorism financing, and regional security initiatives.

This recent phone call between Secretary Hegseth and Minister Singh represents more than just a diplomatic gesture. It reflects an alignment of values between the two democracies in addressing global terrorism and ensuring peace in South Asia. It also demonstrates the importance both countries place on their defense partnership and shared commitment to regional stability.

While no official readout has detailed the exact operational strategies discussed, both nations are expected to deepen defense cooperation in the weeks ahead. This may include expanded joint military exercises, intelligence coordination, and possibly renewed discussions on arms deals aimed at boosting India’s counterterrorism capabilities.

For now, the Indian government is focused on ensuring that those responsible for the April 22 massacre are brought to justice. Security operations in Jammu and Kashmir have been intensified, with a heightened alert level maintained across several districts. The military is also prepared for any further provocations along the border.

The broader message that India is sending to both domestic and international audiences is that terrorism, especially when state-supported, will be met with firm resistance. At the same time, it is calling upon its allies to do more than just issue statements—to take tangible steps toward isolating those who provide safe havens and support for extremist violence.

Secretary Hegseth’s strong words of support and condemnation of the attack were received positively by Indian officials. As the international community reacts to the Pahalgam tragedy, all eyes will be on whether this momentum leads to more decisive global action against cross-border terrorism.

With the situation along the Line of Control remaining tense and security forces maintaining a state of readiness, the path forward remains uncertain. However, what is clear is that India and the United States remain united in their call for justice and their refusal to tolerate acts of terror, regardless of where they originate.

Trump Signals Progress on U.S.-India Trade Deal Talks

President Donald Trump on Tuesday expressed optimism about ongoing trade negotiations with India, stating that discussions were advancing positively and that he expects the two countries to finalize a deal soon.

“I think we’ll have a deal with India,” Trump told reporters during a brief exchange outside the White House. He referred to Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s recent visit, noting, “The prime minister, as you know, was here three weeks ago, and they want to make a deal.” Modi had visited Washington in late February, reinforcing bilateral ties and initiating discussions aimed at resolving trade disputes.

Trump’s remarks come on the heels of an update from Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent, who also conveyed a sense of momentum in trade discussions between the U.S. and India. According to Bessent, the two nations are nearing a consensus. “We’re very close on India,” Bessent stated during a White House press briefing, signaling that key sticking points in the negotiations might soon be resolved.

In addition to India, Bessent mentioned that the U.S. is actively pursuing trade agreements with other major Asian economies. He said the administration has engaged in “substantial talks” with Japan about a potential trade pact. Regarding South Korea, he indicated that “the contours of a deal” were starting to take shape, suggesting that progress in the broader Asia-Pacific trade landscape is underway.

Vice President JD Vance had also engaged with Modi recently, underscoring the high-level commitment both nations are investing in sealing a trade deal. “The two leaders made some very good progress, so I could see some announcements on India,” Bessent remarked, hinting that formal agreements or policy announcements could follow soon. However, he did not specify an exact timeline for when these outcomes might be expected.

Bessent emphasized that negotiating with India offers unique advantages due to its existing tariff structures. “A country like India, which has the posted and ready tariffs, it’s much easier to negotiate with them,” he said, highlighting that India’s transparent and pre-established tariff system facilitates smoother negotiations compared to countries with more ambiguous or fluctuating trade policies.

Meanwhile, economist Raghuram Rajan, a former Reserve Bank of India governor and currently a finance professor at the University of Chicago Booth School of Business, noted the strategic benefits for India in reducing tariffs through a deal with the U.S. “India benefits hugely if it can negotiate tariffs to a much lower level, even while some other countries have it at a higher level,” Rajan explained during an appearance on CNBC.

He further elaborated on the potential impact such a deal could have on India’s global economic appeal. “It may cause a lot of companies to look at India in a new light, especially given the large Indian domestic market,” Rajan added. His comments highlight the potential for India to become a more attractive destination for foreign investment if trade barriers are lowered, particularly in comparison to countries with more restrictive tariff policies.

The Trump administration has intensified efforts to cement trade partnerships in the aftermath of the president’s sweeping tariff announcements. These initiatives include outreach to key global allies and trading partners aimed at renegotiating or creating new agreements that align more closely with American economic interests.

“We have 18 important trading relationships, we will be speaking to all of those partners, or at least 17 of them, over the next few weeks. Many of them have already come to Washington,” Bessent noted. This signals a broad, coordinated effort by the administration to engage in a comprehensive review and realignment of U.S. trade policies with multiple nations, while prioritizing those where mutual agreement appears feasible.

Bessent later clarified that active discussions are currently underway with 17 of those 18 partners, specifically excluding China. “Trading relationships with 17 partners are in motion,” he said, making clear that the administration is focusing its attention elsewhere amid ongoing tensions and complex trade issues with Beijing.

The exclusion of China from these ongoing negotiations further emphasizes the strategic shift in U.S. trade policy under Trump, which has focused on bilateral agreements and reducing dependency on countries with which the U.S. has significant trade deficits or unresolved disputes.

In the case of India, the U.S. has long sought greater market access for American companies, particularly in sectors such as agriculture, technology, and medical devices. On the other hand, India has been eager to preserve certain protections for its domestic industries while improving access to the U.S. market for its exports, especially in the textile and information technology sectors.

Past attempts to resolve trade tensions between the two countries have been impeded by disagreements over tariffs, intellectual property rights, data privacy, and digital commerce regulations. However, recent high-level interactions and positive rhetoric from both sides suggest that the current environment is more conducive to cooperation than in previous years.

While no specific details about the trade agreement under discussion have been released, the tone of the conversations from top U.S. officials indicates that a framework may already be in place. The administration’s coordinated messaging—from the president, treasury secretary, and vice president—reflects a united front and a sense of urgency in finalizing the deal.

The global trade community will be watching closely to see if the U.S. and India can overcome their longstanding trade differences and reach a mutually beneficial agreement. A successful deal could mark a significant turning point in U.S.-India relations and set the stage for greater economic integration between the world’s largest democracy and its largest economy.

Until then, both countries appear committed to keeping up the momentum. As President Trump stated confidently, “I think we’ll have a deal with India,” summarizing the administration’s outlook on what could be one of the more consequential trade developments of his presidency.

PM Modi Grants Armed Forces Full Freedom to Respond After Pahalgam Attack

Reaffirming India’s strong stance against terrorism, Prime Minister Narendra Modi declared that it is the country’s “national resolve to deal a crushing blow to terrorism.” He made it clear that the Indian armed forces enjoy his full confidence and have been granted “complete operational freedom to decide on the mode, targets and timing” of India’s response following last week’s deadly terror attack in Pahalgam that claimed the lives of 26 people.

This decisive statement came during a high-level security meeting at the Prime Minister’s residence on Tuesday. Those present included Defence Minister Rajnath Singh, National Security Advisor Ajit Doval, Chief of Defence Staff General Anil Chauhan, Army Chief General Upendra Dwivedi, Air Force Chief Air Marshal A.P. Singh, and Navy Chief Admiral Dinesh Tripathi. Sources indicated that this gathering took place just one day before the Prime Minister is set to lead a meeting of the Cabinet Committee on Security. This will be the second such meeting convened following the Pahalgam tragedy.

The recent meeting followed a series of diplomatic actions initiated by India in response to the attack. Officials believe that Pakistan played a role in orchestrating the assault. As a result, India announced several measures including the suspension of visa services for Pakistani nationals and a temporary halt to the Indus Water Treaty. The presence of the Defence Minister, NSA, CDS, and the chiefs of all three military services at Tuesday’s meeting strongly signals that military retaliation is being contemplated alongside the diplomatic steps.

“Prime Minister Modi expressed complete faith and confidence in the professional abilities of the Indian Armed Forces,” said a government source. The source further emphasized that Modi had assured the military of their authority to choose how and when to respond. “He added that they [the armed forces] have complete operational freedom to decide on the mode, targets and timing of our response,” the source reiterated.

While preparations are being made at the highest levels of government, military activity on the ground has already intensified. According to defence officials, intelligence-based counter-terror operations are continuing in the Kashmir Valley. These are aimed at preemptively targeting terror networks believed to be operating in the region. At the same time, Cease-Fire Violations (CFVs) by Pakistan have been reported for five consecutive nights along the Line of Control.

“During the night of April 28-29, Pakistan Army resorted to unprovoked small arms firing across the Line of Control in areas opposite Kupwara and Baramulla districts, as well as the Akhnoor sector,” the Army said in a statement. It added that “Indian Army responded in a measured and effective manner to the provocation.”

In addition to military discussions, coordination among internal security forces has also been stepped up. On Tuesday, Union Home Secretary Govind Mohan chaired a security meeting in New Delhi. The meeting was attended by the Director Generals of the Border Security Force (BSF), Assam Rifles, and the National Security Guard (NSG), as well as senior officers from the Central Reserve Police Force (CRPF) and the Central Industrial Security Force (CISF). While the specific agenda of the meeting was not disclosed, a senior government official said that security forces were instructed to remain on high alert, particularly at national borders, and to maintain maximum vigilance.

The broader context of this flurry of high-level activity is India’s strategic and assertive shift in counterterrorism policy. The attack in Pahalgam, widely seen as one of the most brutal assaults in recent times, has galvanized political and military leadership. The targeting of civilians in such a brazen manner has added urgency to India’s response planning. While the immediate diplomatic steps signal India’s disapproval of Pakistan’s alleged involvement, the military dimension is expected to play a crucial role in shaping the country’s response posture.

The fact that Prime Minister Modi has granted operational autonomy to the armed forces reflects a significant level of trust in military leadership. By allowing the services to determine the specifics of any retaliation—whether it be through targeted airstrikes, cross-border operations, or covert measures—the Prime Minister is signaling both flexibility and strength. The message is clear: India will not remain passive in the face of terrorism.

The continued firing incidents along the Line of Control further compound tensions in the region. These nightly exchanges of gunfire not only risk escalation but also jeopardize the lives of both soldiers and civilians living near the border. India’s response to these provocations has so far been “measured and effective,” as described by the Army. However, it remains to be seen how long restraint will prevail, especially if CFVs continue.

Meanwhile, intelligence agencies are working closely with military and paramilitary forces to identify the planners and perpetrators of the Pahalgam attack. Efforts are also being made to dismantle terror infrastructure and cut off logistical support within Kashmir and across the border. Defence sources confirmed that counter-terror operations are targeting identified sleeper cells and hideouts based on real-time intelligence inputs.

The participation of multiple security agencies in the Home Secretary’s meeting suggests an integrated approach to both border management and internal security. By bringing together leaders of paramilitary forces that operate across different terrains—from border outposts to urban centers—the government aims to ensure seamless coordination and readiness in the event of further threats.

Ultimately, the developments following the Pahalgam attack demonstrate a calibrated, multi-pronged approach by India. While diplomatic pressure is being exerted through international and bilateral channels, military preparedness has reached a heightened level. The decisions made in the coming days, including those emerging from the Cabinet Committee on Security, will likely determine the nature and intensity of India’s next steps.

What remains undeniable is the clarity of intent expressed by the Prime Minister. His statement, “complete operational freedom to decide on the mode, targets and timing of our response,” sets a strong precedent and leaves little ambiguity about India’s resolve to strike back. With tensions simmering along the LoC and security forces on high alert across the nation, the coming days will be crucial in defining both the immediate and long-term trajectory of India’s counter-terror strategy.

Rahul Gandhi Set for Two-Day US Visit, to Speak at Brown University and Engage with Indian Diaspora

Rahul Gandhi, India’s Leader of Opposition, is scheduled to undertake a two-day trip to the United States starting April 21. This visit will include a series of engagements focused on academic interaction and community outreach, especially with the Indian diaspora in the U.S.

During his visit, Gandhi will be heading to Rhode Island, where he will participate in a key event at Brown University. He is expected to take part in a session titled “A Conversation with Rahul Gandhi” at the Watson Institute for International and Public Affairs. This event is being organized by the Saxena Center for Contemporary South Asia and is slated to be held on April 21. As part of this academic exchange, Gandhi will also interact with Brown University’s faculty members and students, providing them with insights into Indian politics and governance from the perspective of the opposition.

Aside from the university session, the Congress leader will also meet with members of the Indian-American community during his U.S. visit. These meetings are expected to include interactions with non-resident Indians as well as representatives of the Indian Overseas Congress, which functions as the international arm of the Indian National Congress party. The Indian Overseas Congress plays an important role in engaging with the global Indian diaspora and promoting the Congress party’s ideology abroad.

Pawan Khera, the chairman of the Congress party’s media and publicity department, confirmed the details of Gandhi’s itinerary through a post on X, formerly known as Twitter. In his post, Khera stated, “Former Congress president Rahul Gandhi will be visiting Brown University, in Rhode Island, United States, on the 21st and 22nd of April. He will be giving a talk and interacting with faculty members and students.”

This upcoming trip marks Gandhi’s second visit to the United States in the span of a few months. His previous U.S. tour took place in September 2024, during which he addressed faculty and students at the University of Texas. That visit also included meetings with various Indian diaspora groups in Texas and the nation’s capital, Washington, D.C. These interactions have become part of Gandhi’s broader efforts to connect with Indians abroad and present his party’s vision on international platforms.

In addition to the University of Texas, Gandhi has delivered speeches and participated in dialogues at several renowned international academic institutions. These include appearances at Harvard University, the University of Cambridge, and Stanford University. Through these engagements, he has sought to present his thoughts on democracy, economic development, and the social challenges facing India. His academic outreach is viewed as part of a broader attempt to rebrand his political persona and expand his influence beyond Indian borders.

Brown University, where Gandhi is scheduled to speak during his upcoming visit, is one of the oldest and most prestigious universities in the United States. Founded in 1764, the Ivy League institution has a long-standing reputation for academic excellence and political engagement. Over the years, it has hosted a variety of global political leaders and public intellectuals, serving as a platform for high-level discussions on international affairs.

The event titled “A Conversation with Rahul Gandhi” is expected to draw significant attention from students, faculty, and members of the South Asian community in the region. With the growing interest in India’s political dynamics ahead of the next general elections, Gandhi’s thoughts on current national issues are likely to be closely followed. His appearance at Brown University is anticipated to provide him an opportunity to articulate his vision for India and present his critique of the current government in a global forum.

This kind of academic interaction is not new for Gandhi, who has made it a point to include such discussions during his international visits. These engagements often allow him to explain the Congress party’s stance on matters ranging from economic policy to social justice, and to underline the importance of democratic institutions in India. They also provide him with a space to address questions and criticisms in a relatively open and intellectually oriented environment.

In addition to addressing academic audiences, Gandhi’s outreach to the Indian-American community has also been a consistent part of his international itinerary. The Indian diaspora in the United States has played an increasingly influential role in shaping political perceptions and promoting bilateral ties between the two nations. Engaging with these communities allows Gandhi to build networks of support and understanding that can be strategically valuable, especially as India continues to play a larger role in global affairs.

The Indian Overseas Congress, which coordinates many of these diaspora engagements, has been instrumental in organizing meetings and forums for Gandhi during his visits. These interactions often serve dual purposes: strengthening the Congress party’s presence among overseas Indians and allowing Gandhi to gauge the concerns and expectations of expatriate communities. Such dialogues can also be an opportunity to correct misconceptions and present the Congress’s political agenda directly to a global Indian audience.

Gandhi’s recent travels to foreign universities and diaspora hubs highlight a broader strategy by the Congress party to rebuild its image and international credibility. In contrast to the more centralized and nationalistic messaging of the ruling Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), the Congress leader has often emphasized themes of democratic resilience, inclusivity, and global cooperation in his foreign engagements.

While the impact of such visits on domestic electoral politics may be limited, they do contribute to shaping global narratives about India and its leadership. Gandhi’s appearances on international stages are covered widely by both Indian and global media, influencing how Indian politics is perceived abroad.

His choice of Brown University for his next academic appearance fits into this pattern of aligning with reputed institutions that foster open discussion. As he prepares for the event and subsequent interactions, both his supporters and critics will be watching closely to see how effectively he uses the platform to project his political philosophy and connect with younger, globally-minded audiences.

With India set to enter another election cycle in the near future, Gandhi’s overseas engagements, including his forthcoming U.S. visit, are likely to be viewed through both diplomatic and political lenses. They reflect a continuing effort by the Congress leader to maintain visibility, build international rapport, and strengthen ties with communities that can indirectly influence India’s external image and internal discourse.

In summary, Rahul Gandhi’s two-day visit to the United States on April 21 and 22 includes a major speaking engagement at Brown University in Rhode Island, along with meetings with Indian-American community members and Congress party affiliates. As Pawan Khera noted, “Former Congress president Rahul Gandhi will be visiting Brown University, in Rhode Island, United States, on the 21st and 22nd of April. He will be giving a talk and interacting with faculty members and students.” This marks another chapter in Gandhi’s continued effort to blend academic dialogue, community interaction, and international outreach as he seeks to play a leading role in shaping India’s political future.

Boston’s Vision-Aid partners with the L.V.Prasad Eye Institute

BOSTON (April 15, 2025) — Vision-Aid, a Lexington, MA-based non-profit dedicated to empowering the visually impaired, announced it has partnered with the L.V.Prasad Eye Institute to launch of the Vision-Aid Cortical Visual Impairment (CVI) Resource Centre in Bhubaneswar, India. This pioneering initiative marks a major step forward in providing life-changing support to children affected by brain-based visual impairments in Odisha.

“This new center is more than just a facility—it’s a beacon of hope for visually impaired children and their families in Eastern India,” said Lalit Sudan, Volunteer President of Vision-Aid. “With this launch, we continue our mission to bring critical vision care and rehabilitation services to those in need. We are excited to expand our reach even further in the near future.”

The center, inaugurated by Boston poet and philanthropist Manorama Choudhury, has been named the Manorama Choudhury Nayan Jyoti Vision-Aid CVI Resource Centre and is housed at the renowned L V Prasad Eye Institute (LVPEI) in Bhubaneswar. This collaboration between Vision-Aid and LVPEI will deliver specialized early intervention programs, rehabilitation, and family support, ensuring that children with CVI receive the care they deserve, particularly in underserved rural areas.

In 2025, Vision-Aid programs are serving over 25,000 visually impaired in 50 locations across India, including 20 leading eye hospitals. Other than this new initiative at LVPEI Bhubaneshwar, another recent addition to the Vision-Aid map two months ago, was a center at  Sadguru Netra Chikitsalaya, a mega eye Hospital in Madhya Pradesh serving over 1 million patients annually. Other partners include the Aravind Eye Hospital and Sankara Nethralaya in Tamil Nadu, Narayana Nethralaya in Karnataka, Dr. Shroffs Charity Eye Hospital in Delhi and UP, CECF in Pune and several others.

A Vision for Change: Bridging the Gap for Children with CVI

The launch of this resource center represents a groundbreaking step toward health equity. By focusing on early diagnosis, tailored therapies, and family education, Vision-Aid and LVPEI aim to transform lives—helping children with CVI lead independent, dignified lives despite their visual challenges.

The heartfelt ceremony began with an address by Dr. Srikant Kumar Sahu, Director of the LVPEI Bhubaneswar campus, who highlighted the eye institute’s comprehensive vision care programs. Dr. Debasmita Majhi and Dr. Beula Christie outlined the center’s innovative rehabilitation strategies, emphasizing the critical role of structured early intervention.

A deeply moving moment came when a parent shared their emotional journey, shedding light on the struggles of raising a child with CVI and the immense relief that this resource center will bring. Their story underscored the life-changing impact of Vision-Aid’s efforts.

Visionaries Behind the Mission

The event featured inspiring remarks from Vision-Aid Founders Revathy Ramakrishna and Ramakrishna Raju, who reaffirmed their long-standing commitment to breaking down barriers for children with visual impairments.

In her address, Mrs. Choudhury spoke passionately about her motivation to support this initiative, stating: “Visual impairment affects not just individuals but entire families. By providing early intervention, assistive devices, and specialized training, Vision-Aid is empowering children to see beyond their limitations and embrace a future filled with possibilities.”

She also extended heartfelt gratitude to Vision-Aid’s leadership, LVPEI’s dedicated team of doctors and specialists, and key supporters like Bhaskar Panigrahi, whose efforts were instrumental in making this vision a reality.

A Celebration of Resilience & Possibility

unnamed (6)The ceremony concluded with a symbolic lamp-lighting, signifying hope and new beginnings for children with CVI. Attendees were deeply moved by a special cultural performance by children with disabilities, demonstrating their incredible resilience and talent.

Among the event’s esteemed guests was Sanyasi Behera, Odisha’s first visually impaired civil service officer, who underscored how this new center will pave the way for an inclusive future for the visually impaired community.

A tour of the state-of-the-art facility followed, offering guests an up-close look at the advanced technologies and therapies that will be utilized to support children with CVI.

Expanding the Reach: What’s Next for Vision-Aid?

As Vision-Aid continues its journey, this latest milestone reinforces its unwavering mission: ensuring that every visually impaired child, regardless of socioeconomic status, has access to the tools they need to thrive.

“This is just the beginning,” Sudan added. “With the support of our dedicated partners and community, we look forward to opening more centers and making an even bigger impact in the lives of children with CVI.”

About Vision-Aid

Vision-Aid is a non-profit organization dedicated to Enabling, Educating, and Empowering the visually impaired. By partnering with leading eye hospitals, vision professionals, technology innovators, governments, and NGOs, Vision-Aid ensures that individuals with low vision or blindness—especially in underprivileged communities in India—can lead productive, independent, and dignified lives.

To learn more about Vision-Aid’s programs, visit www.VisionAid.org and www.VisionAidIndia.org.

India’s Expanding Waistlines: The Dangerous Rise of the Pot Belly

Once seen as a symbol of wealth, indulgence, and the wisdom of age, the pot belly in India has traditionally carried cultural weight. In literature, it quietly implied comfort or an easy life, while in cinema it stood in for the sluggish bureaucrat, overeating uncle, or crooked cop. Cartoons often caricatured it to poke fun at politicians. In rural India, a large stomach once indicated privilege—evidence that “this man eats well.”

However, what was once laughed at or even respected is now causing serious concern. India is facing a growing obesity crisis, and the unassuming pot belly may be a more serious threat than previously believed.

In 2021, India recorded the second-highest number of overweight or obese adults in the world, with 180 million people affected, trailing only China. A new study published in The Lancet predicts that this figure could reach 450 million by 2050, amounting to nearly one-third of the country’s expected population.

This isn’t just a national problem—globally, over half of all adults and one-third of children and adolescents are projected to struggle with excess weight in the years to come.

Central to India’s obesity crisis is abdominal obesity, more commonly referred to as belly fat. Unlike general obesity, abdominal obesity refers specifically to excess fat accumulated around the midsection. According to medical professionals, it’s not merely a matter of appearance. As early as the 1990s, research established a strong connection between belly fat and chronic diseases such as Type 2 diabetes and heart ailments.

Obesity presents itself in several forms. Peripheral obesity involves fat buildup in the hips, thighs, and buttocks, while generalised obesity spreads fat throughout the body. But the belly fat version is drawing particular attention due to its link to serious health issues.

Current data from the National Family Health Survey (NFHS-5), which for the first time measured waist and hip circumference, highlights the scale of the issue. It found that around 40% of women and 12% of men in India suffer from abdominal obesity. According to Indian health standards, this means a waist size over 90 cm (35 inches) for men and 80 cm (31 inches) for women. Alarmingly, nearly half of Indian women between the ages of 30 and 49 show signs of this condition. Urban residents are more affected than their rural counterparts, with waist size and waist-to-hip ratios being key indicators.

So why is belly fat particularly concerning?

One major factor is insulin resistance. This condition occurs when the body no longer responds effectively to insulin, the hormone responsible for regulating blood sugar levels. Abdominal fat interferes with insulin’s functions, making blood sugar control difficult.

Studies have shown that South Asians, including Indians, tend to carry more body fat than white Caucasians at the same Body Mass Index (BMI), a measure of weight relative to height. But it’s not just about how much fat one has—it’s also about where it’s stored. In South Asians, fat typically accumulates around the trunk and beneath the skin, rather than deeper in the abdomen as visceral fat.

While this might suggest lower levels of the more dangerous deep belly fat, research shows that the larger and less efficient fat cells common in South Asians struggle to store fat under the skin. This excess fat then ends up in vital organs like the liver and pancreas, which play crucial roles in metabolism. The result is an increased risk of diseases such as diabetes and cardiovascular problems.

The exact biological reasons for these fat distribution patterns are still unclear. Numerous genetic studies have been conducted, but none have identified a single gene responsible. However, one hypothesis points to historical factors.

India’s long history of famine and chronic food scarcity meant that generations were accustomed to poor nutrition. To survive, the human body adapted to hoard energy. Since the abdomen is the most expandable part of the body, it became the ideal storage site for fat. “It’s a conjectural but plausible evolutionary theory – one that can’t be proven, but makes sense,” says Dr Anoop Misra, who leads Delhi’s Fortis-C-DOC Centre of Excellence for Diabetes, Metabolic Diseases and Endocrinology.

In 2023, physicians from the Indian Obesity Commission updated obesity guidelines specifically for Asian Indians. Recognizing that BMI alone doesn’t provide a complete picture, they introduced a two-stage clinical system that better reflects the relationship between fat distribution and health risks.

The first stage includes individuals with a high BMI but without abdominal obesity, metabolic disorders, or physical limitations. In these cases, interventions like improved diet, increased physical activity, and occasionally medication can help.

Stage two involves abdominal obesity and is often accompanied by health issues such as diabetes, knee pain, or irregular heartbeat. This stage indicates a much higher health risk and requires more aggressive treatment.

This new classification model helps doctors determine how urgently a patient needs intervention. According to experts, once belly fat becomes visible, early action is vital. Recently developed weight-loss drugs like semaglutide and tirzepatide have shown success in targeting belly fat.

“As shocking as it may sound, even people with a normal weight can have dangerous levels of belly fat,” warns Dr Misra.

So why is abdominal obesity on the rise in India? Experts point to a shift in lifestyle. Diets now often include more junk food, ready-to-eat meals, greasy homemade dishes, and high-calorie takeout. Between 2009 and 2019, countries like Cameroon, India, and Vietnam saw the fastest increases in per capita consumption of ultra-processed food and beverages, according to research.

What can be done to reverse the trend?

Indian experts argue that standard global guidelines for physical activity might not be enough for South Asians. While European men may maintain health with 150 minutes of exercise per week, South Asians may require 250–300 minutes to counter slower metabolism and the body’s reduced capacity to store fat effectively.

“Our bodies simply aren’t as good at handling excess fat,” explains Dr Misra.

Ultimately, the pot belly is no longer just the subject of jokes or cultural commentary—it’s a clear indicator of rising health risks. With the number of overweight and obese individuals in India projected to skyrocket in the coming decades, experts warn that the country is heading toward a major public health crisis.

India’s expanding waistlines are more than a superficial concern—they are the frontline of a dangerous epidemic. Unless tackled with seriousness, the pot belly could become a nationwide burden, straining not just individual health but the broader healthcare system as well.

India and U.S. Set Stage for Initial Bilateral Trade Deal Talks, Targeting Breakthrough in 90 Days

India and the United States have agreed on a framework for launching discussions on the first phase of a bilateral trade agreement, according to a trade official who made the announcement on Friday. The talks, which are set to begin soon, come with an optimistic outlook from both sides and a hope that a mutually beneficial agreement could take shape within the next three months.

Speaking on the condition of anonymity due to the delicate nature of the negotiations, the official said, “We are far ahead in trade talks with the U.S compared to other countries… there are lots of possibilities in 90 days.” This suggests a significant advancement in discussions, indicating that both countries are close to narrowing down common areas of interest and potential compromise.

This development comes at a crucial time as trade between India and the United States continues to grow. The U.S. remains India’s largest trading partner, with bilateral trade exceeding $118 billion in the 2023-24 financial year. This upward trajectory underscores the increasing importance of the relationship between the two economies, especially at a time when both are seeking to recalibrate their global trade strategies.

Just a day before the announcement, Reuters had reported that India was eager to accelerate its push for a trade deal with the United States, particularly in light of a recent policy shift from President Donald Trump. His administration decided to pause reciprocal tariff arrangements for several countries, including India. This move by Trump has opened up a new window of opportunity for New Delhi to seek favorable terms in a direct trade agreement with Washington.

President Trump’s recent tariff policy has created a new urgency in India’s trade diplomacy. Last week, his administration imposed a 26% tariff on Indian goods entering the U.S. market. Despite this, India has opted not to retaliate with its own tariffs on American products, a decision that is likely to keep the environment conducive for dialogue and cooperation.

The trade official noted that ongoing negotiations between the two countries would not be limited to physical meetings. “Trade engagements between the countries will continue virtually and regularly,” the official said, highlighting the commitment to maintaining momentum in the dialogue even in the absence of face-to-face discussions.

India’s decision not to retaliate against the steep U.S. tariffs appears to be a strategic one, aimed at keeping the larger goal of a bilateral trade agreement on track. The choice to avoid immediate countermeasures demonstrates a willingness to prioritize long-term economic partnership over short-term trade tensions.

According to the same official, the finalized terms of reference between the two sides have laid the foundation for substantive discussions. These terms will guide the upcoming engagements and serve as the basis for identifying key issues, sectoral interests, and areas where mutual concessions can be made.

The notion of a “win-win shape and form” to the agreement over the next 90 days reflects optimism that the first segment of the trade deal could yield benefits for both countries. Although specific details of the potential deal were not disclosed, the positive tone suggests that discussions may center around areas of shared interest, including tariffs, market access, regulatory alignment, and trade facilitation.

India and the U.S. have had a complicated trade relationship over the years, with both collaboration and conflict defining their interactions. From disputes at the World Trade Organization to negotiations over digital taxes, agricultural subsidies, and intellectual property, the two countries have seen their share of disagreements. However, the strategic partnership between them continues to strengthen, particularly in areas such as defense, technology, and energy, laying the groundwork for a closer economic relationship as well.

The finalization of the terms of reference and the commitment to regular, virtual trade engagements signal a desire to shift the tone of the relationship from reactive to proactive. Both nations seem to recognize the importance of building stable, predictable trade ties, especially in a global environment marked by economic uncertainty and shifting geopolitical alliances.

India’s willingness to move swiftly is partly driven by its desire to secure preferential market access for its exports while also seeking to reduce dependence on other markets. Meanwhile, the U.S. is likely to see India as a key partner in diversifying its trade portfolio and countering supply chain vulnerabilities, especially in the wake of disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and ongoing tensions with China.

Although the announcement of the finalized terms marks only the beginning of what could be a complex and lengthy negotiation process, it represents a significant step forward. If both sides manage to stick to the timeline and navigate political and economic sensitivities carefully, the result could be a landmark agreement that reshapes the trade landscape between the world’s largest and fifth-largest economies.

The next three months will be crucial as both governments attempt to hammer out specifics and address sensitive issues without triggering domestic opposition or trade blowback. Given the high stakes involved and the current political context, including the upcoming U.S. presidential elections, the pace and content of negotiations could be influenced by broader strategic considerations.

Still, the readiness to engage, the positive language from officials, and the absence of immediate retaliatory actions are encouraging signs. The coming weeks are likely to witness intensive virtual discussions involving a wide range of stakeholders, including ministries, trade representatives, industry leaders, and policy experts from both countries.

While trade negotiations are never easy, the fact that both India and the U.S. are expressing strong interest in reaching a preliminary deal in the near term is an indication of the importance both attach to this relationship. For India, deeper integration with the U.S. economy could bring in new investments, access to cutting-edge technology, and expanded markets for its goods and services. For the U.S., strengthening economic ties with India offers a strategic counterweight in the Indo-Pacific region and a reliable partner in securing resilient supply chains.

As negotiations continue, much will depend on the ability of both sides to manage expectations, make politically viable compromises, and maintain trust. But if the initial optimism holds and the projected timeline of 90 days is met, the two countries could be on the verge of formalizing a partnership that is as economically significant as it is strategically meaningful.

In the words of the trade official, “There are lots of possibilities in 90 days.” Whether those possibilities translate into a signed agreement remains to be seen, but the foundations have now been laid for what could be one of the most important trade developments in recent years.

Modi’s Truce with RSS and the Hindutva Path Ahead: A Critical Turning Point for India

Late last month, Prime Minister Narendra Modi paid a long-awaited visit to the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh’s Smruti Mandir in Nagpur, where he paid tribute to RSS founder K.B. Hedgewar and its second chief, M.S. Golwalkar. Shortly after, the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) successfully passed the controversial Waqf Amendment Bill in Parliament, with complete backing from all its allies, including the ostensibly “secular” Janata Dal (United) and the Telugu Desam Party. While these two developments may appear disconnected, they are, in fact, deeply intertwined—and together, they point toward a worrying shift in India’s political landscape.

Modi’s visit to Nagpur is being interpreted as a thaw in the chilly relations between him and the RSS. At the same time, the unhesitating support extended by JD(U) and TDP to the Waqf Bill demonstrates that the BJP, despite lacking a parliamentary majority on its own, is operating with unbridled freedom to pursue its Hindutva ideology. Those who expected Modi’s dependence on allies to moderate this agenda have been proven wrong. Similarly, analysts who anticipated that the rift between Modi and the RSS might weaken the Sangh ecosystem have been disappointed. The RSS has once again demonstrated its capacity to adapt, recover, and move forward with its long-term objectives intact.

This presents a grave possibility: a permanent transformation of India’s socio-political fabric in favor of Hindutva, regardless of which party leads the government in the future.

Since the BJP came to power in 2014, there has been a sustained effort to shift India’s polity away from liberal secularism toward a religion-centric majoritarian framework. Under Modi and Home Minister Amit Shah, the government has aggressively advanced the RSS’s central aims with the vision of establishing a Hindu Rashtra—a nation by and for Hindus.

This transformation has primarily taken place through constitutional means—through legislative and judicial actions. Landmark decisions and laws include the abrogation of Article 370 that removed Jammu and Kashmir’s special status, the criminalization of triple talaq, the construction of the Ram temple in Ayodhya, the Citizenship Amendment Act (CAA), the Waqf Amendment Bill, and moves toward a Uniform Civil Code.

Alongside these measures, the government has allowed non-state entities like the Bajrang Dal, Vishwa Hindu Parishad, and various fringe groups to embed a majoritarian ethos across the country. The results are evident: lynchings over cow protection, the forced shutdown of Muslim-run businesses, and assaults on secular and liberal voices, both online and offline. Hate speech has become routine, and a revisionist version of history—rooted in Hindu victimhood and Muslim vilification—is gaining traction.

In several BJP-ruled states, the authorities have defied Supreme Court guidelines by using bulldozers to demolish Muslim homes, while peaceful protestors are often branded anti-national. The offensive against minorities is now often led by BJP office-bearers, including chief ministers, ministers, MPs, and MLAs.

Further legal modifications are reportedly in the pipeline, targeting laws such as the Income Tax Act, the Personal Data Protection Act, and the Foreigners Act.

Since Modi took charge in 2014, India’s march down this sectarian road has reached a critical juncture. The direction now points clearly toward the RSS’s dream of a Hindu Rashtra—a place where the dominance of Hindu identity overshadows all else. The likelihood of returning to the inclusive values championed during the Independence movement and enshrined in the Constitution is narrowing rapidly.

If defenders of secular and democratic values fail to act swiftly, the idea of a pluralistic India could be overtaken permanently by a monocultural Hindu Rashtra. What’s more alarming is that the RSS’s vision is no longer tied solely to the BJP. The Sangh has pursued its mission independently for a century, biding its time to wield actual influence over the nation’s power structures. Even before 2014, it was quietly undermining India’s secular foundations, gradually poisoning public opinion with communal ideologies.

The political establishment, particularly the Congress Party after Independence, failed to counter this quiet infiltration. This inaction allowed the RSS to build enough strength to execute a two-phase final strategy. The first phase began with Anna Hazare’s anti-corruption movement, supported by figures like Arvind Kejriwal, and backed silently by the RSS. This culminated in the portrayal of Narendra Modi as a transformational Hindu leader, capable of reshaping India’s destiny. The electorate bought into this image and effectively handed over the reins of the country to the RSS.

Once the BJP secured power, the RSS rapidly advanced its Hindu Rashtra vision. In a country where a Union minister once resigned over trivial controversies during national crises, we now see Parliamentarians who idolize Nathuram Godse, Mahatma Gandhi’s assassin. Even Prime Minister Modi has been accused of making veiled jabs at the Muslim community.

Calls for violence against Muslims are increasingly tolerated, while voices defending democracy face suppression. Perhaps the starkest example was the treatment of top female wrestlers who accused a BJP MP of sexual harassment—they were publicly dragged by the police. This starkly contrasts with the nationwide protests following the brutal 2012 gang rape and murder of Nirbhaya in Delhi.

How did such a drastic transformation occur in under a decade?

The answer lies in the RSS’s long-standing effort to reinterpret India’s civilizational roots. It had cultivated a silent base of sympathizers—ordinary people who today freely endorse its hateful ideology. This hidden support system was activated with propaganda, financial clout, and coercion to dismantle democratic norms and constitutional values. Meanwhile, even the Opposition grew cautious, reluctant to take on the BJP’s Hindutva project head-on for fear of political backlash or imprisonment.

This fear is not limited to the BJP’s coalition partners. Much of the Opposition now hesitates to openly defend Muslims, fearing a loss of Hindu support. This apprehension is misplaced—the BJP’s vote share has never exceeded 38 percent. Most Hindus are not voting for the BJP, yet the Opposition seems paralyzed, unable to assert its secular position. As a result, it continues to play defense, afraid to confront the BJP’s communal rhetoric, lest it “miscue the shot and get caught out.” This strategy might help avoid defeat, but it cannot secure victory—and that suits the RSS perfectly.

Even if the Opposition were to come to power, it would likely only pause the Hindutva momentum, not reverse it. The RSS is built to endure, and if necessary, the BJP’s rivals might even compete to occupy the same ideological space. For the Sangh, “the more the merrier.”

Their rallying cry remains: “Jo Hindu hit ki baat karegaa, wo Bharat par raaj karegaa (Only they who safeguard Hindu interests will rule India).”

The urgency is now absolute. If the Opposition is serious about this ideological battle, it must act immediately. Time is not on its side. As Rahul Gandhi speaks of a 50-year struggle, he must recognize that more than five decades were already squandered before 2014 by ignoring the RSS threat. Unless democratic forces decisively confront the Sangh during its centenary, they may be left powerless as it celebrates its 150th year, having fully realized its Hindu Rashtra vision.

India, US Push for Swift Bilateral Trade Agreement Amid Tariff Tensions

India’s External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar and US Secretary of State Marco Rubio have emphasized the urgent need to finalize an India-US Bilateral Trade Agreement (BTA) during a phone conversation on April 7. The discussion comes amid escalating tensions following recent US tariff hikes on Indian goods, which have added pressure on both sides to expedite the deal.

The conversation between Jaishankar and Rubio marks a critical moment in the evolving trade relationship between the two nations. It reflects a shared understanding that the BTA must be concluded without further delay to safeguard mutual economic interests and address growing trade challenges.

In a social media post following the call, Jaishankar shared, “Good to speak with @SecRubio today. Exchanged perspectives on the Indo-Pacific, the Indian Sub-continent, Europe, Middle East/West Asia and the Caribbean. Agreed on the importance of the early conclusion of the Bilateral Trade Agreement. Look forward to remaining in touch.” The quote highlights the wide-ranging scope of the discussion, while underscoring the central focus on trade cooperation.

This high-level exchange followed the recent visit of Brendan Lynch, the US Assistant Trade Representative for South and Central Asia, who led a delegation to India from March 25 to 29 for bilateral trade talks. Lynch’s visit was aimed at pushing forward the long-pending BTA, with the two sides discussing ways to enhance market access and reduce both tariff and non-tariff barriers. These hurdles have been long-standing points of contention in India-US trade negotiations.

A key motivation behind the renewed push for the agreement is the US government’s recent move to increase tariffs on Indian exports. On April 2, President Donald Trump announced a 27 percent reciprocal tariff on Indian goods. This tariff hike is part of a broader protectionist measure that also targets imports from China and the European Union. The sharp increase in duties has caused concern within Indian policy circles and among exporters, who now face reduced competitiveness in the American market.

While Washington has described these tariff measures as reciprocal and justified by trade imbalances, New Delhi views them as a signal to accelerate dialogue rather than retreat into trade confrontation. The Modi government is keen to avoid a repeat of the 2018-2019 trade friction, when the US removed India from its Generalized System of Preferences (GSP) list, triggering retaliatory tariffs from India and straining diplomatic ties.

Despite the new trade pressure, Indian officials have publicly projected a calm and confident outlook on the country’s economic trajectory. The Indian government continues to estimate GDP growth between 6.3 and 6.8 percent for the fiscal year 2025–26, assuming international oil prices remain stable. The economic optimism reflects India’s growing resilience and its attempt to maintain investor confidence amid external shocks.

However, some private sector economists have expressed a more cautious view. The imposition of steep tariffs by the US has prompted several research firms and financial analysts to revise their growth forecasts downward. Their concern centers around potential disruptions in India’s export sector, particularly in key industries such as textiles, pharmaceuticals, and machinery, which are highly dependent on access to the American market.

The proposed Bilateral Trade Agreement is expected to be a comprehensive deal covering not only goods but also services, intellectual property rights, digital trade, and investment. Negotiators from both sides have long grappled with sensitive areas such as agricultural market access, e-commerce regulations, and data localization policies. Yet, there is increasing recognition in both Washington and New Delhi that failure to strike a deal could harm strategic ties at a time when both countries are seeking to counterbalance China’s growing economic influence.

The India-US trade relationship has expanded significantly in recent years, with bilateral goods and services trade crossing $190 billion in 2023. However, issues like divergent regulatory standards, visa restrictions, and protectionist tendencies have prevented a more balanced and seamless flow of commerce. Indian officials have been calling for greater US openness toward Indian services and technology exports, while American negotiators have pressed India to open up its agricultural and retail sectors.

During Brendan Lynch’s visit, officials from both countries reiterated their commitment to resolving these issues through sustained engagement. The Indian Ministry of Commerce and Industry stated that talks were “constructive and forward-looking,” and that both sides had agreed to continue working toward a framework that encourages mutual growth and investment.

While the imposition of the new tariffs has introduced an element of urgency, it has also provided an opportunity for both governments to prioritize trade reform. The economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and shifting global supply chains have further emphasized the need for trusted partnerships. For India, aligning more closely with the US economically could bring new investment, technology transfer, and improved access to critical markets.

For the United States, strengthening trade with India offers a chance to diversify supply chains away from China, access a vast consumer base, and deepen ties with a democratic partner in the Indo-Pacific region. Secretary of State Marco Rubio, who recently assumed office, has echoed this strategic view in his public statements, emphasizing the value of expanding economic cooperation with India as part of a broader regional strategy.

The April 7 call between Jaishankar and Rubio signals a new phase in these efforts. The ministers’ shared commitment to an early conclusion of the BTA indicates that high-level political will exists to overcome longstanding differences. Whether this will translate into an actual agreement in the coming months remains to be seen, but momentum appears to be building.

The coming weeks are likely to see intensified negotiations, including more technical-level discussions and possible ministerial meetings. Trade experts believe that progress will depend on how flexibly both sides approach sticking points, and whether political leadership can translate goodwill into binding commitments.

For now, the agreement between Jaishankar and Rubio on the need for swift action has set a constructive tone. As Jaishankar noted, “Agreed on the importance of the early conclusion of the Bilateral Trade Agreement. Look forward to remaining in touch.” With the clock ticking and economic stakes rising, both sides may be entering one of the most decisive phases in India-US trade relations.

India Responds to US Tariffs with Caution, Vows to Pursue Trade Deal

India announced on Thursday that it is closely analyzing the consequences of a newly imposed 27% tariff by the United States on its imports, while affirming its intention to pursue a trade agreement with Washington this year. The move marks a measured response from New Delhi despite its failure to secure relief from President Donald Trump’s aggressive trade strategy.

India’s reaction came shortly after President Trump revealed the steep tariff hikes, which added further pressure on an already weakened global economy, triggering significant declines in international stock markets and oil prices.

While Trump publicly mentioned a 26% tariff on Indian goods, the actual figure in the White House executive order was 27%, a number also confirmed by India’s trade ministry, which cited the official order for its calculations.

The tariff strategy involves a preliminary 10% baseline duty starting Saturday, followed by the full 27% rate kicking in from April 9. In a statement, India’s trade ministry said it is “carefully examining the implications” of the new tariffs and is also consulting with domestic industries and exporters to understand how the new measures might impact them.

In the same statement, the ministry noted that “The department is also studying the opportunities that may arise due to this new development in U.S. trade policy,” referring to how the changes could open doors in other sectors or markets. It also pointed out the ongoing dialogue between Prime Minister Narendra Modi and President Trump. “The ongoing talks are focused on enabling both nations to grow trade, investments and technology transfers,” the ministry stated. “We remain in touch with the Trump administration on these issues and expect to take them forward in the coming days.”

This development is part of a broader move by the Trump administration to ramp up duties on a number of countries. For instance, China has been hit with a 34% tariff in addition to a previously announced 20% tax, while Vietnam faces a 46% duty.

Compared to these, the comparatively lighter tariff on Indian goods appeared to ease investor concerns, resulting in smaller losses on Indian stock markets than in the rest of Asia. India’s two key stock indices, the Nifty 50 and the BSE Sensex, each dropped just 0.3% at market open. In contrast, other major Asian markets experienced sharper losses ranging from 1.5% to 3%. The Indian rupee initially weakened by 0.3% to 85.75 per US dollar but later rebounded to 85.45.

The Global Trade Research Institute noted that India could gain a natural edge in several important sectors thanks to the lower tariff relative to other nations. However, nearly $14 billion worth of electronics and more than $9 billion in gems and jewelry exports from India are expected to feel the sting of the new US import duty.

In a positive development for India, pharmaceutical exports were spared from the tariff hike, which was welcomed by the country’s drug industry. The United States accounts for nearly one-third of India’s pharmaceutical exports, valued at around $9 billion last fiscal year, mostly consisting of generic versions of widely-used medications.

This exemption had an immediate impact on the stock market. Shares of Indian pharmaceutical companies surged nearly 5% during early trading on Thursday, diverging from the overall decline in the broader market.

India’s main industry groups, including the Associated Chambers of Commerce and Industry (Assocham) and the Federation of Indian Export Organisations (FIEO), indicated that the country’s export competitiveness would be less affected than that of major rivals due to its positioning within the middle range of the new US tariff regime.

The Trump administration justified the 27% tariff on Indian goods by citing both tariff and non-tariff barriers, including currency manipulation. According to a White House statement, the tariffs will remain in place until the administration determines that “the threat posed by the trade deficit and underlying non-reciprocal treatment is satisfied, resolved, or mitigated.”

At present, the United States has a $46 billion trade deficit with India. The newly announced tariffs increase pressure on Prime Minister Modi, who has previously positioned himself as a close ally of Trump, to find a diplomatic solution to ease or remove the new trade restrictions.

Just a week before the tariffs were unveiled, Reuters had reported that New Delhi was open to reducing tariffs on $23 billion worth of American imports. This move would be aimed at reducing the damage to India’s own exports in sectors like pharmaceuticals, auto parts, and gems and jewelry.

In an effort to win favor with the Trump administration, India has already taken several steps. These include lowering duties on luxury motorcycles and bourbon whiskey and eliminating a digital services tax that had affected major American tech firms.

Prior to the reciprocal tariff announcement, the United States’ average tariff rate was just 3.3%, in contrast to India’s significantly higher average rate of 17%, according to the White House.

Ajay Sahai, Director General of the Federation of Indian Export Organisations, pointed out that India’s new tariff burden was still lower than those faced by competitors such as Vietnam and Bangladesh. “This could help Indian apparel and footwear sectors,” he noted, suggesting that Indian exporters in those areas might benefit from a shift in global demand as buyers look to avoid higher tariffs on other nations.

Despite the challenges posed by the new tariff, India’s strategic and measured response highlights its intent to maintain stable trade relations with the United States. The ongoing negotiations and India’s willingness to make tariff concessions indicate a broader effort to secure a comprehensive trade agreement with Washington.

While tensions in global trade continue to mount due to Washington’s increasingly protectionist stance, India appears to be positioning itself as a stable and willing partner open to negotiation. The diplomatic tone adopted by New Delhi suggests that, even amid setbacks, it sees the long-term benefit of a trade partnership with the U.S.

As the April 9 deadline for full implementation of the 27% tariff approaches, the outcome of ongoing discussions between the two nations will be closely watched by global markets and industry leaders. India’s blend of strategic cooperation and domestic preparation reflects its broader goal of safeguarding its exports while pursuing new opportunities amid shifting global trade dynamics.

Lok Sabha Passes Waqf Amendment Bill Amid Fierce Opposition, Concerns Over Minority Rights

India’s lower house of Parliament has passed a contentious piece of legislation that aims to overhaul the governance of waqf properties—assets worth billions of dollars donated over centuries by Indian Muslims for charitable and religious purposes. The Waqf (Amendment) Bill, 2024, introduces a series of changes to the existing law and was cleared by the Lok Sabha late Wednesday night following a marathon 12-hour debate marked by intense exchanges.

According to the government, the bill is designed to bring greater transparency to the administration of waqf properties. However, opposition parties and various Muslim organizations view the bill as a calculated attempt to erode the constitutional protections granted to India’s Muslim community, the country’s largest religious minority.

The bill passed in the Lok Sabha with 288 Members of Parliament supporting it and 232 opposing it, barely crossing the halfway threshold of 272 required for approval. The legislation now moves to the Rajya Sabha, the upper house, for further discussion and potential passage. Should it clear that chamber, it will then be forwarded to President Droupadi Murmu for her signature to officially become law.

Initially introduced in Parliament in August last year, the bill was sent to a Joint Parliamentary Committee (JPC) amid strong protests from opposition lawmakers. The version that was eventually passed includes several revisions recommended by the committee. However, opposition members claim that the JPC, dominated by the ruling Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) and its allies, only approved amendments that aligned with the government’s interests and ignored all proposals put forward by non-BJP members.

Mallikarjun Kharge, the Congress leader in the Rajya Sabha and leader of the opposition, criticized the bill harshly, stating, “The opposition is united and will work to defeat the unconstitutional and divisive agenda of the Modi government on the Waqf Amendment Bill.” Despite this vow, the numbers in the upper house may not favor the opposition, making the bill’s ultimate defeat uncertain.

Muslim advocacy groups have voiced strong opposition to the bill, suggesting that it undermines established waqf laws and could lead to the systematic seizure and potential destruction of properties currently protected under the waqf system. In their view, the legislation represents a significant threat to religious and charitable institutions within the Muslim community.

Congress MP Gaurav Gogoi echoed these concerns during the Lok Sabha debate. “This bill will dilute the Constitution, defame minority communities, divide Indian society, and disenfranchise minorities,” he warned. Gogoi’s remarks highlighted the broader apprehension that the bill is not just a technical or administrative update but part of a political strategy that marginalizes minorities.

Defending the bill, Federal Home Minister Amit Shah argued that the opposition was misleading the public. “The opposition is scaring minorities by creating an illusion that this bill would interfere in the religious activities of Muslim brothers and in their donated property,” Shah said. He emphasized that the goal was not to infringe upon religious freedoms but to introduce order and transparency into the waqf system, which has long been criticized for mismanagement and encroachment.

Waqf properties include an array of assets such as mosques, madrassas (Islamic schools), orphanages, and large tracts of land that have been donated by Muslims for community use. Some properties remain unused or vacant, while others have been illegally occupied or disputed. By Islamic custom, waqf refers to a charitable or religious endowment whose purpose is to serve the public good. These assets are considered the property of God and are not to be sold or diverted for other uses.

The Indian government notes that waqf boards are among the largest landowners in the country. Official records indicate there are at least 872,351 registered waqf properties throughout India, collectively covering more than 940,000 acres. The estimated value of these assets stands at approximately 1.2 trillion rupees, equivalent to $14.22 billion or £11.26 billion.

One of the most controversial aspects of the bill is its provision granting the government more control over the regulation and classification of waqf assets. Critics argue this represents an overreach of state power and threatens the independence of waqf boards, which are supposed to function autonomously to manage these religious and charitable properties.

Additionally, the bill includes a clause calling for the appointment of two non-Muslim members to waqf boards. This move has sparked further outrage among critics, who note that similar inclusivity is not mandated for the governance of religious institutions belonging to other faiths. Most non-Muslim religious bodies in India do not permit individuals of different religions to participate in their internal administration.

Opposition parties argue that this requirement is discriminatory and inconsistent, especially given that waqf institutions are religious in nature and have traditionally been managed by members of the Muslim community. They contend that such a provision could interfere with the faith-based administration of these endowments and erode the community’s ability to manage its own charitable resources.

For now, the bill’s fate rests with the Rajya Sabha, where the ruling party may face a more difficult path due to a less favorable distribution of seats. However, even if opposition parties mount a strong resistance in the upper house, the BJP-led government has often relied on support from regional allies to push legislation through.

The broader implications of the bill continue to stir concern across political and religious lines. For many, the legislation symbolizes more than just administrative reform—it is seen as a test of India’s commitment to pluralism, minority rights, and constitutional values.

As the debate shifts to the Rajya Sabha, both supporters and opponents of the bill are likely to intensify their efforts. The final outcome will not only determine the future of the waqf properties but may also shape the trajectory of minority rights discourse in India for years to come.

Trump Imposes Reciprocal Tariffs on India and Other Trade Surplus Nations

Early Thursday morning, U.S. President Donald Trump announced a broad set of reciprocal tariffs on multiple nations with trade surpluses against the United States, including India. Under the new policy, these countries will be subjected to tariffs equal to half of what they impose on U.S. goods. As a result, India will now face a 26% tariff on all its exports to the U.S.

Following two weeks of mounting tensions in the global economy, Trump implemented these tariffs on both allies and rivals. With the new measure in place, Indian goods entering the U.S. will now be taxed at a rate of 26%.

Trump’s Chart

During his speech at the White House, Trump presented a chart that outlined various countries’ tariff rates on U.S. products and the corresponding levies they would now incur. These additional charges will be imposed on top of the existing 10% baseline tariff applicable to all imports entering the United States.

“India, very, very tough. Prime Minister (Narendra Modi) just left. He’s a great friend of mine. But I said, ‘You’re a friend of mine, but you’re not treating us right.’ They charge us 52 percent, but we charged them almost nothing for years—decades. And it was only seven years ago that I came in,” Trump stated.

India Faces a Lesser Impact Compared to Others

Despite the new tariffs, India is not among the countries hit hardest by Trump’s latest trade move. Several nations will be subjected to even higher tariff rates:

  • Cambodia: 49%
  • Sri Lanka: 44%
  • Bangladesh: 37%
  • Thailand: 36%
  • China: 34%
  • Taiwan: 32%
  • Indonesia: 32%
  • Switzerland: 31%
  • South Africa: 30%
  • Pakistan: 29%

Meanwhile, Canada and Mexico, the U.S.’s two largest trading partners, are already facing a 25% tariff on various goods.

Making America Wealthy Again?

During an event held at the White House under the theme “Make America Wealthy Again,” Trump described the decision as “our declaration of independence.” He asserted, “Taxpayers have been ripped off for more than 50 years. But it’s not going to happen anymore.”

By imposing these reciprocal tariffs on trading partners, Trump fulfilled one of his key campaign pledges. He bypassed congressional approval by leveraging the 1977 International Emergency Economic Powers Act to enforce the new trade measures.

Trump declared that the tariffs, which he introduced on what he referred to as “Liberation Day,” aim to strengthen U.S. manufacturing and penalize nations that he claims have long engaged in unfair trade practices.

The White House confirmed that the new tariffs would take effect immediately following Trump’s announcement.

U.S. Religious Freedom Panel Flags Deteriorating Minority Rights in India, Recommends Sanctions on RAW

A U.S. panel on religious freedom has raised concerns over the worsening treatment of minorities in India and has recommended sanctions against India’s external intelligence agency, the Research and Analysis Wing (RAW), over its alleged involvement in assassination plots targeting Sikh separatists.

The U.S. Commission on International Religious Freedom (USCIRF) also highlighted increased restrictions on religious activities in Vietnam, recommending that the communist-ruled nation be designated a “country of particular concern.”

Rising Concerns Over Religious Freedom in India

The commission’s annual report, released on Tuesday, stated that “religious freedom conditions in India continued to deteriorate in 2024, as attacks and discrimination against religious minorities continued to rise.”

It specifically criticized Hindu nationalist Prime Minister Narendra Modi and the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) for allegedly spreading “hateful rhetoric and disinformation against Muslims and other religious minorities” during the 2023 election campaign.

The Indian government dismissed the report on Wednesday, calling it part of a pattern of “biased and politically motivated assessments.” Foreign Ministry spokesperson Randhir Jaiswal stated, “The USCIRF’s persistent attempts to misrepresent isolated incidents and cast aspersions on India’s vibrant multicultural society reflect a deliberate agenda rather than a genuine concern for religious freedom.”

Washington has been seeking closer ties with both India and Vietnam due to shared concerns over China’s growing influence in Asia. Analysts suggest that this strategic partnership has led the U.S. to overlook human rights issues in both countries.

U.S.-India Tensions Over Sikh Separatist Allegations

Since 2023, U.S.-India relations have been strained by allegations that India has targeted Sikh separatists abroad. The issue gained international attention when the U.S. charged former Indian intelligence officer Vikash Yadav in connection with a foiled plot against a Sikh activist. India considers Sikh separatists as security threats and has denied any involvement in such operations.

Modi, who has been in power since 2014, denies allegations of religious discrimination, insisting that his government’s initiatives, such as electrification and subsidy schemes, benefit all communities.

However, rights groups have pointed to a rise in hate speech, the implementation of anti-conversion laws, and the revocation of Kashmir’s special status as examples of policies that disproportionately affect minorities. The U.N. has described India’s citizenship law as “fundamentally discriminatory.”

USCIRF Recommends Sanctions, But Implementation Unlikely

The USCIRF has urged the U.S. government to classify India as a “country of particular concern” due to religious freedom violations and to impose targeted sanctions against Yadav and RAW.

Despite these recommendations, it is unlikely that the U.S. will sanction RAW, as the panel’s suggestions are not binding. The commission is an independent, bipartisan advisory body that monitors religious freedom and provides policy recommendations to the U.S. government.

Religious Restrictions in Vietnam Also Criticized

The USCIRF report also criticized Vietnam’s new decree, issued earlier this month, which grants authorities increased power to demand financial records from religious organizations and suspend religious activities for vaguely defined “serious violations.”

As of December, the commission’s Freedom of Religion or Belief Victims List included over 80 individuals imprisoned in Vietnam for practicing their faith or advocating for religious freedom.

The Vietnamese embassy has not yet responded to the report.

Strategic Interests vs. Human Rights Concerns

While the USCIRF continues to call for stronger actions against India and Vietnam over religious freedom concerns, U.S. foreign policy has largely prioritized strategic partnerships with both countries. Given Washington’s focus on countering China’s influence in the region, analysts believe that human rights concerns may continue to take a backseat to geopolitical interests.

Elon Musk’s Role in Global Politics Highlights India’s Evolving Economic Model

In April 2024, Elon Musk was scheduled to visit India to meet Prime Minister Narendra Modi and announce a multibillion-dollar Tesla factory investment. However, at the last moment, he canceled the trip and instead flew to China. This abrupt change of plans triggered a wave of critical headlines in the Indian media. Even before Musk’s rising influence in a potential second Donald Trump administration, this incident underscored his unique role as a key player in engaging with Asia’s emerging industrial giants.

Musk represents much of what India seeks in its relationship with the United States—significant investment, technological advancements, and now, a direct link to the White House. Conversely, India’s economic structure, where billionaire industrialists maintain close ties with political leaders, provides insight into a shifting U.S. economic landscape. Increasingly, tycoons like Musk serve not just as facilitators of industrial policy but also as intermediaries of political influence.

Over the past few decades, India’s political leadership and its business moguls have formed increasingly strong alliances. Prominent billionaires like Mukesh Ambani and Gautam Adani lead massive corporate empires with influence extending across nearly every sector of Indian life. Their business dominance has been highly profitable, with both ranking among Asia’s wealthiest individuals. As of mid-March, Ambani and Adani were listed on Forbes’ real-time billionaire rankings with net worths of $92 billion and $57 billion, respectively.

In this environment, accusations of crony capitalism—where business elites and political figures collaborate for mutual benefit—are common. The country’s main opposition leader, Rahul Gandhi, made this a focal point of his campaign in last year’s general election, which Modi won decisively.

However, the nature of government-business relationships in India has evolved since Modi’s rise to power in 2014. In The Billionaire Raj, I detail the period of the 2000s and early 2010s, which was marked by rampant corruption and cronyism. During this time, India had a weak yet personally upright prime minister, Manmohan Singh, who presided over what became known as the “season of scams.” The era was riddled with corruption scandals involving billions of dollars, with allegations spanning various sectors, including telecommunications, coal, and iron ore.

Even then, corruption in India was not a matter of simple bribes in envelopes or suitcases—it was far more sophisticated. Nonetheless, many viewed the situation as spiraling out of control. “Every cabinet minister was a sovereign enterprise,” an observer of Indian business once told me, only slightly exaggerating the extent to which political leaders were implicated in financial scandals.

Under Modi, this dynamic has changed. Like Singh, Modi is known for his personal integrity. Although corruption has not vanished, large-scale scandals have significantly declined. Today, few government ministers would risk embezzlement, fearing repercussions from India’s politically dominant prime minister.

India’s economic model is now increasingly resembling the structured crony capitalism seen in East and Southeast Asia in past decades. For example, Malaysia under Prime Minister Mahathir Mohamad in the 1980s and South Korea during President Park Chung-hee’s rule in the 1970s followed a similar pattern. These systems saw select business magnates forging close relationships with political leaders in exchange for constructing crucial infrastructure like airports, telecommunications networks, and buildings.

Under Modi, the role of India’s ultra-rich has become more strategically aligned with political objectives. Politicians collaborate with these billionaires because they can execute large-scale projects swiftly. If these business figures then receive financial or regulatory advantages in other areas as a result of their government connections—much like during India’s previous corruption scandals—that is seen as a justifiable compromise.

Musk’s role in Trump’s administration is unprecedented, spanning high-level politics, industrial policy, and even global diplomacy. No Indian industrialist enjoys Musk’s level of global recognition and influence. However, in a broader sense, the United States and India appear to be converging in their economic models. India’s crony capitalism has become more structured and efficient under Modi, while in the U.S., Trump’s administration is moving in the opposite direction. America’s historical system of open markets and fair competition is being replaced by one in which business leaders aligned with Trump receive special advantages. This shift marks a departure from a rules-based economic framework.

The long-term risks of this billionaire-politician nexus, despite its short-term benefits—such as increased investment and improved infrastructure—are substantial. One major concern is the potential for instability. Trump’s economic approach, which relies on deals with select business leaders, is fragile because it collapses if conflicts arise between him and his favored tycoons. An economic system dependent on seamless cooperation between industrialists and politicians is inherently vulnerable to disagreements and power struggles.

While billionaire entrepreneurs are often portrayed as independent visionaries in the public imagination—akin to characters from an Ayn Rand novel—the reality in autocratic-leaning states tells a different story. Across countries like India, China, and Russia, and increasingly in Trump’s America, business magnates function more as dependents than as power wielders. Despite their wealth, Adani and Ambani remain cautious in their dealings with Modi, much like Jack Ma in China with President Xi Jinping or Russian oligarchs with President Vladimir Putin. Even Musk has been noticeably deferential to Trump in recent interviews, seemingly aware that his privileged position is not guaranteed. Ultimately, in a system where industrialists and political leaders are closely linked, it is the politicians who hold real power.

India’s economic trajectory, however, does offer some reasons for optimism. While its initial phase of crony capitalism was marked by chaos and self-interest, it has gradually shifted toward a more streamlined and less overtly corrupt system. There is hope that a more rules-based economic order may eventually emerge.

Conversely, the United States appears to be moving toward a system rife with favoritism and financial misconduct. Under Trump and Musk, the nation is approaching what could be described as a new era of kleptocracy. The concern is that America’s own “season of scams” may not be far off.

White House Criticizes India’s 150% Tariff on American Alcohol, Calls for Fair Trade

The White House on Tuesday addressed the tariffs imposed by various countries on U.S. goods, specifically highlighting India’s 150% tariff on American alcohol and 100% tariff on agricultural products.

White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt emphasized that U.S. President Donald Trump is committed to fair trade and reciprocity. She also criticized Canada, accusing the country of “ripping off” the U.S. for decades.

“The president is again responding to the fact that Canada has been ripping off the United States of America and hardworking Americans for decades,” Leavitt said during a press briefing. “If you look at the rates of tariffs across the board that Canadians have been imposing on the American people and our workers here, it is egregious.”

Leavitt also pointed to high tariffs imposed by India and Japan on U.S. goods, underscoring Trump’s commitment to protecting American businesses and workers.

“In fact, I have a handy dandy chart here that shows not just Canada but the rate of tariffs across the board. If you look at Canada—nearly 300% tariff on American cheese and butter. You look at India—150% tariff on American alcohol. Do you think that’s helping Kentucky bourbon be exported into India? I don’t think so. 100% tariff on agricultural products from India,” she stated.

Trump has frequently expressed concerns about international trade practices, recently suggesting the possibility of increasing tariffs on Mexico and Canada. He has cited border control and fentanyl trafficking as additional reasons for imposing tariffs on these countries.

On March 7, Trump temporarily delayed certain tariffs on Mexico and Canada before their scheduled implementation on April 2, following discussions with Mexico’s President Claudia Sheinbaum. However, he maintained his criticism of Canada’s tariff policies.

Regarding India, Trump has previously complained about difficulties in trading with the country due to its high tariff rates. He recently stated that India has agreed to lower tariffs, attributing this to increased scrutiny of its trade policies.

Election Commission Under Scrutiny: Duplicate Voter IDs, Transparency Issues, and Allegations of Bias

Last week, the Election Commission (EC) issued an intriguing press release, inviting party presidents and senior leaders—whom it referred to as “key stakeholders”—for discussions on strengthening “electoral processes.”

This statement, released on March 11, followed two earlier press releases from the EC.

The first, issued on Sunday morning, March 2, was a hurried attempt to clarify that duplicate Electoral Photo Identity Card (EPIC) numbers did not indicate “fake voters.” The EC insisted these duplicates were merely due to differences in “alphanumeric series.”

However, the second press release on March 7 contradicted this stance, admitting that the issue of duplicate EPIC numbers had persisted for decades. It further promised a resolution within 90 days.

The EC’s flurry of statements—first dismissing concerns, then pledging a fix, and finally reaching out to political parties—reveals a state of panic.

Shocking Revelations Spark Political Uproar

The trigger for the EC’s anxious response was a bombshell revelation by West Bengal Chief Minister Mamata Banerjee on February 27. She exposed serious irregularities in India’s electoral rolls, revealing that duplicate EPIC numbers were widespread.

Banerjee presented detailed lists of Bengal voters whose EPIC numbers were assigned to multiple individuals. Alarmingly, some voters’ names from BJP-ruled states had been added to Bengal’s electoral lists.

For instance, a voter from Murshidabad, Mohammad Sainul Islam, shared his EPIC number with “Sunita” from Hisar, Haryana. Another case involved an EPIC number linked to three people—two named Suman, one from Bengal and another from Haryana, and a third person, Nurjamal, from Murshidabad.

This revelation triggered widespread alarm across opposition parties. The Congress called it “startling” and “bizarre,” while the Shiv Sena (UBT) voiced concerns in its newspaper, Saamana. The Rashtriya Janata Dal (RJD) and Aam Aadmi Party (AAP) raised the issue in Parliament.

Further scrutiny of the EC’s own handbook showed that duplicate EPIC numbers could result in voters being denied their rights, as EPIC numbers are linked to photographs.

Electoral Integrity Under Threat

Duplicate EPIC cards are an unacceptable flaw in a democracy as vast and complex as India’s. If passport numbers, Aadhaar cards, and vehicle registration plates can be unique, why should different voters have the same EPIC number?

Facing mounting criticism, the EC has now initiated discussions with political parties. This is a notable shift for an institution known for its opacity, particularly regarding how it calculates voter turnout.

Yet, major concerns remain. The EC has not disclosed the total number of duplicate EPIC cards. If the commission is unaware of the exact number, how does it plan to eliminate them within 90 days?

Moreover, the EC claims duplicate EPIC cards have existed since 2000. If that is the case, how many elections—both assembly and general—have been affected over the past two decades?

Troubling Trends Across India

West Bengal is not the only state where electoral irregularities have surfaced. After the 2024 Maharashtra assembly elections, the Congress flagged a puzzling discrepancy: the EC registered 4 million new voters in just five months between the Lok Sabha and Vidhan Sabha elections (May–October 2024). However, over the five-year period from 2019 to 2024, only 3.2 million voters were added. The Congress called this a “logistical and statistical absurdity.”

In Andhra Pradesh, the YuvajanaSramikaRythu Congress Party (YSRCP) challenged the relaxation of postal ballot norms, arguing that the surge in postal voters warranted investigation. Although the Supreme Court dismissed the plea, concerns persist.

Similarly, in Odisha, the Biju Janata Dal (BJD) raised concerns over a significant difference between provisional and final voting percentages.

There have also been allegations of voter suppression. During the 2024 general elections, reports emerged from Sambhal, Uttar Pradesh, accusing local police of confiscating voter cards and preventing certain communities from voting.

Another major issue is the unexplained rise in voter turnout after 5 p.m. on polling days, especially in regions unfavorable to the BJP.

In Delhi, during the 2025 assembly elections, the AAP alleged a dramatic increase in voter deletion and addition applications. According to EC data, Delhi’s electorate grew by 400,000 between the 2020 assembly polls and the 2024 general elections. However, in just seven months (May 2024–February 2025), another 400,000 voters were added. This raised suspicions about potential manipulation.

Transparency activists have also pointed out that, during the 2024 polls, the EC initially provided turnout figures only as percentages, withholding absolute numbers. When detailed data was eventually released, it showed a sharp increase in turnout compared to initial reports.

With mounting complaints from political parties and citizen groups, it is evident that serious flaws in the electoral process can no longer be ignored.

A Double Standard in Electoral Oversight?

Concerns have also been raised about the EC’s alleged bias in handling election violations. Critics argue that the commission applies different standards to the BJP and opposition parties.

During the 2025 Delhi election, the EC failed to take action against the BJP for using Budget pronouncements in full-page newspaper ads as campaign promises.

Similarly, in the 2024 Lok Sabha elections, the EC did not act against Prime Minister Narendra Modi for his controversial communal speech in Banswara, Rajasthan, where he warned of “mangalsutras being snatched away.” It was only after sustained public pressure that the EC issued a mild message to the BJP’s party president regarding “star campaigners.”

This selective enforcement contrasts with the EC’s swift action against opposition leaders. Rahul Gandhi received a notice for calling Modi panauti (bad luck)—a remark far less inflammatory than Modi’s past statements, such as the “shamshaan-kabristan” comment in 2017 or his 2019 remark about identifying “people creating violence by their clothes.”

Concerns Over Election Commission Autonomy

Under the Modi government, critics argue that the EC’s independence has been systematically weakened. A major turning point came in 2023 when the BJP-led government altered the selection process for Election Commissioners. Previously, the Chief Justice of India (CJI) was part of the selection panel. However, a new law removed the CJI’s role, giving the ruling party greater influence.

Citizens must ask: Why was the Chief Justice removed from the selection process?

Past instances suggest pressure on Election Commissioners. In 2020, Ashok Lavasa resigned after dissenting on Model Code violations in 2019. Soon after, he was appointed to an overseas role with the Asian Development Bank.

Ahead of the 2024 elections, Election Commissioner Arun Goel abruptly resigned. His replacement, Gyanesh Kumar, was a former secretary in Amit Shah’s ministries, raising concerns about partisanship.

The Battle to Safeguard Indian Democracy

With widespread allegations of bias and opacity, the EC has failed to instill confidence in opposition parties or the general public.

Article 324 of the Constitution entrusts the EC with ensuring free and fair elections. If electoral rolls contain fraudulent voters or are manipulated in any way, the legitimacy of election results is compromised.

As BR Ambedkar emphasized, credible voter lists are the foundation of democracy. If India’s electoral process is perceived as rigged, it risks losing public trust—similar to what has happened in Bangladesh.

The EC must embrace greater transparency and scrutiny. It cannot afford to ignore mounting concerns about duplicate EPIC numbers, manipulated voter lists, and disproportionate turnout spikes.

The Election Commission is democracy’s last line of defense. If it fails to uphold electoral integrity, India’s democratic framework could deteriorate into an unaccountable autocracy, leaving citizens with no escape.

India Poised to Become World’s Third-Largest Economy by 2028: Morgan Stanley

Despite global economic uncertainties, India is set to become the world’s third-largest economy by 2028, according to Morgan Stanley’s latest report. The country’s share in global production is increasing, driven by macroeconomic stability, policy measures, and enhanced infrastructure. India is projected to surpass Germany’s GDP to secure the third position in the global economic rankings.

By 2026, the Indian economy is expected to grow to $4.7 trillion, placing it as the fourth-largest economy after the U.S., China, and Germany. By 2028, India will surpass Germany with an estimated GDP of $5.7 trillion.

Morgan Stanley’s data traces India’s economic progress over the decades. In 1990, India was the 12th-largest economy in the world, slipping to 13th place in 2000. However, it climbed back to ninth position by 2020 and then further to fifth place by 2023. The report projects India’s share in global GDP to increase from 3.5% in 2023 to 4.5% by 2029.

Three Possible Economic Growth Scenarios

Morgan Stanley outlined three possible growth trajectories for India’s economy:

  1. Bear Scenario – The economy expands from $3.65 trillion in 2025 to $6.6 trillion by 2035.
  2. Base Scenario – India’s GDP grows to $8.8 trillion by 2035.
  3. Bull Scenario – The country’s economy could reach $10.3 trillion by 2035.

GDP per capita is also expected to rise significantly across these scenarios. By 2035, under the Bear scenario, it could reach $4,247, while in the Base scenario, it may increase to $5,683. Under the Bull scenario, GDP per capita could rise as high as $6,706.

India’s Growing Global Economic Influence

The report emphasized that India is gaining prominence in the global economy due to strong foundational factors. “India is likely gaining share in global output in the coming decades driven by strong foundational factors, including robust population growth, a functioning democracy, macro stability influenced policy, better infrastructure, a rising entrepreneurial class and improving social outcomes,” Morgan Stanley stated.

The report further highlighted India’s growing attractiveness as a key consumer market. “The implication is that India will be the world’s most sought-after consumer market, it will undergo a major energy transition, credit to GDP will rise and manufacturing could gain share in GDP,” it noted.

Economic Growth on the Path to Recovery

According to Morgan Stanley, India’s economic growth is already showing signs of recovery. “High-frequency indicators were mixed in recent weeks but are distinctly better than a couple of months ago. We expect growth to recover after a 2H24 (second half of 2024) slowdown on fiscal and monetary policy support, with recovery in service exports,” the report said.

For the financial year ending March 31, 2025 (FY2024-25), India’s GDP is expected to grow at a rate of 6.3%, rising to 6.5% in the following fiscal year.

“Macro-stability should remain in the comfort range, providing flexibility to policymakers,” the report noted. The recovery in consumption is projected to become more widespread, aided by income tax cuts that are expected to boost urban demand, while rural consumption levels remain strong.

Public and Household Capital Expenditure to Drive Growth

Investments are expected to play a crucial role in India’s economic expansion. According to Morgan Stanley, public and household capital expenditure (capex) will be the primary drivers of growth, while private corporate investments are anticipated to recover at a gradual pace.

Additionally, the strength in services exports is expected to have a positive impact on the labor market. This, combined with moderating inflation, is likely to improve overall purchasing power.

Domestic demand, supported by policy initiatives on both the monetary and fiscal fronts, is projected to be a key contributor to economic expansion.

Inflation Expected to Stabilize at 4.3% by FY27

Inflation has shown signs of cooling, with headline Consumer Price Index (CPI) inflation decreasing from its recent peak, now hovering near 4%. This decline is primarily attributed to falling food prices. Core inflation has remained stable, contributing to overall economic stability.

Morgan Stanley expects inflation to reach 4.3% in FY2026-27, down from an estimated 4.9% in FY2025. The outlook for inflation remains contingent on food prices, which account for 46% of the CPI basket and are expected to soften further in the coming months.

Current Account Deficit Remains Under Control

Despite weak global demand affecting goods exports, India’s strong service exports are helping to balance its trade position. As a result, Morgan Stanley expects the country’s current account deficit to remain below 1% of GDP in FY2025-27, ensuring continued stability in India’s external balance sheet.

Possible Rate Cut by RBI in April

On the monetary policy front, the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has been easing policies across multiple areas, including interest rates, liquidity measures, and regulatory changes. In February, the RBI initiated a rate-cutting cycle, and Morgan Stanley anticipates another 25 basis points (bps) reduction in April.

Fiscal Strategy: Encouraging Consumption and Capital Expenditure

India’s fiscal policies aim to sustain economic recovery by boosting consumption through income tax cuts and prioritizing capital expenditure (capex). At the same time, the government is maintaining macroeconomic stability by ensuring fiscal discipline.

Global Risks: Trade Wars, U.S. Federal Reserve, and Market Conditions

While India’s economic trajectory appears strong, risks remain, particularly from external factors. “We closely monitor developments on trade and tariff policies by the US government, alongside the strength in the dollar, Fed’s reaction function and global growth and financial conditions,” Morgan Stanley stated.

Domestically, the report warned of potential risks, including excessive government spending at the state level or shifts in policy that could undermine macroeconomic stability.

The most critical factor influencing India’s growth trajectory will be global conditions, including U.S. economic policies and worldwide growth trends.

Madhya Pradesh Considers Death Penalty for Forced Religious Conversions, Raising Concerns Among Christians

Leaders in Madhya Pradesh, a central Indian state with a population of 72 million, are considering imposing the death penalty on individuals accused of coercing others into religious conversion. Christian leaders fear this move could further endanger the state’s small Christian community, which already faces persecution through false accusations under existing laws.

Mohan Yadav, the chief minister of Madhya Pradesh, announced on March 8 that he intends to amend the state’s anti-conversion law to include capital punishment for those found guilty of fraudulent conversions. He emphasized that “religious conversion will not be tolerated,” according to UCA News, a Catholic news agency. Currently, Christians account for just 0.27% of the population in the state, UCA News reported.

Since 2021, Madhya Pradesh’s anti-conversion law has already carried a penalty of up to 10 years in prison for those convicted of violating it.

Although the Indian Constitution guarantees religious freedom, anti-conversion laws have increasingly restricted the rights of Christians across the country. Over the past few years, at least a dozen of India’s 28 states have passed laws criminalizing “forced” conversions. Many of these laws were enacted in states governed by the Hindu nationalist party, with most of them introduced since the early 2000s.

In practice, these laws have been used to target the Christian community in India, where roughly 80% of the population is Hindu, 14% is Muslim, and only 2% is Christian. These legal provisions have led to the arrests of Christian clergy and have fueled violent attacks against believers.

A particularly troubling example can be seen in Uttar Pradesh, India’s most populous state, where numerous pastors and even senior Catholic priests have been imprisoned under anti-conversion charges. With a population of 231 million, Uttar Pradesh has witnessed a surge in cases where Christian leaders face legal action for alleged conversion activities.

Despite the challenges Christians face, a Supreme Court hearing in June last year raised questions about the legality of Uttar Pradesh’s anti-conversion laws. The Indian Constitution, under Article 25, explicitly grants citizens the “right freely to profess, practice, and propagate religion,” a provision that contradicts the strict enforcement of these laws in several states.

Madhya Pradesh, now considering the death penalty for those accused of forced conversions, has previously witnessed harsh actions against Christians under anti-conversion laws. In 2019, a Protestant pastor was acquitted after facing serious charges. The pastor, his wife, and their 6-year-old son were arrested by police, stripped of their clothes, beaten, and held without bail for three days. They were later convicted of forcibly converting people to Christianity, but the charges were ultimately overturned.

Trump Claims India Agrees to Cut Tariffs “Way Down” Amid Trade Talks

US President Donald Trump asserted on Friday, February 7, that India had agreed to significantly lower its tariffs, attributing the decision to increased scrutiny of the country’s trade practices. “Somebody is finally exposing them for what they’ve done,” Trump remarked.

His comments came shortly after New Delhi, in response to Trump’s earlier threat of reciprocal tariffs, stated that negotiations for a trade deal remained ongoing. The discussions were initially announced during Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s visit to Washington.

Speaking to the media from the Oval Office, Trump criticized India’s trade barriers, calling them excessive. “India charges massive tariffs on American goods. You can’t even sell anything into India, it’s almost restrictive—it is restrictive. You know, we do very little business inside,” he said.

Trump continued: “They’ve agreed—by the way, they want to cut their tariffs way down now because somebody’s finally exposing them for what they’ve done.”

This was one of many instances where Trump had expressed frustration over Indian tariffs since taking office. Earlier in the week, he had threatened to impose reciprocal tariffs, including non-monetary measures, starting April 2.

When asked to comment on Trump’s Tuesday remarks, Randhir Jaiswal, spokesperson for India’s Ministry of External Affairs, reiterated that both countries were focused on finalizing a trade deal that would be beneficial for both sides.

“I would like to repeat what we had mentioned there. Our objective through the BTA [bilateral trade agreement] is to strengthen and deepen India-US two-way trade across goods and services, increase market access, reduce tariff and non-tariff barriers, and deepen supply chain integration between the two countries,” Jaiswal stated.

He added, “So, that is how we look at the issue of tariffs as far as India-US is concerned.”

When asked whether Washington had assured India against reciprocal tariffs or if Trump’s comments were viewed as an “act of bad faith” amid ongoing talks, Jaiswal gave a similar response, emphasizing the ongoing negotiations.

He also noted that Union Commerce and Industry Minister Piyush Goyal was in the US from Tuesday to Thursday, where he engaged in discussions with his American counterparts on trade, tariffs, and other issues.

Meanwhile, Howard Lutnick, who serves as the US Commerce Secretary, spoke at the India Today Conclave via videoconference on Friday, arguing that India should lower tariffs on American goods.

“It’s time to do something big, something grand, something that connects India and the United States together but does it on a broad scale, not product by product, but rather the whole thing. Let’s bring India’s tariff policy towards America down, and America will invite India in to have really an extraordinary opportunity and relationship with us,” Lutnick said.

In response, India Today journalist Rahul Kanwal pointed out that reducing tariffs on agricultural imports could be politically damaging for the Modi government. Lutnick, however, maintained that India’s agricultural market needed to open up.

“It has to open up, it can’t just stay closed,” he stated. “Now, how you do that and the scale by which you do that—maybe you do quotas, maybe you do limits, you can be smarter when you have your most important trading partner on the other side of the table.”

He further argued, “You can’t just say, as you said, ‘Oh, it’s off the table’; that’s just not an attractive way of doing business.”

India has long maintained high tariffs to protect its agricultural sector, which supports millions of small farmers.

Lutnick described India’s tariffs as “some of the highest in the world” and suggested that reassessing the trade relationship with the US would be necessary to strengthen the “special relationship” between the two nations.

He also emphasized the need for India to reduce its dependence on Russia for military supplies.

During Modi’s visit to Washington last month, both countries agreed to finalize a trade deal addressing mutual concerns, with the first phase set to be negotiated before the fall of this year.

Trump also announced that India would significantly increase its purchases of American weapons this year, amounting to “billions of dollars.”

“We’re also paving the way to ultimately provide India with the F-35 stealth fighters,” Trump stated. However, New Delhi later downplayed the significance of this claim.

Reflecting on his discussions with Modi, Trump described their exchange regarding tariffs: “And I said, ‘You know what we do?’ I told Prime Minister Modi yesterday—he was here. I said, ‘Here’s what you do. We’re going to do—be very fair with you.’ They charge the highest tariffs in the world, just about.”

He continued, “I said, ‘Here’s what we’re going to do: reciprocal. Whatever you charge, I’m charging.’ He [Modi] goes, ‘No, no, I don’t like that.’ ‘No, no, whatever you charge, I’m going to charge.’ I’m doing that with every country.”

As negotiations continue, the US remains firm on its demand for India to reduce tariffs, while India seeks to maintain trade protections, especially in sensitive sectors like agriculture.

Jaishankar Downplays Dedollarisation, Backs Rupee Internationalisation Amid Trump’s Threats

Amid U.S. President Donald Trump’s warnings, India’s External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar has downplayed discussions on dedollarisation and instead emphasized the global expansion of the Indian rupee.

During a discussion at Chatham House, a think tank in the United Kingdom, Jaishankar clarified that India does not have a formal policy to move away from the U.S. dollar, nor is there a unanimous stance on this matter within the BRICS alliance.

“I don’t think there’s any policy on our part to replace the dollar. As I said, at the end of the day, the dollar as the reserve currency is the source of international economic stability. And right now, what we want in the world is more economic stability, not less,” said Jaishankar.

In a post on social media platform X, formerly known as Twitter, Jaishankar shared insights from his discussion at Chatham House, reaffirming India’s stance on the issue.

In recent months, Trump has repeatedly warned of imposing 100 percent tariffs on BRICS nations if they proceed with efforts to replace the U.S. dollar as the dominant currency for global trade.

No Unified BRICS Position on Dedollarisation

Jaishankar asserted that BRICS countries do not hold a single, unified stance regarding an alternative to the U.S. dollar.

“As far as India is concerned, instead of replacing the dollar, India is interested in the internationalisation of the Indian rupee,” said Jaishankar.

He further elaborated, “I would also say in all honesty, I don’t think there’s a unified BRICS position on this. I think BRICS members, and now that we have more members, have very diverse positions on this matter. So the suggestion or the assumption that somewhere there is a united BRICS position against the dollar I think is not borne out by facts. To me, it’s kind of deterministic that there is multi-polarity, multi-polarity has to translate itself into a currency multi-polarity. It doesn’t have to.”

Highlighting India’s approach, Jaishankar emphasized that New Delhi is focused on expanding the rupee’s global presence rather than challenging the dollar’s dominance.

“We are clearly promoting the internationalization of the rupee because we are actively globalizing India. More Indians are travelling and living abroad, and India’s trade and investment sectors have expanded. As a result, the use of the rupee will also grow. In many cases, we have established mechanisms for cashless payments between India and other countries and have supported trade settlements, particularly in nations facing a shortage of hard currency, especially dollars…This reflects a steady externalization of rupee transactions as part of India’s globalization. Regarding the role of the dollar, we are realistic. We have no issue with the dollar, and our relations with the U.S. are at their best. We have no interest in undermining the dollar,” Jaishankar stated.

Trump’s Threats Against BRICS

In recent months, Trump has intensified his criticism of BRICS and has repeatedly threatened member nations with 100 percent tariffs.

Echoing his earlier stance on the European Union, Trump has characterized BRICS as an alliance designed to harm the United States.

“I don’t care, but BRICS was put there for a bad purpose, and most of those people don’t want it. They don’t even want to talk about it now. They’re afraid to talk about it because I told them if they want to play games with the dollar, then they’re going to be hit with a 100 percent tariff,” Trump stated.

Top 10 Wealthiest States in India and Their Economic Strength

India’s economic structure is shaped by the contributions of its 28 states, each playing a significant role in the nation’s Gross State Domestic Product (GSDP). Some states have gained wealth through advancements in agriculture, tourism, and technology. Maharashtra leads as the richest state in India, with Mumbai serving as its financial hub and home to Bollywood and numerous multinational corporations. Tamil Nadu, known for its IT, textile, and automotive industries, ranks second. Karnataka, particularly Bengaluru, recognized as India’s tech capital, secures the third position. Other states benefit from natural resources, industrial growth, and trade, which help sustain their economies.

Top 10 Richest States in India and Their Annual GSDP

The following list, based on Forbes data for 2024–2025, highlights the wealthiest states in India and the primary sources of their economic strength.

Rank State Name GSDP (2024-2025)
1 Maharashtra ₹42.67 Lakh Crore
2 Tamil Nadu ₹31.55 Lakh Crore
3 Karnataka ₹28.09 Lakh Crore
4 Gujarat ₹27.9 Lakh Crore
5 Uttar Pradesh ₹24.99 Lakh Crore
6 West Bengal ₹18.8 Lakh Crore
7 Rajasthan ₹17.8 Lakh Crore
8 Telangana ₹16.5 Lakh Crore
9 Andhra Pradesh ₹15.89 Lakh Crore
10 Madhya Pradesh ₹15.22 Lakh Crore

Overview of the Wealthiest States and Their Economic Drivers

  1. Maharashtra
  2. Maharashtra continues to be India’s economic powerhouse, with a projected GSDP of ₹42.67 lakh crore for 2024–2025. The state’s economy thrives on manufacturing, entertainment, banking, and information technology. Mumbai, India’s financial capital, houses major financial institutions and corporate headquarters, further strengthening its economic dominance.
  3. Tamil Nadu

Tamil Nadu’s economy, estimated at ₹31.55 lakh crore in 2024–2025, is diverse, encompassing manufacturing, textiles, automotive, and information technology. The state’s coastal location provides an advantage for trade and exports, boosting its financial standing.

  1. Karnataka

Karnataka is anticipated to record a GSDP of ₹28.09 lakh crore in 2024–2025. The state is known for its strong manufacturing, biotechnology, aerospace, and IT sectors. Bengaluru, its capital, is often called the “Silicon Valley of India” due to its thriving tech industry.

  1. Gujarat

Gujarat has established itself as an industrial hub, specializing in petrochemicals, textiles, and pharmaceuticals. The state’s economy, projected at ₹27.9 lakh crore, benefits from significant investments, excellent infrastructure, and policies that favor businesses.

  1. Uttar Pradesh

With a GSDP of ₹24.99 lakh crore, Uttar Pradesh maintains its economic strength largely through agriculture, particularly the production of rice, wheat, and sugarcane. Additionally, the state has recently witnessed growth in manufacturing and service industries, further diversifying its economic base.

  1. West Bengal

West Bengal’s economy, valued at ₹18.8 lakh crore, is supported by agriculture, manufacturing, and the service sector. As India’s leading producer of jute and paddy, the state also has a growing IT sector, particularly in Kolkata, which contributes to its overall development.

  1. Rajasthan

Rajasthan’s economy, estimated at ₹17.8 lakh crore, relies on tourism, mining, and agriculture. The state’s historical landmarks and cultural heritage attract a large number of tourists, making tourism a key economic driver.

  1. Telangana

Telangana’s economy is expected to reach ₹16.5 lakh crore in 2024–2025, driven primarily by IT, pharmaceuticals, and biotechnology. Hyderabad, the state capital, serves as a major IT hub, attracting investments from global technology firms.

  1. Andhra Pradesh

Agriculture remains the backbone of Andhra Pradesh’s economy, with a GSDP of ₹15.89 lakh crore. The state is also focusing on horticulture and expanding its manufacturing sector to strengthen economic growth.

  1. Madhya Pradesh

Madhya Pradesh’s economy, projected at ₹15.22 lakh crore, depends on agriculture, mining, and forestry. The state is a leading producer of wheat, soybeans, and pulses, and is gradually moving towards industrialization to further economic progress.

GOPIO Convention to be Held in Brisbane, Australia, Seeks Awards Nominations Conference Details Announced

GOPIO 2025 Convention and Conference Sessions to be Held in Brisbane, Australia, Seeks Nominations for Awards

GOPIO’s 2025 Convention will take place in Brisbane, Australia from March 28-30, 2025 at the Brisbane Mariott. The Convention theme is “The Indian Diaspora’s Role in Shaping Future Technologies.” The convention will be inaugurated on March 28th evening. Discussion topics on March 29th will include Artificial Intelligence (AI), Quantum Computing and Internet of Things (IoT); Nanotechnology, Advanced Materials and Electronic/Photonic Devices; Pharmaceutical and Food Supplements; Medical Devices and Biomedical Innovations and Energy Generation and Storage Devices. A second track of conference sessions will cover NRIs and PIOs Working Closer to Achieve Common Goals; Diaspora Women and their Growing Contributions in Various Sectors; GOPIO Academic Council Roundtable; and Diaspora Youth & Young Achievers: The role they can play in the Diaspora Movement. Anyone interested to be a speaker/panelist in any session may write to gopio@optonline.net.

The convention will end with an awards banquet on March 29th evening where NRIs and PIOs who have excelled in various professional fields such as sciences, engineering, technology, medicine, legal, arts and letters, performing arts, public service and business as well as entertainers and entrepreneurs will be honored. Also, those who done outstanding community service will also be honored. Please send in a bio listing outstanding achievements, awards and contact details to gopiointl.awards@gmail.com by March 1st.

Early Registration is open now. Visit https://brisbane.gopioqueensland.org/brisbanehome. After registration is complete, one will receive a letter for Australian visa, if needed.

After the GOPIO convention, from March 31st to April 6th, a tailored group trip is planned to visit Fiji, New Zealand and Sydney with sightseeing and meeting with our GOPIO communities. Register your interest at the link below. https://tinyurl.com/GOPIOConventionBrisbane

For more information on the GOPIO convention, contact its Convener Umesh Chandra, ceo@chantex.com.au.

Founded in 1989, GOPIO is a non-partisan, not-for-profit, secular organization with Individual Life Members and chapter delegates from over 100 chapters in 35 countries. GOPIO’s volunteers are committed to enhancing cooperation and communication between NRIs/PIOs and the local communities, building networks, bonds, friendships, alliances, and the camaraderie of citizens and colleagues alike.  GOPIO volunteers believe that when they help network the global Indian community, they facilitate making tomorrow a better world for the Indian Diaspora, the countries they live in and India.

GOPIO logo is a trademark registered under the US Patent and Trademark Office.

Indo-American Press Club Unveils 2025 Board of Directors and Appoints Dr. Indranill Basu Ray as Chairman

(New York, NY: Feb 20, 2025) Indo-American Press Club (IAPC), the largest organization of media personnel of Indian origin in North America announced a dynamic Team of members to the Board of Directors today. Dr. Indranill Basu Ray – Cambridge, MA will lead this decade-old organization as the Chairman of the BOAD of IAPC. Ginsmon Zacharia, the Founding Chairman of IAPC is the Secretary of BOD. Ajay Ghosh, the Founding President of IAPC, who along with Ginsmon is a permanent member of the BOD, will serve as a member of the BOD.

Dr. Indranill Basu Ray – Chairman, Cambridge, MA

Dr. Indranill Basu Ray | MBBS, MD(Med), DNB (Card), DSc, FACP, FACC is a Cardiologist trained in one of the newer subspecialties called Interventional Cardiac Electrophysiology. Dr. Basu-Ray was a faculty guide at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT’s) LinQ program in Boston. He is a cardiac electrophysiologist on staff and the present director of cardiovascular research at the Memphis Veterans Medical Center in Memphis, TN, USA. He is also an Adjunct Professor at The School of Public Health, University of Memphis, Memphis, TN, USA.

Dr. Basu-Ray is the Editor of a popular book on Cardiology with over forty authors contributing to it from all over the world. He is the founder and President of the American Academy for Yoga in Medicine, an organization of physicians, scientists, and researchers who work on scientific validation of yoga as an integrative therapy. He is the Editor-in-Chief of the world’s first reference book written by over 75 physicians and researchers worldwide called “The Principle and Practice of Yoga in Cardiovascular Diseases,” published by Springer Nature. Dr. Basu Ray has delivered invited lectures worldwide on the role of Yoga and meditation in preventing and treating cardiovascular diseases. He was awarded a Doctorate in Science (Honoris Causa) by the world’s largest and oldest Yoga University- SVYASA, in Bengaluru, India. He has appeared on multiple television channels in this country and abroad, discussing Yoga as disease prevention. He writes blogs for numerous Indian and US Newspapers.


⁠Ginsmon Zacharia – Board Secretary – NY

Ginsmon P. Zacharia, founding chairman and a permanent member of the IAPC Board of Directors, is the managing director of the Global Reporter Channel. A noted journalist who has made innovations in the field of visual media, he is also the chairman of Jai Hind News, a Malayalam newspaper with editions in the United States and Canada. He is the editor-in-chief of Aksharam magazine, a leading Malayalam magazine in the United States, and President and CEO of the English language magazine Asian Era. Ginsmon, who was the manager of The South Asian Times, a leading English language newspaper in America, started his journalism career 16 years ago by taking charge of the European edition of the Deepika, a Malayalam daily. As the US director of Jai Hind TV, he hosted the first reality show with candidates from all the states in the US. The reality show, attended by hundreds of Malayalees, was telecast in around 250 episodes, helped many amateur singers showcase their talent to the world, and was hailed as a historic first for the Malayalees in North America.


Kamalesh Mehta – NY

Kamlesh Mehta, founder of Forsyth Media Group, the most popular Indo-American English media group in North America, is a member of a prominent Jain family in Rajasthan and started a diamond business in Bombay in 1985. Mehta immigrated to New York in 1986, to expand his business, where he started trading in gemstones and diamonds. Mehta entered the media business in 2008, and his weekly newspaper, ‘The South Asian Times’ for the Indian community, has won several awards. He is also the publisher of Forsyth Media Group’s ‘The Asian Era’. In January 2010, he was appointed director of business and economic development by the Nassau County administration, where he served for five years. In 2009, he became president of the Rotary Club of Hicksville South, NY. In 2015-16, he had the opportunity to become governor of RI District 7255. He has been honored as a leading Rotary donor and has worked for many religious organizations and social causes. He is the founder of the Rajasthan Association of North America and organized the first Indian Day Parade in Hicksville, which started in 2012. Mehta is also the recipient of many lifetime achievement awards and certificates of recognition from various community organizations.


⁠Dr. Mathew Joys – Las Vegas, NV

Well-known writer and columnist in North America, Dr. Matthew Joys, was one of the early members of the IAPC. He has worked in the finance department of the central government in India and has been the director of the Rotaract Club and the national general secretary of the Employees Federation. He also served as executive vice president and secretary to the board of directors of IAPC. Author of ‘Entey Priyey,’ a collection of love poems based on the Bible and the Ten Commandments, and the anthology ‘American Aadukal,’ he spends his time as the executive editor of Jai Hind, a New York-based newspaper, as well as the associate editor of the Express Herald, a member of the editorial board of Nerkazhcha weekly, and the English portal The UNN. He is also the Global Media Chairperson of the Global Indian Council, Inc.


Ajay Ghosh – CT

Ajay Ghosh, the Chief Editor of The Universal News Network (www.theunn.com), graduated with a Master’s Degree in Journalism from Marquette University, Milwaukee, WI in 1998. Before coming to the United States, Ajay was the Chief Editor of The Voice Delhi and contributed articles to several national publications in India. In the United States, starting his journalistic career as a reporter in 1999 for India Post, he worked as the New York Bureau Chief of Indian Reporter and World News and was the New York Bureau Chief of India Tribune published from Chicago. Ajay served as the Executive Editor of NRI Today and was the Bureau Chief of The Indian Express, North American Editions. He was the founding Editor of The Asian Era. Since 2012, Ajay has been serving as the Media Coordinator of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI). In 2023, he was appointed as the Consultant for Public Relations Content for ITServe Alliance, the largest association of IT Solutions and services organizations in the United States. Ajay is the founder and President of the Indo-American Press Club.

Having a Master’s Degree in Social Work from Delhi University, Ajay served as an Adjunct Faculty at Fordham Graduate School of Social Work from 2006 to 2016. He was an Adjunct Professor at Bridgeport University, where he taught Psychology. In 2019, he was part of a nearly 200-member expedition to Antarctica, the 7th Continent on Earth. Ajay was honored with the Excellence in Reporting Award by the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin for several years. In 2018, Ajay was honored with the Excellence in Journalism Award by NAMAM, In 2023, he received the prestigious Excellence in Journalism Award by The Kerala Center in New York.


Meena Chittilapilly – Dallas, TX

Meena Chittilappilly is a well-known socio-cultural media activist from Dallas, Texas. Meena, who has been a presenter and newsreader on Asianet for 15 years and later a presenter on Jai Hind TV, is currently working for Flowers TV. A graduate with a degree in analytical economics and business administration, Meena has worked in the field of education for over 20 years and is currently working as a school director in the project management office at ‘Quantiphi’, an international software company. She was also active as the arts and marketing and branding chairperson of the Malayali Engineers Association of North Texas (MEANT), and the president of the Dallas badminton club. Moreover, she has been running the Swarajathi School of Music and Dance since 2001 and is an active organizer and media personality who has been making her mark in the professional theater industry. During her college years, she was the secretary and union councilor of the All-Saints College arts club, Thiruvananthapuram from 1990-92 and presented many programs as an anchor with Doordarshan, the national television channel of India.


⁠CG Daniel – Houston, TX

CG Daniel is a well-known writer and amateur photographer with a large following, especially on social media. He is an environmentalist and a cynophile. He has participated in television panel discussions about American and Indian politics. He is the founder, president, and CEO of the Deepalaya Foundation Inc., USA, a nonprofit charitable organization. He has served the IAPC at various levels, including as chapter president, national vice president, and general secretary.


Parveen Chopra – Vice Chairman – NY

Parveen Chopra, who has been a journalist in the United States for decades, is the managing editor of the South Asian Times. He also works for the interfaith journal ‘One World Under One God’. Parveen holds a master’s degree in mass communication from Punjab University and has also worked for India Today magazine. Parveen is also the founder of Spiritual Magazine Life Positive and was a former president of IAPC.


Dr. P V Baiju – Edmonton, Canada

A well-known Canadian author and columnist. P.V. Baiju is a noted journalist who has presented the issues of Canadian Malayalees to the world through his columns.


Jacob Kudasanad – Houston

Jacob Kudassanad (Kuruvila), the founding Vice President of the Houston chapter of Indo American Press Club, is a long-standing member of the organization. Through his time in IAPC, he has also been able to serve as the National Secretary in 2018 and National Executive Vice President in 2019.

He began his journalistic activities in his college days, where he got the chance to be the Alleppy district representative for All Kerala Sahitya Sangam. He also served as the editor for his college’s magazine, as well as various other local magazines. During his time as editor, he was able to harness his creativity and publish many short stories and poems in printed media. More recently, he has contributed to news publications for the Malayalam News Media.

Since immigrating to the US in 1985, Jacob has been an active and committed member of various cultural and religious organizations. He joined the World Malayalee Council in 1995 and has held several positions, including President, Chairman, and Secretary, at the American Region and Houston Province levels. Additionally, he served as the General Secretary of the Malayalee Association of Greater Houston in 2000. His dedication has persisted throughout the years, as he serves as the Vice president–admin in the American Region. He was able to serve as the Houston Bureau Coordinator for Reporter TV USA.

Finally, he is the current World Malayalee Council Chairman (America Region) and has been a member of St. Thomas Orthodox Cathedral Houston’s Golden Jubilee Souvenir Committee Chair. He was blessed with the opportunity to serve in multiple capacities. He hopes to continue to be a contributing member of the Indo–American community in the coming years.


Reji Philip – Philadelphia

Reji Phillip, a reporter for the Global Reporter channel, is a well-known journalist. He holds a master’s degree in journalism and manages the creative department in several visual and online media.


Jacob Abraham – NY

Jacob Abraham is the CEO of Hedge Events and the publisher of Hedge News. With a keen eye for detail and a strategic mindset, Jacob has successfully led Hedge Events to become a premier event management company known for its innovative and high-quality events. His leadership has also elevated Hedge News, a prominent publication that offers in-depth analysis and insights into the financial world. Jacob’s expertise and dedication have made him a respected figure in the industry, continually pushing the boundaries of excellence in event management and financial journalism.


Dr. Renee Mehra – Chicago

Dr. Renee Mehra has been working in the media since 1990. Renee is the host of the show ‘Renee Report’, which provides media coverage on politics, health, human interest stories, fashion, film, theater, and current affairs. She has been the president of Reenbow Media, an advertising, broadcasting, and public relations company since 2010. She acted as associate director of external affairs department NYC health, hospitals/Queens from 2014 to 2017. After earning a BA in broadcast journalism from the University of New York, and an MA in political management and public relations from George Washington University, she received her doctorate from Walden University.


Ashly Joseph – Canada

As the editor-in-chief of Jai Hind News, a popular Malayalam newspaper in North America, Ashly Joseph served as a member of the board of directors of the IAPC. He began his journalistic career in 2003 as a reporter for the ‘Malayalee Manas’, a Florida-based newspaper, and was the editor-in-chief of ‘Yatra’, a 2006 magazine aimed at new immigrants. From 2007 to 2009 he was the managing editor of ‘Aksharam’, a leading Malayalam magazine in the United States. Ashley’s numerous articles on social, political, and literary issues have already been published in print and online media. Ashly is an executive member of the Edmonton Catholic Association and is the founder of several associations and clubs. He came to the United States in 1999 and is known among the Malayalees as a great organizer. Ashley, who now works for the Canadian postal department, was the coordinator of the International Volleyball Tournament in Niagara. A graduate of Botany from Nirmala College, Muvattupuzha, Ashley was active in politics and society during his studies before he graduated with a degree in hotel management and moved to the United States.


Joseph John – Calgary, CAD

Joseph John is a Canadian Freelance Guild (CFG) and a Calgary-based freelance reporter who is president of the Alberta Chapter of the Indo-American Press Club. Joseph has also been the president of the Malayalee Cultural Association of Calgary, which has more than 4,000 members. Joseph John, founder, and organizer of ‘Kavya Sandhya’, which promotes literary and cultural activities for children in Kerala, is also a volunteer reporter for the Global Reporter section of the Reporter Malayalam channel. He is the founder and organizer of the ‘NAMMAL’ (North American Media Center for Malayalam Art and Literature) association with media support from news web portals in three Indian languages — ‘Nammal Online’ in Malayalam, ‘Namathu Tamil’ in Tamil, and ‘Namaste World’ in English. In addition, he serves as the national coordinator of ‘Nammalude Pallikoodam’, which conducts free Malayalam online classes with the help of volunteers from various provinces. He is the secretary of the National Association of Corrosion Engineers and for the Association of Materials Protection and Performance, Calgary Chapter of the U.S. & Canada Northern Area.


Korason Varghese – NY

Writer and journalist from New York. His column “Valkannadi” is published in media such as Manorama. He has published two collections of articles. He has done interviews through Reporter TV and Kalavedi TV. He is present in cultural and social spaces. He has worked as a Wise Men International Club public relations officer and as a UN representative. He has received the 2017 Emalayali Popular Writer Award, the 2022 Fokana Literary Award, the Kalavedi Literary Award, and the 2023 IAPC Social Media Influencer Award. Korason is also a cartoonist living in Long Island.

In the introduction to the collection of essays by Korason, Valkannadi, renowned writer Benyamin writes that the views of society can be accurately reflected through the unbiased Valkannadi. The writer, who has been living as a Malayali immigrant in America for a long time, has a passion for language and social commitment that seriously enhances the value of Valkannadi. – Benyamin.

Over the past five years, Reporter TV and Kalavedi TV have been a part of Korason’s backroom staff through several in-depth interviews. A.J. Philip, a veteran journalist who has been the editor of newspapers like The Indian Express and The Tribune, said, “I found Korason to be a very capable and cheerful interviewer. You can tell that there was proper homework behind it. The questions were quite probing but not intimidating. I wish television anchors in India were like Korason,” A.J. Philip wrote in his column.

He worked as a columnist, cartoonist, and editor in the newspapers Kairali and Jai Hind, published in New York. He was the editor of Fokana’s Haritham Smaranika, held in Albany, and served as the executive president and general secretary of the Indo-American Press Club. He managed a column in the leading online media Marunadan Malayali for more than five years.

Worked as a Senior Analyst for the Independent Budget Review for the Nassau County Government of New York. Experience in the formulation of basic political policy in the United States. Worked as a Finance Manager for the New York City Government for a quarter of a century.


Joji Kavanal – NY

Joji Kavanal is the treasurer of the Malankara Archdiocese of North America and one of the founding directors of the Indo-American Press Club. He also served as the director of Jaihind TV USA from 2010 to 2013. He was chief editor of Malankara Deepam annual publication of the Malankara Archdiocese

He practiced law in the Kerala High Court and is also a treasurer of the Kerala High Court Advocates Association. His extensive experience and dedication have significantly contributed to his leadership roles within the diaspora community, bridging cultural and professional ties between India and North America.


Anil Augustine – Atlanta

Anil Augustine is an Atlanta, GA resident, professionally a Public Relations (PR) management consultant in the International Trade, Media, and Human Resource domains. Currently, he serves as the Managing Director of an enterprise advisory firm www.AuguDEST.com, which assists global entrepreneurs, in reaching expertise in bilateral global trade, Media, PR & HR avenues. He is the joint promoter at the marketplace aggregator – Rural Agricultural Development Technology and Research. Anil has served on the Henry County, GA School System’s Advisory Council Board Since 2016 and the Eagle’s Landing Middle School as President of the PTO Board since 2019. As a Public Relations Officio, Anil is involved with Global

Indian Council, a diaspora advocacy institution, and World Malayalee Council, the global fraternity of Kerala diaspora. He serves on the Executive Board of the Federation of Malayalee Associations in Americas (FOMAA) immigration advocacy initiative – L.i.F.e, FOMAA Legal Immigration Federation, Anil served as the National Vice-president of IAPC and enthusiastically contributed to the International Media Convention in 2018 as the IAPC Atlanta Chapter Advisory Board member.


Dr.Eapen Daniel – Philadelphia

Dr. Eapen Daniel, a distinguished academic and community leader, resides in Pennsylvania, near the Philadelphia area. He graduated with a degree in Botany from Mar Thoma College in 1973 and later earned an M.Sc. from S.B. College, Changanacherry, securing a university rank. He began his career as a Botany professor at Mar Thoma College (Kerala University), where he taught until 1982.

After moving to the United States, Dr. Daniel pursued graduate studies at Texas Tech University and worked at the Texas Health Sciences Center until 1986. He then relocated to Pennsylvania, where he studied and worked at the University of Pennsylvania, earning his Doctorate. He continues to contribute to the university in the field of Genomics Integration.

Beyond academia, Dr. Daniel has been an influential figure in civic and religious circles in the Philadelphia Tri-State area for over 30 years. He has served as the President of PAMPA, a leading Malayalee association, and currently leads the Indian Overseas Congress (IOC) PA Chapter. His dedication to the Mar Thoma Church is notable, having served as Chief Editor of The Mar Thoma Messenger for 12 years and as a long-time youth activity coordinator and senior advisor for various church organizations.

Dr. Daniel’s contributions have been recognized with numerous achievement awards from civic and religious organizations, underscoring his lifelong commitment to community service and leadership


IAPCIndo-American Press Club (IAPC) is a fast-growing syndicate of print, visual, online, and electronic media journalists and other media-related professionals of Indian origin working in the United States, Canada, and Europe. IAPC is committed to enhancing the working conditions of our journalists, exchanging ideas, and offering educational and training opportunities to our members, aspiring young journalists, and media professionals around the globe; and also by honoring media people for their excellence, and for bringing positive changes through their dedicated service among the community. Today IAPC envisages its vision through collective efforts and advocacy activities through its 15 Chapters across the US and Canada, in the larger public sphere. Visit www.indoamericanpressclub.com to learn more.

112 Indians Deported from US Arrive in Amritsar Amid Immigration Crackdown

A total of 112 Indian nationals, who had been deported from the United States for residing in the country illegally, landed in Amritsar on Sunday night. This marks the third such deportation in just ten days, occurring as part of the Trump administration’s intensified crackdown on undocumented immigrants.

According to sources, the deportees arrived aboard a C-17 Globemaster aircraft operated by the U.S. Air Force. The plane touched down at Amritsar International Airport at approximately 10:03 p.m.

Among those deported, 31 individuals hail from Punjab, 44 from Haryana, 33 from Gujarat, two from Uttar Pradesh, and one each from Himachal Pradesh and Uttarakhand. Some of their families had gathered at the airport to receive them upon arrival.

Following standard procedures, the deportees will be permitted to return to their respective homes after the completion of all necessary formalities, including immigration procedures, verification, and background checks. Authorities have made arrangements for their transportation to their respective destinations, sources confirmed.

This latest deportation follows two similar instances earlier in the month. The first took place on February 5, when a U.S. military aircraft transported 104 Indians to Amritsar. A second deportation flight carrying 116 Indian nationals arrived on Saturday.

During the first deportation, individuals were reportedly shackled and restrained throughout the journey and were only released upon reaching India. This led to a significant political uproar in India, sparking debates in both Houses of Parliament during the Budget session. Similar allegations of mistreatment have now been raised by those who returned on Saturday.

Responding to the growing criticism, External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar stated that the Indian government is in discussions with the United States to ensure that deported individuals are treated with dignity. He also pointed out that such deportations are not a new phenomenon, emphasizing that the U.S. has been sending back illegal immigrants for years.

Prime Minister Narendra Modi, who recently visited the United States, reiterated India’s stance on the issue. He assured that India would accept its citizens who are found to be living illegally in the U.S. However, he stressed the importance of tackling human trafficking.

“Our bigger fight is against that entire ecosystem, and we are confident that President Trump will fully cooperate with India in finishing this ecosystem,” Modi stated.

Meanwhile, the U.S. Embassy in India defended the deportations, underscoring their importance to national security and public safety.

“Enforcing our nation’s immigration laws is critically important to the national security and public safety of the United States,” an embassy spokesperson said. “It is the policy of the United States to faithfully execute the immigration laws against all inadmissible and removable aliens.”

India ranks as the third-largest source of undocumented immigrants in the U.S., following Mexico and El Salvador.

Many of those deported, particularly from Punjab, had initially sought to migrate to the U.S. in hopes of securing a better future for their families. However, their aspirations were crushed when they were caught at the U.S. border and sent back to India in shackles.

Trump Pushes Costly F-35 Fighter Sales to India Despite Criticism from Adviser

President Donald Trump appears to be urging India to buy the expensive F-35 Lightning II stealth fighters, even though one of his closest advisers has strongly criticized the aircraft’s design and performance.

“The F-35 design was broken at the requirements level because it was required to be too many things to too many people,” Elon Musk stated on X in November. He argued that the aircraft became overly complex and costly, failing to excel in any single role. According to Musk, success was never a realistic outcome for the F-35 program.

He took his criticism further, using a trash can emoji while attacking Lockheed Martin, the company responsible for the aircraft’s design and production. Musk called its designers “idiots” for persisting with the program despite its flaws. He also suggested that piloted fighter jets like the F-35 were becoming obsolete, as drones could fulfill similar roles at a lower cost and without endangering human lives.

Trump’s Announcement on Expanding Military Sales to India

During Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s recent one-day visit to Washington, Trump revealed that the U.S. would significantly increase military sales to India this year, adding billions of dollars in new deals.

“We’re also paving the way to ultimately provide India with F-35 stealth fighters,” Trump stated in a joint press conference with Modi.

However, it remains unclear whether the F-35s will be part of India’s existing requirement for 114 Multi-Role Fighter Aircraft (MRFA) for the Indian Air Force (IAF) or if they will be sold through a separate agreement. Reports from Washington indicated that neither the White House nor Lockheed Martin provided clarification on Trump’s statement regarding the potential sale of F-35s to India.

Trump’s remark about boosting military sales suggests that a significant number of F-35s could be supplied to the IAF, likely through the U.S. government’s Foreign Military Sales (FMS) program. However, manufacturing the F-35 in India under a technology transfer agreement seems unlikely due to the aircraft’s highly classified nature.

The only official response came from Indian Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri, who described the potential sale as being at a “proposal stage.” He did not confirm whether the Indian delegation was taken by surprise by Trump’s statement.

Misri also emphasized that military procurement in India follows a structured process that includes issuing a request for proposal (RFP), and no such process had been initiated for the F-35.

IAF Officers Skeptical About the F-35’s Suitability

Trump’s unexpected announcement has raised concerns among senior IAF officers, who fear the purchase might be driven by political considerations rather than operational and financial feasibility.

“The F-35 simply does not fit into the IAF’s overall operational requirements and profile,” said retired Air Marshal V.K. “Jimmy” Bhatia, a military analyst.

He noted that American defense equipment, particularly fighter aircraft, comes with multiple operational restrictions. Instead of purchasing F-35s—which cost between $80 million and $115 million per unit—Bhatia argued that India should focus on developing its own fifth-generation fighter with future upgrade capabilities.

Other IAF officers, speaking anonymously, suggested that Trump’s administration might be leveraging the F-35 sale to extract concessions on other issues, such as allegations of India’s involvement in a planned assassination of Sikh separatist Gurpatwant Pannun in New York or the ongoing U.S. investigation into businessman Gautam Adani over bribery and fraud.

“F-35s are not the best buy for the IAF despite their lethality, versatility, and stealth capabilities, as they are extremely expensive to procure and operate amid shrinking budgets,” said a two-star IAF officer. He pointed out that each F-35 costs approximately $36,000 per flight hour, making large-scale deployment financially challenging.

Even if India proceeded with the purchase, deliveries would take years. Another senior IAF officer explained that negotiations for such a deal would take considerable time, and even after an agreement was reached, the U.S. would likely prioritize deliveries to NATO allies before supplying aircraft to India.

Restrictions on U.S. Military Equipment Limit India’s Customization Options

A major drawback of acquiring F-35s is the limitation it imposes on India’s ability to customize and upgrade military equipment—something the IAF has traditionally done to enhance operational effectiveness.

India’s capacity to modify U.S. military hardware is severely restricted by agreements such as the End Use Monitoring Agreement (EUMA), finalized in 2009. Under this agreement, India cannot modify or upgrade American military platforms without explicit approval from the U.S. government and the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM). Historically, the U.S. has rarely granted such permissions.

“Such cradle-to-grave restrictions provide Washington with lasting leverage over the recipient country,” stated a one-star IAF officer. Unlike defense equipment from other countries, U.S. military hardware is subject to strict compliance with American strategic, political, and diplomatic objectives.

Among the more than 80 countries that have signed EUMAs with the U.S., only a few exceptions exist—most notably Israel. The Israeli Air Force has been allowed to integrate locally developed weapons and sensors into Lockheed Martin’s F-16s and, more recently, into some F-35s.

Additionally, all U.S. military sales to India under the FMS program are governed by the stringent “Golden Sentry” EUMA, which mandates physical verification of the equipment and dictates its eventual disposal. This agreement is even more restrictive than the “Blue Lantern” EUMA, which applies to direct commercial sales of American military hardware.

Although India’s Congress-led United Progressive Alliance (UPA) government claimed in 2009 that it had secured favorable terms for the EUMA—allowing India to determine the timing and location of verification inspections—it did not address the long-term dependency on U.S. manufacturers for maintenance and upgrades.

Despite these restrictions, military officers argue that jugaad—India’s innovative approach to modifying and optimizing military equipment—has been crucial in enhancing the performance of imported weapons systems. Over the years, jugaad has allowed India to improve aircraft, ordnance, and military platforms, sometimes making them more effective than originally designed.

Jugaad has been extensively applied to Soviet/Russian and French fighter jets, often with no restrictions from the manufacturers. This flexibility has enabled India to adapt its military equipment for extreme climates, varied terrains, and diverse operational scenarios.

Capabilities of the F-35 Fighter Family

The F-35 family consists of three variants, designed for air superiority and strike missions:

  • F-35A (conventional takeoff and landing)
  • F-35B (short takeoff and vertical landing)
  • F-35C (carrier-based version with catapult-assisted takeoff)

All three versions have electronic warfare and intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance (ISR) capabilities.

Powered by Pratt & Whitney F135-PW-100 turbofan engines, the F-35 cockpit features large touchscreens instead of traditional gauges. Pilots use a helmet-mounted display system that provides real-time data and access to the aircraft’s Distributed Aperture System (DAS), which includes six infrared cameras for enhanced situational awareness. The fighter can carry a weapons payload of 6,000 to 8,100 kg.

Will the F-35 Deal Materialize?

In the coming months, it will become clear whether the proposed F-35 sale moves forward or if Trump’s statement was simply a negotiating tactic to gain concessions from India on other geopolitical and economic issues.

Modi Returns from U.S. Meeting with Unmet Trade Demands and Tariff Concerns

Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi had been banking on a series of concessions before his meeting with U.S. President Donald Trump to maintain favorable ties with Washington, especially after weeks of tariff threats.

However, these efforts fell short.

As Modi heads back to New Delhi, he faces the looming prospect of increased duties on Indian exports and heightened pressure to purchase more American products—ranging from energy to advanced U.S. weapons systems. The meeting highlighted that the warm rapport the two leaders shared during Trump’s first term has its limits.

The discussions marked the first official meeting between Modi and Trump since 2020 and underscored Trump’s determination to revamp trade relationships with all nations, including close U.S. allies. Hours before their meeting, Trump announced that the U.S. would begin imposing “reciprocal” tariffs. He also openly criticized India’s trade policies while standing alongside Modi at a press conference.

“India has been to us just about the highest-tariffed nation in the world,” Trump said at the White House, with Modi standing beside him. “Whatever India charges, we’re charging them.”

Indian officials familiar with the meeting emphasized that it was not entirely negative. While India is waiting for details on the reciprocal tariffs, officials noted that an agreement to pursue a bilateral trade pact provides a platform for negotiation. They spoke on the condition of anonymity due to the sensitive nature of the discussions.

Modi was one of the earliest foreign leaders to visit Trump, joining the ranks of the prime ministers of Japan and Israel. The visit followed years of strengthening ties between India and the U.S., as Washington has strategically engaged India as a counterbalance to China’s growing influence in the region.

Several U.S. corporations, including Apple Inc. and Starbucks Corp., have significantly expanded their operations in India, tapping into the country’s growing consumer market while seeking to diversify away from Chinese supply chains.

Even during Trump’s first term, when he and Modi had a friendly rapport, India’s tariff policies remained a recurring point of contention. Now, with Trump’s second term underway, Modi has taken a more flexible stance, reducing import tariffs on various goods, including Harley-Davidson Inc. motorcycles.

Further demonstrating its willingness to accommodate U.S. demands, New Delhi announced on Thursday a reduction in taxes on American bourbon, cutting the rate from 150% to 100%—a key demand from Washington.

A senior U.S. official, speaking to Bloomberg News anonymously, described these steps as minor but welcomed. However, it was evident that Modi left Washington with a list of further actions to take, as Trump underscored his intent to reduce the U.S.’s $41 billion trade deficit with India.

“We believe that India still remains in Trump’s line of fire on reciprocal tariffs, even as the two countries have reiterated their strategic partnership,” said Sonal Varma, chief economist for India at Nomura Singapore Ltd.

India’s Ministry of External Affairs and Finance Ministry did not immediately respond to requests for further clarification.

Increased U.S. Defense Sales on the Horizon

Among India’s most notable commitments was its pledge to increase purchases of American energy and military equipment. India currently relies primarily on Russia for its defense needs and energy supplies, but Washington has long sought to reduce Moscow’s influence in these sectors.

In response, Trump announced that the U.S. would offer India the opportunity to purchase Lockheed Martin Corp.’s F-35 fighter jets, further strengthening defense cooperation between the two countries. However, any such deal faces hurdles due to the jet’s exorbitant cost and concerns about technology security, given India’s deep defense ties with Russia.

“The timeframe for the F-35 sale remains unclear, but it’s clearly something Trump will push hard given the revenue that the U.S. can draw from selling such an expensive system,” said Michael Kugelman, director at the South Asia Institute of the Wilson Center.

Despite these defense discussions, Modi did not secure any definitive commitment from Trump regarding the continuation of the H-1B visa program, which facilitates legal immigration for high-skilled Indian workers to the U.S. This program is a key concern for India’s technology sector. However, Modi did express openness to repatriating undocumented Indian migrants from the U.S., a stance that has drawn political criticism back home.

One topic that was notably absent from the discussions was the ongoing legal troubles of Indian billionaire Gautam Adani, who has been indicted in the U.S. for allegedly paying hundreds of millions of dollars in bribes to Indian government officials. Adani, a close ally of Modi, has denied the allegations.

“Personal Matters” Off the Table

“When it comes to such personal matters, two leaders of two countries will not get together on the topic and discuss anything on an individual matter,” Modi stated during the press conference.

Despite their disagreements, Modi and Trump concluded their meeting on a positive note by setting ambitious goals for future cooperation. Both leaders committed to expanding bilateral trade to $500 billion by 2030, a significant increase from $126.6 billion in 2023. Additionally, they reaffirmed their commitment to deepening defense and technological collaboration.

However, the discrepancy between India’s tariffs on U.S. imports and America’s relatively lower duties remains a critical sticking point. This imbalance puts India in a weaker negotiating position when discussing a comprehensive trade deal with the U.S., according to Shumita Deveshwar, chief India economist at GlobalData.TS Lombard.

“There are more concessions to be made because, for us, the U.S. is a far bigger market than India is for the U.S.,” she noted. “We do come from a position of disadvantage into these talks.”

As Modi returns to India, his government must now navigate the next steps in trade negotiations, balancing Washington’s demands while safeguarding India’s economic interests.

India’s Census Delay Raises Concerns Over Data Accuracy and Social Policy

India, the world’s most populous country, has not conducted a national census since 2011, breaking a long-standing tradition of tracking demographic changes every ten years. This prolonged delay has left policymakers, social workers, and economists struggling with outdated data, making it difficult to address social and economic challenges effectively.

As Suman Musadkar, a social worker in Mumbai’s Govandi neighborhood, walked through its narrow alleyways, she could only estimate the local population. “The population is around 6,000 people,” she told CBC News, but she lacked precise figures on the number of children or vulnerable individuals needing assistance. Without updated census data, critical social services, such as maternal health and malnutrition interventions, remain inadequate.

Why Has the Census Been Delayed?

India has conducted a census every decade since 1872. However, the COVID-19 pandemic initially forced officials to postpone the 2021 survey. While that delay was understandable, experts are now questioning why the process has still not started four years later.

Pronab Sen, a former chief statistician of India, warned that sample surveys used to estimate economic indicators, inflation, and employment become increasingly unreliable the further removed they are from the last census. “There’s a massive information gap,” he told CBC News, noting that policymakers are working with outdated data as India’s population continues to grow and migrate.

Despite repeated calls to resume the census, India’s Home Affairs Minister Amit Shah said in September that the government would begin the process “very soon,” though no updates have followed.

Political and Economic Implications

The delay has sparked political controversy, with the opposition Congress Party repeatedly pressing Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s government for answers. Senior Congress leader Sonia Gandhi argued that 140 million Indians are being denied benefits under the national food security law because outdated population data underestimates the number of eligible recipients.

Adding to the debate, the Congress has demanded that the census include a “caste census,” which would provide updated data on India’s social hierarchy. Caste-based inequality remains a significant issue, with the richest 5% of Indians controlling 60% of the country’s wealth, according to Oxfam International. While India has implemented affirmative action policies to address caste disparities, they have been based only on estimates, as the country has not conducted a caste census since 1931.

Critics suspect the Modi government may be deliberately delaying the census to avoid releasing politically sensitive data. Some analysts argue that if the census had been a priority, it would have been conducted immediately after the pandemic in 2021. Others suggest that the government may be reluctant to enumerate the population sizes of disadvantaged groups, fearing political consequences.

Challenges in Conducting the Census

Organizing India’s census is a mammoth task, requiring an estimated 2.5 million government workers to be temporarily reassigned as census enumerators. The pandemic also triggered mass migration within the country, further complicating data collection. “We don’t know where they’ve gone,” Sen said, explaining that many people moved from cities back to rural areas but were never officially tracked.

Despite growing concerns from economists, social workers, and policymakers, there has been little public pressure from government ministries. “Every ministry that delivers public welfare should be yelling and screaming about the lack of updated statistics,” Sen said. “I don’t even hear that.”

Until a new census is conducted, India’s policymakers will continue to operate with incomplete and outdated data, making it difficult to allocate resources effectively and address the country’s growing economic and social disparities.

India and France Strengthen Economic Ties with Key Agreements on AI, Nuclear Energy, and Innovation

Reaffirming their dedication to elevating bilateral economic relations, particularly in technology, nuclear energy, and innovation, India and France have signed 10 Memorandums of Understanding (MoUs) and agreements during Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s historic visit. The announcement was made on Wednesday.

Among the key agreements is the India-France Declaration on Artificial Intelligence (AI), a significant step in fostering collaboration in the field. Additionally, the two nations have launched the official logo for the India-France Year of Innovation 2026 and established the Indo-French Center for the Digital Sciences, further strengthening digital and technological cooperation.

A statement from the Prime Minister’s Office (PMO) highlighted another major agreement under which 10 Indian startups will be hosted at ‘Station F’, the French startup incubator known as the world’s largest facility of its kind. This initiative is expected to provide Indian startups with international exposure and enhanced opportunities for growth.

Other agreements signed during the visit include a Declaration of Intent for establishing a partnership on Advanced Modular Reactors and Small Modular Reactors, a crucial step toward deepening collaboration in nuclear energy. Additionally, the Department of Atomic Energy (DAE) of India and the Commissariat à l’énergieatomique et aux énergies alternatives (CEA) of France renewed an MoU concerning their cooperation with the Global Center for Nuclear Energy Partnership (GCNEP). A further agreement was signed between the DAE of India and the CEA of France for collaborative efforts between GCNEP India and the Institute for Nuclear Science and Technology (INSTN) France.

Beyond technological and nuclear cooperation, India and France also signed a Joint Declaration of Intent on Triangular Development Cooperation, underscoring their commitment to working together on development projects in third countries. In another significant development, both nations jointly inaugurated India’s Consulate General in Marseille, marking a milestone in diplomatic relations.

Environmental collaboration was also a key aspect of the agreements. A Declaration of Intent was signed between the Ministry for the Ecological Transition, Biodiversity, Forests, Marine Affairs and Fisheries of France and the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change of India. This agreement aims to enhance joint efforts in addressing environmental challenges.

Prime Minister Modi’s visit to France was his sixth official visit to the country and follows French President Emmanuel Macron’s visit to India in January 2024, when he was the Chief Guest for the 75th Republic Day celebrations. The visit underscored the strong and multifaceted relationship between the two nations.

During their meeting, PM Modi and President Macron held discussions covering a wide range of bilateral, global, and regional issues. As part of their engagements, the leaders jointly inaugurated India’s Consulate General in Marseille and visited the International Thermonuclear Experimental Reactor (ITER) facility, a landmark project in nuclear fusion research.

Prime Minister Modi also congratulated President Macron on the successful organization of the AI Action Summit hosted by France. In response, France welcomed India’s commitment to hosting the next AI Summit, highlighting the growing cooperation between the two nations in artificial intelligence and emerging technologies.

India to Cut Tariffs Further Ahead of Modi-Trump Meeting Amid Trade and Immigration Concerns

India is preparing to implement additional tariff reductions on American goods before Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s meeting with U.S. President Donald Trump in Washington, D.C., this week. The move comes as both nations attempt to navigate concerns over trade tensions and visa policies for Indian skilled workers.

Modi will be the third foreign leader to be welcomed by the White House since Trump began his second term last month, following visits from Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and Japan’s Shigeru Ishiba. His trip takes place against the backdrop of rising anger in India over the recent deportation of more than 100 undocumented Indian migrants from the U.S.

Foreign policy experts believe that Modi and Trump will focus discussions on immigration, trade, and arms deals, with China also expected to be a key topic. Trump has sought India’s support in countering China’s growing influence in the region.

According to Reuters, citing unnamed government officials, Modi’s administration is preparing further tariff reductions to bolster U.S. exports to India and avert a potential trade war. The cuts follow a recent decision by the Indian commerce ministry to lower duties on high-end motorcycles, reducing levies on bikes with engines above 1,600cc from 50% to 30% and on smaller models to 40%, in response to Trump’s longstanding demand regarding import taxes on motorcycles such as Harley-Davidson.

Before departing for France and the U.S., Modi expressed optimism about his meeting with Trump, stating, “I look forward to meeting my friend President Trump. This visit will be an opportunity to build upon the successes of our collaboration in his first term and develop an agenda to further elevate and deepen our partnership, including in the areas of technology, trade, defence, energy, and supply chain resilience.”

The announcement of Modi’s visit coincided with the arrival of a U.S. deportation flight carrying 104 Indian migrants to the northern city of Amritsar. The individuals, ranging in age from 4 to 46, were reportedly shackled and chained during transit, a development viewed as embarrassing for India and Modi, who has often highlighted his close ties with Trump.

Trump’s crackdown on illegal immigration, a key component of his election platform, has led to an increase in deportations. Bloomberg News reported that India has already committed to repatriating nearly 18,000 undocumented Indian nationals from the U.S. The Pew Research Center estimates that 725,000 illegal Indian immigrants currently reside in the United States.

Indian External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar addressed concerns over the treatment of deportees in parliament, stating, “It is standard practice for U.S. authorities to restrain deportees, but this wasn’t done to women and children on the plane.” However, this claim was challenged by some of the returned migrants, who asserted that even women were shackled during the flight.

Jaishankar also noted that India is actively engaging with the U.S. government to ensure deportees are not mistreated in transit. Meanwhile, Trump has expressed confidence that India “will do the right thing” regarding illegal immigration.

In addition to addressing trade tensions, India hopes to secure assurances from the Trump administration on legal migration pathways, particularly concerning student visas and H-1B visas for skilled workers. Indians account for nearly three-quarters of the 386,000 H-1B visas issued in 2023. These visas are primarily granted to professionals in technology, healthcare, engineering, and finance sectors.

Trump has indicated support for skilled immigration, stating, “I like very competent people coming into our country even if that involves them training and helping other people that may not have the qualifications they do.” However, New Delhi remains concerned about Trump’s broader stance on Brics, an economic alliance that includes India and China.

Milan Vaishnav, director of the South Asia Program at the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, explained India’s strategic approach, stating, “India’s posture of appeasement is not unique, but it’s very clever. By making preemptive concessions on relatively minor issues, governments can allow Trump to put quick wins on the board without enduring too much pain themselves.”

Trump, for his part, has praised Modi, calling him a “great leader” and affirming that the two nations are “committed to a mutually beneficial and trusted partnership.” However, he has also criticized India’s trade policies in the past, accusing the country of imposing excessive tariffs and even referring to it as a “tariff king.”

During a phone conversation with Modi last week, Trump emphasized the necessity of “moving towards a fair bilateral trade relationship,” according to a White House readout. India, in turn, has worked to prevent a trade conflict with the U.S., its largest trading partner.

Trump has already initiated a trade war with China, with both nations imposing retaliatory tariffs on various goods. Additionally, the U.S. president has threatened to impose 100% tariffs on Brics nations if they attempt to introduce an alternative currency to challenge the U.S. dollar’s dominance.

Defense agreements are also expected to be a significant point of discussion during Modi’s visit. Trump has urged India, the world’s largest arms importer, to purchase more U.S.-made military equipment. Last month, he encouraged Modi to increase India’s acquisitions of American security technology while also working toward a more balanced trade relationship.

Negotiations between India and the U.S. are already underway for the co-production of Stryker combat vehicles, manufactured by General Dynamics and used by the American military. Additionally, the two nations are reportedly finalizing a deal to co-produce fighter jet engines in India for the Indian Air Force, an agreement that was initially reached in 2023.

Sanjeev Kumar, India’s defense production secretary, acknowledged the ongoing discussions, stating, “We certainly wish to expedite the transaction which we would like to have with the United States.”

Despite India’s cooperative stance, some analysts warn that making too many concessions to Trump may lead to further U.S. demands. Amitendu Palit, an economist at the National University of Singapore, cautioned, “Trump’s trajectory is if you agree to him once, you can’t be sure that it is done forever, because he will come back asking for a higher price. That’s a challenge.”

As Modi and Trump prepare to meet, the discussions are expected to cover a broad range of issues, including trade, immigration, defense collaboration, and geopolitical challenges. While India seeks to secure its interests in legal migration and trade stability, the U.S. is likely to push for greater economic and military cooperation. The outcome of the meeting will determine the trajectory of Indo-U.S. relations under Trump’s second term.

US Embassy Launches ‘Mission India’ to Celebrate Ties Between the United States and India

In a distinctive initiative aimed at strengthening diplomatic relations between Washington and New Delhi, the U.S. Embassy has announced the launch of ‘Mission India.’

The announcement was made on X (formerly Twitter) by Jennifer Larson, the U.S. Consul General of Hyderabad, who underscored the enduring and deep-rooted ties between the two countries. She emphasized the rich cultural heritage and the long-standing economic partnerships that unite the United States and India.

“The United States and India, the world’s oldest and largest democracies, are both incredibly culturally rich countries that have much in common,” Larson stated in a video posted on X.

She further elaborated on the growing collaboration between the two nations, particularly in advancing a free, open, and prosperous Indo-Pacific region. She cited recent discussions between U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio and Indian Foreign Minister S. Jaishankar as an example of their shared commitment to regional stability and economic growth.

Throughout February, the U.S. Mission in India will commemorate the partnership between the two nations through a month-long event designed to highlight how individuals, communities, and cultures inspire and enrich one another.

“This month, Mission India will celebrate how individuals, communities, and cultures come together to inspire each other in the Indo-Pacific region and the rest of the world in powerful ways,” Larson said.

One of the notable individuals highlighted in the X video was Chandrika Tandon, a Chennai-born Indian-American businesswoman, philanthropist, and Grammy-winning musician. Her album Triveni won Best New Age, Ambient, or Chant Album at the 67th Grammy Awards, exemplifying her influential contributions to music and beyond.

“We will celebrate the rich tapestry of cultures that create our vibrant communities and explore the values that inspire and guide us, including respect for others,” Larson stated. She emphasized that the celebrations will focus on fostering people-to-people relationships through investments, partnerships, educational opportunities, and eligible travel. These efforts, she added, would help strengthen the connection between the United States and India, ultimately contributing to a safer, stronger, and more prosperous shared future.

The month-long festivities will also pay tribute to those who have shaped the global influence of American music, a cultural force that resonates deeply in India. Larson expressed her belief in the power of cultural connections, stating, “We believe in the power of bringing people together to build vital relationships that drive positive change.”

The U.S. Consulate General of Hyderabad also shared a post on X, inviting the public to participate in the celebrations. “This February, we will be celebrating the various cultures and communities that bring the United States and India closer together to build a safe, secure, and prosperous future for all! Listen to @USCGHyderabad. Jennifer Larson detailing how we plan on celebrating this month. #USIndiaFWDforAll,” the post read.

BJP Ends AAP’s Decade-Long Reign in Delhi, Kejriwal and Sisodia Defeated

After 27 years, the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) has staged a dramatic comeback in Delhi, unseating the Aam Aadmi Party (AAP) and ending its decade-long rule. The victory marks a sweeping reversal from the 2020 elections, when the BJP had managed only a single-digit tally.

The BJP secured 47 seats and led in one more, comfortably surpassing the majority mark of 36 in the 70-member Delhi Assembly. AAP, which had dominated the last two elections, won 22 seats, suffering a severe setback. Meanwhile, the Congress party failed to make any impact, recording a third consecutive election without winning a single seat.

Key Highlights of the Delhi Election Results

The BJP won with a 45.56% vote share, while AAP followed closely with 43.57%. Congress trailed far behind with just 6.34% of the votes, reflecting its continued decline in the capital’s political landscape.

The saffron party’s resurgence saw the defeat of several AAP heavyweights. In one of the biggest upsets, BJP’s Parvesh Verma defeated Arvind Kejriwal in the New Delhi constituency. Kejriwal, who had held the seat since 2013, lost by a margin of 4,089 votes after consistently trailing throughout the counting process.

Former Deputy Chief Minister Manish Sisodia faced a similar fate, losing to BJP’s Tarvinder Singh Marwah in Jangpura. After nine rounds of counting, Sisodia was behind by 572 votes. Accepting his defeat, he stated, “We fell short by 600 votes. Hope they [BJP] will focus on the progress and welfare of the people.”

However, AAP’s Atishi managed to secure a crucial win against BJP’s Ramesh Bidhuri in Kalkaji, while Health Minister Saurabh Bharadwaj lost to BJP’s Shikha Roy in Greater Kailash by 3,188 votes after initially leading.

Another significant loss for AAP came in Patparganj, where Manish Sisodia’s replacement, Avadh Ojha, conceded to BJP’s Ravinder Singh Negi by over 21,000 votes. Reflecting on his defeat, Ojha stated, “It’s my personal defeat. I couldn’t connect to people… I’ll meet the people and will contest the next election from here.”

As the BJP celebrated its landslide victory, Prime Minister Narendra Modi expressed gratitude to the voters. “People’s power is supreme. They ensured that development and good governance won. We guarantee that we will leave no stone unturned to ensure the all-round development of Delhi and to make the lives of its people better,” he said.

Acknowledging the party’s defeat, Kejriwal released a video message accepting the public’s verdict. He assured supporters that AAP would regroup and serve as a responsible opposition. “We are not in politics for power, instead we consider it as a medium to serve people,” he said.

The elections, held on February 5, saw a voter turnout of 60.54%, which was about 2.5 percentage points lower than in 2020. Mustafabad recorded the highest voter turnout at 69.01%, while Mehrauli had the lowest at 53.02%.

Delhi voters weighed everyday concerns like water supply, drainage, and garbage management against high-profile campaign issues. The BJP successfully leveraged Kejriwal’s controversial bungalow renovation—dubbed “sheesh mahal”—along with corruption allegations to shift public sentiment. Meanwhile, AAP blamed governance challenges on interference from Lieutenant Governor VK Saxena, but this argument failed to gain traction.

BJP’s Resurgence and AAP’s Downfall

The BJP’s decisive victory has ended the AAP’s 12-year hold on Delhi politics, with several of its senior leaders suffering humiliating defeats. Arvind Kejriwal, Manish Sisodia, and Saurabh Bharadwaj, once at the forefront of an anti-corruption movement that unseated Congress, now find themselves on the receiving end of similar allegations.

Political analyst Rasheed Kidwai identified five key reasons for AAP’s electoral downfall:

Unfulfilled Promises: Arvind Kejriwal’s inability to deliver on key promises proved to be the biggest factor in AAP’s loss. “Arvind Kejriwal promised freebies to women voters, but legally, people knew he wouldn’t be able to fulfill them. His case was different from Mamata Banerjee, Hemant Soren, Omar Abdullah, or Siddharamiah,” Kidwai noted.

Shift in Middle-Class Support: The middle class, which previously supported AAP in assembly elections while voting for BJP in national polls, did not return this time. Kidwai explained, “This explains the nine percent drop in AAP voters, including chartered accountants, doctors, government servants, and businesspeople. Due to Kejriwal’s victimhood narrative, confrontational politics, and corruption allegations, they shifted to the BJP.”

Lack of an AAP-Congress Alliance: The absence of a coalition between AAP and Congress also played a role. In 65 constituencies, Congress candidates failed to make a significant impact, yet they still dented AAP’s vote share. “Two and two don’t add up to four in politics. Kejriwal’s margin of defeat and the votes received by Sandeep Dikshit tell the story,” Kidwai observed.

Civic Issues and Voter Perception: AAP’s victory in the 2022 Municipal Corporation of Delhi (MCD) elections backfired, as governance issues such as broken roads, cleanliness, and inadequate water supply were attributed to the party. Delhi voters did not differentiate between the responsibilities of the MCD and the state government, leading to frustration with Kejriwal’s administration. “All these problems landed at Kejriwal’s doorstep,” Kidwai pointed out.

Corruption Allegations and “Sheesh Mahal”: The controversy surrounding Kejriwal’s expensive bungalow renovation severely damaged his image as a “common man” leader. “Kejriwal has reacted to allegations vigorously, but in the Sheesh Mahal case, he could not come clear. He should have thrown it open for the public,” Kidwai remarked.

The BJP’s victory in Delhi marks a significant political shift, reinforcing the party’s dominance at both the state and national levels. As AAP regroups, its leaders will have to reassess their strategy and address the concerns that led to their downfall. Meanwhile, the BJP will now be under pressure to deliver on its promises and maintain the confidence of Delhi’s electorate.

Rep. Rich McCormick Joins Ro Khanna as Co-Chair of Congressional Caucus on India and Indian Americans

Rep. Ro Khanna (CA-17) has announced that Rep. Rich McCormick (GA-07) will serve alongside him as the new co-chair of the Congressional Caucus on India and Indian Americans in the 119th Congress. Additionally, Reps. Andy Barr (KY-06) and Marc Veasey (TX-33) will maintain their roles as vice co-chairs of this bipartisan group.

Rep. Brad Sherman (CA-32), who previously held the position of caucus chair, will continue contributing as chair emeritus, offering his insights and expertise to the coalition, according to a news release.

“A strong partnership with India is critical for our economy and national security. It is an honor to continue serving as co-chair of the India Caucus and to welcome Rep. Rich McCormick as the caucus’s new co-chair. Rep. McCormick has supported policies to strengthen the US-India relationship, and I look forward to working with him. I am grateful to Reps. Veasey and Barr for their continued leadership in the role of vice co-chairs,” stated Rep. Khanna.

Expressing his enthusiasm for the new role, Rep. McCormick remarked, “I am honored to co-chair the Congressional Caucus on India and Indian Americans with my good friend Rep. Ro Khanna. I have the great privilege of serving many hardworking Indian Americans in my district and will continue to strengthen our relationship with India. The dedication, innovation, and contributions of this diaspora enrich our community and strengthen the bonds between our two nations. Together, let’s continue to champion the values of opportunity and collaboration that define both America and India.”

Rep. Barr also emphasized the importance of the U.S.-India alliance, stating, “I am honored to continue serving as vice co-chair of the Congressional Caucus on India and Indian Americans. The U.S.-India partnership is built on shared values of democracy, economic freedom, and security cooperation. Strengthening this relationship is critical to advancing our mutual interests in trade, technology, and defense. I look forward to working alongside my colleagues to further deepen the ties between our two great nations and to support the vibrant Indian American community that contributes so much to our country.”

Similarly, Rep. Veasey highlighted his dedication to fostering the relationship between the two nations, stating, “As the proud representative of Texas’ 33rd district, home to a vibrant and growing community of Indian and Indian American families, I am honored to continue serving as vice co-chair of the Congressional Caucus on India. I look forward to furthering the strong ties between the United States and India. The Indian American diaspora has made invaluable contributions to our nation, and I remain committed to fostering deeper partnerships that enhance both our economies and national security. Together, with our Chair, Rep. Ro Khanna, I know we will continue to build a strong relationship based on shared values.”

The Congressional Caucus on India and Indian Americans plays a crucial role in strengthening bilateral ties and advocating for the interests of the Indian American community. During the 118th Congress, the caucus reached a record-high membership of 145 members, with 35 new lawmakers joining under the leadership of Rep. Khanna and former co-chair Rep. Michael Waltz.

Akhand Hindu Rashtra’s Constitution Finalized, Set for Unveiling at Mahakumbh

A 501-page “Constitution” for the proposed “Akhand Hindu Rashtra” has been completed and is scheduled to be unveiled at the Mahakumbh before being submitted to the Centre on Basant Panchami, February 2.

Drafted by a 25-member committee of scholars, the document draws its foundation from ancient Hindu scriptures, including the Ramayana, Manusmriti, the teachings of Krishna, and Chanakya’s Arthashastra. The committee, called the Hindu Rashtra Samvidhan Nirmal Samiti, comprises Sanatan Dharma scholars from institutions such as Banaras Hindu University, Sampurnanand Sanskrit University in Varanasi, and the Central Sanskrit University in New Delhi.

Swami Anand Swaroop Maharaj, a patron of the committee, addressed reporters at the Mahakumbh on Monday, outlining the vision to transform India into a Hindu nation by 2035. “Human values are in the nucleus of our Constitution, which has been prepared by 14 scholars from north and 11 from south India. Our Constitution is not against other religions but those who are found involved in anti-national activities will face harsher punishment than what is awarded to them currently,” stated Swaroop, who heads the Shambhavi Peeth in Varanasi.

He further pointed out the contrast between Hinduism and other religious identities in terms of nationhood. “Over 300 amendments have been made in the Indian Constitution in the last seven decades but our scriptures are the same for the last several thousand centuries. There are 127 Christian, 57 Muslim and 15 Buddhist countries. Even the Jews have Israel. But the Hindus, whose population is over 175 crore across the world, have no Hindu nation,” he said.

Kameshwar Upadhyaya, president of the committee, elaborated on some of the governance and policy measures outlined in the proposed Constitution. “Military education would be mandatory for every citizen in the Hindu Rashtra,” he said, adding that stricter laws would be implemented against theft. Additionally, the economic structure would be reformed with a revised tax system, which would include the elimination of taxes on agriculture.

The document envisions a unicameral legislature, referred to as the Hindu Dharma Parliament, with its members called Dharmik Sansads. The voting age has been proposed to be set at 16 years, and only individuals who adhere to Sanatan Dharma would be permitted to contest elections.

“The Rashtradhyaksh, the chief of the country, would be chosen by three-fourths of the elected members of the legislature,” Swaroop added, emphasizing a distinct governance structure.

A sadhu from Varanasi, speaking anonymously to The Telegraph, remarked on the potential long-term impact of the proposal. “This may sound ridiculous at the moment but this is how an issue is brought into public debate and eventually implemented,” he said.

India Honours Excellence: Padma Awards 2025 Announced

The Padma Awards, among India’s highest civilian accolades, are conferred annually in three categories: Padma Vibhushan, Padma Bhushan, and Padma Shri. These awards recognize outstanding contributions across diverse disciplines and fields, with the announcements traditionally coinciding with Republic Day celebrations.

The Padma Vibhushan is awarded for exceptional and distinguished service, while the Padma Bhushan acknowledges distinguished service of high order. The Padma Shri, the most inclusive of the three, celebrates distinguished service in any field.

Prime Minister Narendra Modi extended his congratulations to the awardees, remarking, “Congratulations to all the Padma awardees! India is proud to honour and celebrate their extraordinary achievements. Their dedication and perseverance are truly motivating. Each awardee is synonymous with hard work, passion and innovation, which has positively impacted countless lives. They teach us the value of striving for excellence and serving society selflessly.”

Padma Vibhushan Awardees

This year’s Padma Vibhushan honorees include notable figures from various domains:

  • Duvvur Nageshwar Reddy (Medicine): Recognized for his exceptional contributions in the field of medicine.
  • Justice Jagdish Singh Khehar (Retired) (Public Affairs): Honoured for his distinguished service in the judiciary.
  • Kumudini Rajnikant Lakhia (Art): Celebrated for her exceptional contributions to the arts.
  • Lakshminarayana Subramaniam (Art): Renowned for his distinguished achievements in the field of music.
  • MT Vasudevan Nair (Posthumous) (Literature and Education): Awarded posthumously for his influential contributions to literature and education.
  • Osamu Suzuki (Posthumous) (Trade and Industry): Posthumously honoured for his remarkable work in trade and industry.
  • Sharda Sinha (Posthumous) (Art): Recognized posthumously for her invaluable contributions to the arts.

Padma Bhushan Awardees

The Padma Bhushan this year acknowledges contributions across fields like literature, arts, and science:

  • A Surya Prakash (Literature and Education – Journalism): Honoured for his work in journalism.
  • Anant Nag (Art): Recognized for his exceptional contributions to the arts.
  • Bibek Debroy (Posthumous) (Literature and Education): Posthumously celebrated for his work in literature and education.
  • Jatin Goswami (Art): Honoured for his significant contributions to the arts.
  • Dr Jose Chacko Periappuram (Medicine): Recognized for his excellence in medicine.
  • Kailash Nath Dikshit (Archaeology): Celebrated for his distinguished service in archaeology.
  • Manohar Joshi (Posthumous) (Public Affairs): Posthumously honoured for his contributions to public service.
  • Nalli Kuppuswami Chetti (Trade and Industry): Recognized for his exceptional contributions to trade and industry.
  • Nandamuri Balakrishna (Art): Honoured for his achievements in the arts.
  • PR Sreejesh (Sports): Celebrated for his contributions to Indian sports.
  • Pankaj Patel (Trade and Industry): Recognized for his influence in trade and industry.
  • Pankaj Udhas (Posthumous) (Art): Posthumously acknowledged for his legacy in music.
  • Rambahadur Rai (Literature and Education – Journalism): Honoured for his contributions to journalism.
  • Sadhvi Ritambhara (Social Work): Recognized for her selfless service in social work.
  • S Ajith Kumar (Art): Celebrated for his significant impact on the arts.
  • Shekhar Kapur (Art): Honoured for his contributions to cinema.
  • Shobana Chandrakumar (Art): Recognized for her excellence in the field of performing arts.
  • Sushil Kumar Modi (Posthumous) (Public Affairs): Posthumously celebrated for his service in public affairs.
  • Vinod Dham (Science and Engineering): Recognized for his pioneering contributions to science and engineering.

Padma Shri Awardees

The Padma Shri celebrates a wide range of achievers, reflecting India’s diversity and talent:

  • Adwaita Charan Gadanayak (Art): Recognized for his contributions to the arts.
  • Achyut Ramchandra Palav (Art): Honoured for his expertise in calligraphy and visual art.
  • Ajay V Bhatt (Science and Engineering): Celebrated for his innovative achievements in technology.
  • Anil Kumar Boro (Literature and Education): Recognized for his contributions to education.
  • Arijit Singh (Art): Honoured for his exceptional influence in music.
  • Arundhati Bhattacharya (Trade and Industry): Recognized for her leadership in banking and industry.
  • Arunoday Saha (Literature and Education): Celebrated for his contributions to academics.
  • Arvind Sharma (Literature and Education): Honoured for his work in the field of education.
  • Ashok Kumar Mahapatra (Medicine): Recognized for his distinguished service in healthcare.
  • Ashok Laxman Saraf (Art): Celebrated for his enduring contributions to cinema.
  • Ashutosh Sharma (Science and Engineering): Recognized for his innovations in engineering.
  • Ashwini Bhide Deshpande (Art): Honoured for her achievements in classical music.
  • Baijnath Maharaj (Spiritualism): Recognized for his spiritual leadership.
  • Barry Godfray John (Art): Celebrated for his contributions to theatre.
  • Begam Batool (Art): Honoured for her influence in the arts.
  • Bharat Gupt (Art): Recognized for his interdisciplinary work in art and education.
  • Bheru Singh Chouhan (Art): Celebrated for his work in traditional folk art.
  • Bhim Singh Bhavesh (Social Work): Honoured for his community service.
  • BhimavvaDoddabalappaShillekyathara (Art): Recognized for her dedication to traditional art forms.
  • Budhendra Kumar Jain (Medicine): Celebrated for his expertise in healthcare.
  • CS Vaidyanathan (Public Affairs): Honoured for his service in public administration.
  • Chaitram Deochand Pawar (Social Work): Recognized for his commitment to rural development.
  • Chandrakant Sheth (Posthumous) (Literature and Education): Posthumously celebrated for his literary contributions.
  • Chandrakant Sompura (Architecture): Recognized for his architectural designs.
  • Chetan E Chitnis (Science and Engineering): Celebrated for his advancements in science.
  • David R Syiemlieh (Literature and Education): Honoured for his contributions to education and historical studies.
  • Durga Charan Ranbir (Art): Recognized for his work in traditional dance.

A Celebration of Excellence

The Padma Awards highlight the exceptional efforts of individuals across the nation and abroad. This year’s honorees embody the spirit of hard work, innovation, and service, leaving an indelible mark on their respective fields and inspiring countless others to strive for excellence.

India to Locally Manufacture Stryker Armored Fighting Vehicles in Landmark Agreement with the U.S.

In November 2023, India and the United States entered into a significant agreement to locally produce 8×8 Stryker Armored Fighting Vehicles (AFVs). This collaboration positions India as the world’s first global manufacturer of this wheeled combat vehicle, marking a notable milestone in the defense relationship between the two nations.

During a recent visit to New Delhi, U.S. National Security Advisor Jake Sullivan underscored the importance of this partnership. Speaking at the Indian Institute of Technology, he highlighted the expanding defense production ties between the two countries and the opportunities they create. Sullivan pointed out the role of American companies in Indian defense programs, including the Light Combat Aircraft (LCA) Tejas and its upcoming variants.

He remarked, “The Biden administration has approved technological proposals that will enable India to become the first global producer of Stryker combat vehicles, a prominent manufacturer of advanced ammunition systems, and the first foreign producer of next-generation maritime systems.” His comments reflected the broader ambitions of the partnership, which extends beyond Strykers to advanced weaponry and naval technologies.

The agreement reached in 2023 includes provisions for local production of up to 1,000 Stryker AFVs in India, with reports suggesting that these vehicles will come in various configurations. These configurations are expected to focus on enhancing the vehicles’ anti-tank capabilities, which are of particular relevance to India’s military needs.

According to Sullivan, these combat vehicles hold significant strategic value for India, especially in addressing challenges along the Line of Actual Control (LAC) with China. He emphasized the Stryker’s potential to enhance India’s military capabilities in regions where tensions with the People’s Republic of China (PRC) persist.

Secretary of State Antony Blinken echoed these sentiments during his visit to India in 2023, noting, “The Stryker has great potential in the future to give India more capabilities in areas particularly relevant along the Line of Actual Control (LAC) and some of the challenges it faces with the PRC.” His statement reaffirmed the alignment of U.S. defense support with India’s strategic needs.

Despite the significant developments, certain details of the agreement remain undisclosed. The Indian Ministry of Defense has yet to confirm specifics such as the exact number of Strykers to be produced, the local company that will oversee production, and the total scale of investments. However, the initiative is widely viewed as a crucial step toward bolstering India’s defense manufacturing sector and reducing dependence on foreign imports.

This agreement aligns with India’s broader push for self-reliance in defense production under the “Make in India” initiative. By partnering with the U.S., India is not only gaining access to advanced technologies but also strengthening its position as a global player in the defense industry.

With the production of Stryker AFVs, India is poised to modernize its armed forces and address emerging security challenges effectively. The collaboration underscores the deepening strategic partnership between India and the United States, emphasizing shared goals of regional stability and technological advancement.

As further details emerge, the local production of Stryker vehicles is expected to set the stage for future defense collaborations between the two countries, solidifying their partnership in an increasingly complex geopolitical landscape.

First Lady Dr. Jill Biden Receives 7.5-Carat Lab-Grown Diamond as Part of 2023 Gifts from World Leaders

First Lady Dr. Jill Biden was presented with a 7.5-carat lab-grown diamond, valued at $20,000, by Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi, according to a report released by the U.S. State Department on January 2, 2025. The diamond, which was given during Modi’s state visit to the United States on June 22, 2023, became the most expensive gift received by either President Joe Biden or the First Lady from a foreign leader in 2023. The State Department mentioned that the diamond is “retained for official use in the East Wing.”

In addition to the diamond, other notable gifts were “retained for official use.” These include a piece of calligraphy titled “The Ship in the Sky,” presented by Sugako Hamazaki, wife of Japanese Prime Minister Kishida Yuko, on June 13, 2023. This gift, valued at $2,500, is also kept for official use. Another significant item, a “Steel Fragment Forget-Me-Not Flower Brooch,” gifted by Ukraine’s Ambassador to the U.S., Oksana Markarova, on February 7, 2023, is worth $14,063 and was retained for official use as well.

While most gifts presented to the President and First Lady have already been transferred to the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA), the First Lady’s diamond is expected to be transferred to NARA once the President and First Lady leave office. U.S. officials are also allowed to purchase gifts from the federal government at the market value. Other gifts received by Dr. Biden, which have already been transferred to NARA, include items such as a Delvaux pouch, a Brown Lip Shell Jewelry Box, a Swarovski Necklace, Earrings, Ring, an Eye of Horus Necklace, an Egyptian Wood Inlaid Shell Purse, a Scarf, a book titled “Carthage – Fact and Myth,” a Sculpture, traditional sweets, wine, handkerchiefs, and a pair of bangles.

Each year, the State Department’s Chief of Protocol compiles a list of gifts received by U.S. officials from foreign governments, which includes tangible items and travel-related gifts exceeding a minimum threshold value of $480. The report for 2023, which includes a full list of these gifts, is set to be published in the Federal Register on January 3, 2025, and will be made available online for public access.

In addition to Dr. Biden’s gifts, Prime Minister Modi also presented President Joe Biden with several items during his state visit on June 22, 2023. These included a “Carved Sandalwood Box,” a book titled “The Ten Principal Upanishads,” a statue, and an oil lamp, collectively valued at $6,232. These gifts, like Dr. Biden’s, were transferred to NARA for official documentation and preservation. Additionally, on November 15, 2022, President Biden received a painting from Prime Minister Modi, valued at $1,000, which was also sent to NARA.

Aside from the gifts presented by Prime Minister Modi, other international leaders also presented items to U.S. officials. For example, Deputy Assistant to the President and Coordinator for Indo-Pacific Affairs, Kurt Campbell, was gifted a “Wall Hanging” by Modi on August 1, 2023, valued at $850. This gift is still pending transfer to the General Services Administration (GSA). National Security Advisor Jake Sullivan received a “Wooden Elephant Sculpture,” valued at $638, from India’s National Security Advisor, Ajit Doval, on July 1, 2023. This gift is also pending transfer to GSA. Doval presented another gift to Sullivan, a “Silver Jaguar Statue” worth $485, on January 31, 2023, which is likewise awaiting transfer to GSA.

On September 23, 2022, Homeland Security Advisor Elizabeth Sherwood-Randall was given a “Silver Elephant Sculpture” valued at $3,980 by Deputy National Security Advisor Rajinder Khanna. This gift is also pending transfer to GSA. Furthermore, Khanna presented another gift to Anne Neuberger, Deputy Assistant to the President and Deputy National Security Advisor for Cyber & Emerging Technology, on July 1, 2022. This included a “Silver Candlestick” and a “Silver Picture Frame,” valued at $515. This gift is also pending transfer to GSA.

In addition to gifts from Indian leaders, international figures from other countries have also presented gifts to President Biden. For instance, Rishi Sunak, the Indian-origin former Prime Minister of the United Kingdom, gave a “Glass Thomas Lyte Bowl” to President Biden on July 10, 2023. Valued at $900, this gift has already been transferred to NARA. Additionally, Prime Minister Shehbaz Sharif of Pakistan presented a “Rug in Velvet Case” valued at $525 to President Biden on October 20, 2022, which was also transferred to NARA.

Gifts from heads of state and government from other nations, including Ukraine, China, Pakistan, Germany, Israel, Ireland, Egypt, Ghana, Tunisia, Mauritius, Brazil, Australia, South Korea, Japan, and the Philippines, have also been presented to President Biden. These items have varied in nature and value, but many are retained for official use or have already been documented and transferred to NARA.

The gifts presented to the President and First Lady serve as symbols of diplomatic relations between the U.S. and foreign governments. These presents, including the high-value diamond from Prime Minister Modi, are carefully cataloged and preserved for official use, and in many cases, are eventually transferred to the National Archives for posterity. The report also highlights the practice of documenting such gifts for transparency, with the 2023 compilation expected to be available to the public in early 2025.

ISRO Successfully Launches SpaDeX Mission, Paving Way for Advanced Space Technologies

The Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) achieved another milestone with the successful launch of the Space Docking Experiment (SpaDeX) mission on Monday, December 30, 2024. This mission marks a significant step in India’s space exploration capabilities, focusing on advanced technologies essential for spacecraft rendezvous and docking.

The mission was carried out using the PSLV C60 rocket, which lifted off from the first launchpad at the Satish Dhawan Space Centre in Sriharikota at 10 p.m. The rocket carried two small satellites, SDX01 (Chaser) and SDX02 (Target), along with 24 additional payloads. Approximately 15 minutes after the launch, the satellites, each weighing about 220 kg, were placed into a 475-km circular orbit, as planned.

“The rocket has placed the satellites in the right orbit, which is a 475-km circular orbit. The spacecraft’s solar panels have been deployed successfully. The two SpaDeX satellites have moved one behind another. Over time, this distance will increase by 20 km, and the rendezvous and docking process will begin. The docking process can happen in another week; the nominal time will be approximately January 7,” stated ISRO Chairman S. Somanath.

Aiming for Advanced Space Technologies

The SpaDeX mission is designed to demonstrate technologies for spacecraft rendezvous, docking, and undocking. These capabilities are critical for future space missions, including sending an Indian astronaut to the Moon, conducting sample return missions, and establishing the Indian Space Station. So far, only a select group of spacefaring nations have mastered such advanced techniques.

The mission’s objectives rely heavily on the precision of the PSLV C60 launch vehicle. According to ISRO, the demonstrated accuracy of the rocket will enable the Target and Chaser spacecraft to maintain a small relative velocity during their separation from the launch vehicle. This precise control is vital for the success of the docking process.

Step-by-Step Docking Procedure

ISRO explained that the Target spacecraft would use its propulsion system to gradually create a separation of 10-20 km from the Chaser spacecraft within the first day. “This incremental velocity will allow the Target spacecraft to build a 10-20 km inter-satellite separation with respect to the Chaser within a day. At this point, the relative velocity between the Target will be compensated using the propulsion system of the Target spacecraft,” ISRO clarified.

Once this drift arrest maneuver is complete, the Target and Chaser will share the same orbit, moving at identical velocities but separated by about 20 km. This stage is referred to as “Far Rendezvous.”

The Chaser will then approach the Target in a phased manner, gradually reducing the inter-satellite distance to 5 km, 1.5 km, 500 m, 225 m, 15 m, and finally 3 m. Ultimately, this sequence will result in the docking of the two spacecraft. “With a similar strategy of introducing and then compensating for a small relative velocity between the two spacecraft, the Chaser will approach the Target with progressively reduced inter-satellite distances, ultimately leading to the docking of the two spacecraft,” ISRO added.

Timeline for Docking

The docking operation is expected to occur between January 7 and 10, according to U.R. Rao Satellite Centre Director M. Sankaran. This timeline aligns with the mission’s nominal schedule, showcasing ISRO’s commitment to precision and technological excellence.

Additional Payloads Onboard

In addition to the SpaDeX mission, the PSLV C60 carried 24 PS4-Orbital Experiment Module (POEM-4) payloads. These payloads are part of ISRO’s broader objectives to advance space science and technology through innovative experiments.

The SpaDeX mission represents a leap forward for ISRO, placing India among the elite nations capable of performing complex spacecraft docking maneuvers. By mastering these advanced technologies, ISRO is paving the way for ambitious missions that will strengthen India’s presence in space exploration.

India to Have the Largest Muslim Population by 2050, Study Predicts

The world is home to a variety of religions, including Hinduism, Islam, Christianity, Buddhism, Jainism, Zoroastrianism, and Sikhism. Among these, Islam stands out as the fastest-growing religion globally. A report by the Pew Research Center titled The Future of World Religions: Population Growth Projections, 2010-2050 projects a significant shift in global Muslim demographics. By 2050, India is expected to surpass Indonesia and become the country with the largest Muslim population, estimated at 311 million.

Muslim and Hindu Population Projections

According to the report, India’s Muslim population, which accounted for 14.4% of the total population in 2010, is projected to rise to 18.4% by 2050. This growth will make India home to 11% of the global Muslim population. Pakistan, currently second to Indonesia in terms of Muslim population, is expected to rank second globally by 2050, with 273 million Muslims. Indonesia, which held the top spot in 2010, is likely to fall to third place with 257 million Muslims.

In addition to the growth of the Muslim population, the report highlights the significant size of India’s Hindu population. By 2050, India is projected to have 1.03 billion Hindus, maintaining its position as the country with the largest Hindu population. Globally, Hindus will become the third-largest religious group by mid-century.

Currently, the Hindu population in India is not only substantial but also surpasses the Muslim populations of the largest Muslim-majority countries, including Pakistan, Indonesia, Nigeria, and Bangladesh.

Fertility Rates and Age Dynamics

One key factor driving the rapid growth of India’s Muslim population is the higher fertility rate among Muslims. The Pew Research Center study notes that Muslim women in India have an average of 3.2 children, compared to 2.5 children for Hindu women and 2.3 children for Christian women. The younger median age of Muslims also contributes to this trend. Globally, the average age for Muslims is 22 years, compared to 26 years for Hindus and 28 years for Christians.

This demographic advantage, coupled with higher fertility rates, positions the Muslim population to grow more rapidly than other religious groups in India. Meanwhile, the growth rate for Hindus and Christians is expected to be more moderate, with India’s Christian population decreasing slightly from 2.5% of the total population in 2010 to 2.3% by 2050.

Global Growth of Islam

The report also emphasizes Islam’s position as the fastest-growing major religion worldwide. In 2010, there were 1.6 billion Muslims globally, making up approximately 23% of the world’s population. By 2050, the Muslim population is expected to reach 2.8 billion, an increase of 73%. This growth rate is significantly faster than the global population’s projected growth of 35% during the same period.

As of now, Islam is the second-largest religion after Christianity. However, current demographic trends suggest that by the end of this century, Muslims could outnumber Christians globally. This is attributed to higher fertility rates and a younger median age among Muslims compared to other religious groups.

Regional Distribution of Muslims

A substantial majority of the world’s Muslim population resides in the Asia-Pacific region. As of now, approximately 72% of Muslims live in this region, which includes countries like Indonesia, India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Iran, and Turkey. Indonesia, currently home to the largest Muslim population, will cede this position to India by 2050.

The projected demographic shift is a significant milestone in global religious dynamics. By mid-century, India’s Muslim population, at 310 million, will surpass Indonesia’s, marking a historic change in the distribution of the world’s Muslim population.

Future Implications

The Pew Research Center’s findings underscore the transformative impact of demographic trends on the global religious landscape. The rapid growth of the Muslim population, both in India and worldwide, reflects broader patterns of fertility, age distribution, and regional concentrations. These changes have implications for cultural, social, and political dynamics in the decades to come.

As the report concludes, “The future of the world’s religions is being shaped by two overarching factors: differences in fertility rates and the size of youth populations among the world’s major religions.” These trends are poised to redefine religious demographics and influence global interactions in significant ways.

Manmohan Singh, Former Indian Prime Minister and Economic Reformer, Passes Away at 92

Manmohan Singh, one of India’s most revered leaders and the architect of the country’s economic liberalization, has passed away at the age of 92. Singh, who served as India’s Prime Minister from 2004 to 2014, was instrumental in introducing key economic reforms during his tenure as finance minister in the early 1990s.

Admitted to a hospital in Delhi following a decline in health, Singh’s passing prompted tributes from leaders across the political spectrum. Prime Minister Narendra Modi expressed his condolences, calling Singh “one of India’s most distinguished leaders” and commending his wisdom and dedication to improving lives. Congress leader Rahul Gandhi remembered Singh as a mentor and guide, while Priyanka Gandhi described him as “wise, egalitarian, strong-willed, and courageous.”

Early Life and Education

Born on September 26, 1932, in a remote village in Punjab, Singh overcame significant hardships. His village lacked basic amenities like water and electricity. Singh pursued higher education with remarkable determination, earning a master’s degree from the University of Cambridge and a doctorate from Oxford University. Despite financial struggles during his studies, he excelled academically, laying the foundation for his illustrious career.

A Reformist Leader

Singh’s political prominence rose in 1991 when, as finance minister, he spearheaded transformative economic reforms that revitalized a near-bankrupt India. In his maiden budget speech, he famously quoted Victor Hugo, declaring, “No power on Earth can stop an idea whose time has come.” His reforms, which included tax cuts, rupee devaluation, privatization, and opening up to foreign investment, ushered in an era of rapid industrial growth and economic stability.

Prime Ministerial Tenure

In 2004, Singh became India’s Prime Minister, the first Sikh to hold the position, following Congress leader Sonia Gandhi’s decision to decline the role. His leadership secured India’s re-entry into the global nuclear community through a landmark deal with the United States, though the agreement faced strong political opposition domestically.

Known as a consensus builder, Singh managed a coalition government despite frequent challenges from assertive regional allies. However, his second term was overshadowed by allegations of corruption and policy paralysis, culminating in Congress’s defeat in the 2014 elections.

Foreign Policy and Legacy

As Prime Minister, Singh adopted pragmatic foreign policies, strengthening ties with Afghanistan, reopening trade routes with China, and continuing peace talks with Pakistan. However, his decision to distance India from traditional ally Iran drew criticism.

Singh’s calm demeanor, academic rigor, and integrity earned him respect across party lines. Despite facing allegations of corruption during his tenure, he maintained that his government worked with “utmost commitment and dedication.”

A Quiet Statesman

Singh’s low-profile nature stood out in the political arena. Known for his reserved demeanor, he often avoided confrontation, stating that “silence is better than a thousand answers.” Even after leaving office, Singh remained active in public discourse, offering solutions during the economic challenges of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Singh will be remembered as the leader who steered India out of economic and nuclear isolation. While some critics felt he stayed in politics too long, Singh himself believed that “history will be kinder to me than the contemporary media or opposition.”

Manmohan Singh is survived by his wife, Gursharan Kaur, and their three daughters. His contributions to India’s economic and political landscape will be remembered as a defining chapter in the nation’s history.

To What Extent is Bangladesh’s Hindu Population Under Attack?

UNITED NATIONS, Dec 11 2024 (IPS) – Bangladesh has been in the midst of a deepening political crisis and a significant social divide since August 5 when the former Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina fled the country following a mass uprising led by students. Diplomatic relations between India and Bangladesh have since soured and given way to a considerable amount of disinformation, especially surrounding the persecution of the Hindu population.

Hindus make up approximately 8 percent of Bangladesh’s population of 170 million people. The Bangladeshi Hindu community is known to have largely sided with Sheikh Hasina’s deposed Awami League political party, which has generated anger and violence in several parts of the country.

During Sheikh Hasina’s regime, India had been a strong ally of Bangladesh. Following the fall of her government, India has not shown support for Bangladesh’s new interim government. This, coupled with India continuing to host Sheikh Hasina in their country, has led to the deterioration of good relations between India and Bangladesh.

“The angst (between India and Bangladesh) is not restricted to the corridors of power but will and has found its way to the streets. Therefore, the targeting of Hindus may be rooted in religious discrimination but one cannot unlink the common man’s anger at India’s ‘protecting Hasina at all costs’ policy even at the cost of souring the bi-lateral relationship,” says Kumkum Chada, an Indian author and political journalist with Hindustan Times, an Indian-English language daily newspaper based in Delhi.

In the transition from Sheikh Hasina’s FALL to the establishment of the interim government, the ongoing violent student-led protests saw an increase in intensity. This resulted in hundreds of civilian casualties and thousands of arrests. On November 17, Muhammad Yunus, Chief-Advisor of Bangladesh’s interim government, informed reporters that roughly 1500 civilians were killed during the protests.

The Office of the United Nations High Commissioner of Human Rights (OHCHR) released a report that detailed the various human rights concerns that arose in the period of heightened social insecurity. According to the analysis, there were reports of arbitrary arrests, enforced disappearances, assault, and sexual violence directed toward female protestors.

Additionally, on August 5 and 6, several Hindu houses, temples, and businesses experienced attacks, vandalizations, and lootings in 27 districts of Bangladesh. Internet services and communication channels faced significant disruptions, which has made it difficult for officials to determine the exact number of Hindu casualties. However, officials have stated that Hindu deaths only make up a small portion of the total number of casualties.

Although there has been much disinformation in the media surrounding the frequency of the attacks on Hindus, it should be noted that they still do occur. An IPS correspondent reached out to a member of the Hindu community, the sister of a Hindu attorney in Bangladesh who had been critically injured in a hate crime.

“On November 25, my older brother was attacked by a group of Islamic extremists. He’s currently in a coma at Dhaka Medical Hospital. We feel unsafe and we don’t have the expenses to keep up his treatment. We are afraid of the possibility of hospital neglect. The administration urged that we stay quiet. Extremists are threatening attorneys and the police are destroying CCTV footage,” said the sister, who did not want to be identified by name out of fear of reprisals.

A brother of another Hindu victim also spoke to our correspondent and offered some insight into the social climate of Bangladesh. “The attacks haven’t stopped since August. Although they are not as frequent as the media claims, they definitely still occur. There’s a lot of fear within our communities. We feel afraid to go outside and have received threats of violence. The government and police are not supporting us,” he said.

OHCHR Spokesperson Ravina Shamdasani stated that OHCHR does not have a monitoring mandate in Bangladesh beyond August 15. However, the office is currently in discussions with the Bangladeshi government to conduct an independent human rights study. “This would be helpful in providing an objective picture and countering misinformation and incitement,” Shamdasani said.

The Bangladesh Hindu Buddhist Christian Unity Council claimed that the attacks were motivated by a communal hatred for religious minorities. However, the Bangladesh National Hindu Grand Alliance, a coalition of 23 Hindu organizations, conducted a fact-finding mission and found that the attacks were motivated by mob violence and political retribution.

“There may be an element of minorities, particularly Hindus, being targeted due to their faith. But many Hindus had links to the Awami League, because historically it has been the party that protected minorities, so they may have been targeted for their political affiliations,” said Thomas Kean, a senior consultant on Bangladesh and Myanmar at the Crisis Group.

Since August, news coverage of violence against Hindus by Indian mass media has generated significant debate, with Bangladesh claiming disinformation and the use of anti-Islamic sentiments to propel false and sensationalized narratives that illustrate a wide-scale Hindu genocide occurring in Bangladesh.

Disinformation on the persecution of Hindus not only harms the majority of Bangladeshi civilians but also has a detrimental impact on the Hindu minority as well. “We are concerned about the politicization of minorities, particularly Hindus, through misinformation and disinformation that has been spreading, as this exposes them to risks and undermines genuine concerns,” Shamdasani told an IPS correspondent.

According to an investigation conducted by Rumor Scanner, a Bangladeshi fact-checking organization that has been verified by the International Fact Checking Network (IFCN), 49 Indian media outlets have issued at least 13 false reports between August 12 to December 5.

Despite few new reports of violence against Hindus coming from verifiable investigations, Indian mass media continues to report on alleged abuses as if they are still occurring on a large scale in Bangladesh.

On August 7, The Wire, a Indian non-profit news outlet that is independent from India’s government, released an interview with Rashna Imam, an advocate for the Supreme Court of Bangladesh. Imam described the recent reports from the Indian press as “completely unwarranted and baseless”, adding that the lootings and vandalisms occurred “to an extent” for around one month. Imam adds that based on the statistics available, the current social situation is “under control.” Dr. Yunus also described the reports from the Indian press as “exaggerated.”

The investigation from Rumor Scanner debunked a host of reports, images, and videos that have circulated in the press since July. One viral video was broadcasted by multiple Indian media outlets, claiming that a Hindu man was protesting for his son who went missing in the wake of hostilities. Rumor Scanner identified the protestor as Babul Howlader, who is actually a Muslim. Furthermore, his son had not gone missing during the protests, he had been missing since 2013.

Another viral video on X (formerly known as Twitter) claimed to show a violent temple attack in Bangladesh. Rumor Scanner confirmed that this video was actually taken in India during idol immersion.

Additionally, several reports from Indian news agencies referenced an alleged arson attack on a Hindu temple. However, Prothom Alo, the leading Bengali-language daily newspaper in Bangladesh, found that the attack took place at an Awami League office near the temple.

Many Indian and Bangladeshi Hindu news websites have reported the estimated death toll as the number of Hindus attacked or killed in the protests. The Bangladesh Hindu Buddhist Christian Unity Council reported that in the days following Sheikh Hasina’s resignation, there were at least 2,010 incidents of violence against Hindus, such as attacks on Hindu temples, houses, and businesses. These statistics have yet to be corroborated.

Hundreds of India-based X accounts circulated posts using hashtags such as #AllEyesOnBangladeshiHindus and #SaveBangladeshiHindus. Many of these posts included inflammatory language, hate speech directed toward Bangladeshi Muslims, misleading photos and videos, as well as false statistics.

Bangladesh has had a difficult time refuting disinformation spread by Indian mass media due to the sheer strength of India’s press sector. India currently has over 500 million satellite channels and 70,000 newspapers, making it the biggest newspaper market in the world. Bangladesh has a comparatively weaker press sector, having around 3,000 printed media outlets.

This is also partially fueled by the stronger presence of social media in the lives of the Indians than for Bangladeshis. India has the highest number of Facebook, X, and Instagram users in the world. All of these platforms are known for being hubs for misinformation. According to a study conducted by the World Population Review , as of 2024, India boasts approximately 467 million social media users. Bangladesh has roughly 53 million social media users.

Additionally, language barriers have hindered the visibility and reach of Bangladesh’s media. India has many newspapers and magazines printed in both Hindi and English while Bangladesh has far fewer newspapers printed in both Bangla and English.

According to a study by the WPR, India also has around 265 million English-speaking citizens while Bangladesh only has 29 million. This indicates that there are far more English-speaking journalists for India’s press sector. It is for these reasons that Western audiences are far more likely to be impacted by Indian news.

IPS UN Bureau Report

A Feast for the Faint India’s Global Hunger Index Ranking

The Global Hunger Index (GHI) is an annual ritual where countries are ranked, and India once again finds itself at the bottom of the feast. Of course, it’s the fault of the “foreign” index. India has been ranked 105, causing government officials to roll out their old excuses.

But what does it all really mean? Does this score matter? Is it a reflection of actual conditions, or merely the result of some arbitrary formula concocted by foreign think tanks?

First, we must acknowledge that while the GHI may not be a perfect measurement tool, it still captures the essence of an ongoing crisis. Even if one argues that the GHI gets mixed up with other indices or falls short in some aspects, the brutal truth remains: we are still facing a hunger crisis.

But why should we bother about pesky details like hunger levels when our government has generously declared that poverty has decreased? Ah yes, the miracle of numbers—where millions are lifted out of poverty in reports, yet the streets remain filled with people scrambling for their next meal. It’s like a magic show, except the only thing disappearing is the hope of the common man.

The government’s propensity to dismiss the GHI findings as “not representative” is quite amusing. Sure, let’s disregard the fact that about one-third of Indian children are stunted, which is an alarming figure that only a magician could downplay. It seems the government is quite skilled at pulling rabbits out of hats—except, unfortunately, it’s always a rabbit of excuses.

The actual delights served up by our esteemed leaders are the policies designed more for show than for substance. The government’s response to hunger appears to be more about brandishing schemes like “Let them eat subsidised rice” rather than tackling the root causes of malnutrition.

Indeed, the latest data suggests that while the government pats itself on the back for its efforts, the underlying issues of corruption, mismanagement, and inefficiency continue to bubble beneath the surface. According to the National Family Health Survey, child malnutrition levels are shockingly high.

Perhaps the most absurd aspect of this whole scenario is the government’s constant need to play the blame game. When not blaming foreign indices, they point fingers at minorities and Dalits, all while sidestepping their own policies that have failed to address these challenges effectively.

The GHI serves as a mirror reflecting the failures of governance and policy decisions that have resulted in a grim reality for many. It’s not just a number; it’s a stark reminder that for every statistical improvement, our leaders claim, literally lakhs of people sleep without food every night. So, while our leaders may continue to deny, deflect, and distract, the truth remains: the GHI may be flawed, but it reveals a hunger that is all too real.

In the grand banquet of global nations, India sits at a table marked by hunger and neglect while those in power serve up excuses instead of solutions. The time for magic tricks and empty promises is over; it’s time to face the harsh reality and do something about it. After all, a true feast can only be enjoyed when no one is left hungry at the table.

Source Credit: https://www.indiancurrents.org/issue-volume-xxxvi-issue-44-28–03-nov-2024–empty-plates-full-promises-the-hunger-dilemma-294.php

Angela Merkel Expresses Concerns Over Hindu Nationalism in India in New Memoirs

In her recently published memoirs, Freedom: Memoirs 1954-2021, former German Chancellor Angela Merkel reflects on her time in office from 2005 to 2021, highlighting her relations with Indian leaders, economic progress in India, and concerns over rising religious intolerance. Merkel specifically addresses her unease about the rise of Hindu nationalism in India, which she describes as a source of concern. She also takes issue with Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s claim that religious intolerance has not escalated since 2014, asserting a different view in her account.

The 600-page memoir delves into Merkel’s interactions with two of India’s key Prime Ministers during her tenure—Manmohan Singh and Narendra Modi. She recalls both leaders and their approaches to governance, with a particular focus on their impact on Germany-India relations. In the book, Merkel stresses her concerns about the growing influence of Hindu nationalist groups within India, which she believes poses a challenge to the country’s social fabric.

Merkel explicitly disputes Modi’s denial regarding the rise in religious intolerance, emphasizing that, during her time in office, she observed increasing tensions between religious communities in India. While the German Chancellor does not provide direct quotes from her discussions with Modi on this matter, her memoir indicates her view that the issue is more significant than the Indian Prime Minister acknowledges. Her concern about Hindu nationalism, which she sees as contributing to a broader trend of religious polarization, is evident throughout her narrative.

In addition to the political developments, Merkel also reflects on India’s economic growth and its implications for global issues such as climate change. She recognizes India’s growing economic importance and its pivotal role in addressing global environmental challenges. This issue was one of Merkel’s major interests during her leadership, and she frequently advocated for stronger international cooperation on climate change. She also highlights how India’s economic trajectory offers both opportunities and challenges for global markets, as well as for its environmental commitments.

The timing of Merkel’s memoirs coincides with the release of another book by Walter Lindner, Germany’s former Ambassador to India, who served from 2019 to 2022. In What the West Should Learn from India, Lindner, like Merkel, discusses concerns over India’s rising religious and political polarization. The book provides insights into Lindner’s own experience in India, both as a backpacker in the 1970s and as a diplomat during his recent tenure. While Lindner’s account focuses on India’s political landscape from 2019 to 2022, he similarly touches upon the increasing polarization and its potential consequences for the country’s future.

Lindner’s observations echo those of Merkel, with a particular focus on the rise of Hindu nationalism and the shifting political dynamics in India. He highlights the growing influence of nationalist politics, which, in his view, poses a threat to India’s traditionally diverse and pluralistic society. Lindner also addresses the country’s deepening ties with Russia, particularly after the invasion of Ukraine, and how this relationship has evolved during the years of his diplomatic service.

Both Merkel and Lindner discuss the importance of India’s relationship with the West, particularly in areas such as trade, climate change, and security. However, both express concerns that the increasing political polarization within India could complicate these relations in the future. They warn that the rise of religious extremism and nationalist rhetoric could undermine India’s role as a democratic leader on the global stage.

Merkel’s reflections on her tenure and her relationship with India’s political leadership provide a nuanced perspective on the challenges and opportunities in Germany-India relations. While she acknowledges the country’s significant economic progress, she remains cautious about the social and political shifts occurring in the world’s largest democracy.

As she concludes in her memoirs, Merkel emphasizes the importance of addressing these issues through dialogue and international cooperation. She advocates for a balanced approach to fostering strong ties with India while also encouraging the country to remain committed to its democratic values and pluralistic identity. This sentiment is also echoed by Lindner, who suggests that India’s future trajectory will have significant implications not just for the country itself, but for the global community.

Both Merkel’s and Lindner’s books serve as timely reflections on India’s evolving political landscape. They offer important insights into how key international figures view the rise of Hindu nationalism and religious intolerance, and how these factors could shape India’s future relationships with the rest of the world. As India continues to grow as a global power, the concerns raised by both Merkel and Lindner about communal tensions and polarization may serve as important points of discussion in the ongoing discourse on India’s place on the global stage.

Despite their concerns, both Merkel and Lindner remain hopeful about India’s potential for progress, particularly in areas like climate change and economic development. Their books suggest that while the challenges are significant, India’s role in the international community will continue to be vital, and its leaders will need to navigate these complex issues carefully in the years ahead.

Dr. Satheesh Kathula During Meeting With Parliamentarians From India At Indian Consulate In New York Stresses The Importance Of Preventive Healthcare

“The need for preventing cancer and heart attacks through lifestyle modifications and technology is more than ever,” Dr. Satheesh Kathula, President of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI) told the Members of the Indian Parliament during a meeting organized by the Consulate in New York.“In a world where chronic diseases like cancer and cardiovascular illnesses continue to pose significant health threats, where corrective mission has never been more urgent,” said Dr. Kathula.

Dr. Kathula was addressing a visiting Indian Parliamentary delegation consisting of Shri Birendra Prasad Baishya, Shri Vijayasai Reddy V, Shri Akshay Yadav, Smt. Sandhya Ray, Shri Tejasvi Surya , and Ms. Bansuri Swaraj were accorded a warm reception by the Consul General Binaya S. Pradhan and the Indian American community representatives at the Indian Consulate on November 20, 2024.

Dr. Satheesh Kathula During Meeting With Parliamentarians From India At Indian Consulate In New York Stresses The Importance Of Preventive HealthcareDr. Kathula was invited by the Hon. Consulate General of India in New York, Mr Binay Pradhan to participate and address the important meeting with distinguished Members of Parliament from India, as well as prominent leaders of the Indian-American community. This meeting offered a unique opportunity for meaningful exchanges on a wide range of topics that are critical to both India and the Indian diaspora in the United States.

In his address, while highlighting that cancer and cardiovascular illnesses are among the leading health challenges facing both Indians and Indian-Americans, Dr. Kathulacalled upon the Government of India to initiate effortswith greater emphasis on early detection, lifestyle interventions, and public health awareness campaigns to reduce the burden of these diseases. “Given the genetic predispositions and lifestyle factors prevalent within the Indian community, want to stressthe need for culturally sensitive healthcare solutions to better serve this population,” he said.

During the discussions, Dr. Kathula highlighted the invaluable contributions of Doctors of Indian descent in the United States. “As a group, Indian-American physicians play a critical role in shaping the healthcare landscape in the U.S., from providing high-quality care to advancing medical research and education. Their impact extends beyond patient care, as many Indian AmericanDoctors are engaged in leadership roles, working to improve the healthcare system, contributing to policymaking, and participating in humanitarian efforts both in the U.S. and in India.”

Highlighting the critical role being played by AAPI, Dr. Kathula said, “Over the past four decades since its inception in 1982, AAPI has been instrumental in fostering collaboration between the U.S. and India, especially in the realm of healthcare. AAPI has been actively involved in a wide range of initiatives, from providing medical aid and educational support for healthcare professionals., especially during covid pandemic,” he added.

Hon’ble Members of the Indian Parliament had an engaging interaction with distinguished members of the Indian-American community. They lauded the incredible achievements and invaluable contributions of the Indian Diaspora to the diverse fabric of the USA, celebrating their commitment to Indian heritage and their significant role in fostering a strong India-USA partnership.

Earlier, Consul General Binaya Srikanta Pradhan welcomed the members of the delegation and the leaders of the Indian American community. He spoke about the Bharat ko Janiye campaign launched by the government of India to provide the youth of the Indian Diaspora with an opportunity to visit India and know the country of their origin. He invited the community to be part of and attend the Pravasi Bharatiya Divas celebrations from January 8 to 10, 2025 in Bhubaneshwar, Odisha.

Dr. Satheesh Kathula During Meeting With Parliamentarians From India At Indian Consulate In New York Stresses The Importance Of Preventive HealthcareDiaspora members who were part of the meeting included Edison Mayor Sam Joshi , Dr. Samin K. Sharma, Dr. Thomas Abraham, Mr. Gaurav Verma, Prof. Indrajit Saluja, Dr. Avinash Gupta, Mr. Rakesh Kaul, Dr. Hari Shukla, and Mr. Jatinder Singh Bakshi, who shared their perspectives on different aspects of the Indian-American relationship and expressed a strong desire to give back to the motherland.

Members of the Indian community applauded India for its remarkable progress across sectors, especially in areas such as technology, innovation, and economic development. The growing ties between the two nations, particularly in trade, diplomacy, and education, were also acknowledged as a major achievement, with a focus on how both nations can continue to build on these relationships for mutual benefit.

Among other things, the meeting discussed initiatives aimed at improving healthcare, education, and socio-economic mobility for Indian-Americans, while also exploring ways to foster stronger cultural and community connections between the two countries.

Overall, the meeting was an invaluable platform for deepening our ties with India. The positive momentum generated by these conversations gives us hope for even greatercollaboration in the future, particularly in the areas of healthcare, education, and cultural exchange. The discussions were highly productive and centered around the continued growth and global influence of India, as well as the strengthening of the Indo-US relationship.

Serving 1 in every 7 patients in the US, AAPI members care for millions of patients every day, while several of them have risen to hold high-flying jobs, shaping the policies and programs, and inventions that shape the landscape of healthcare in the US and around the world.

Since its inception in 1982, AAPI has been at the forefront, representing a conglomeration of more than 125,000 practicing physicians in the United States, seeking to be the united voice for the physicians of Indian origin. For more details about AAPI, please visit: www.aapiusa,org

Controversy Erupts Over EVM Integrity and Supreme Court’s Role in Maharashtra Election Outcome

The recent Maharashtra assembly election results, marked by a sweeping victory for the BJP-led NDA government, have sparked heated debates, both in political circles and the judiciary. With a striking 76.9% success rate across the three main NDA parties and the BJP alone achieving an unprecedented 89%, the outcome has raised eyebrows about the integrity of the electoral process.

Opposition voices were swift and sharp. Shiv Sena (UBT) leader Sanjay Raut directly criticized former Chief Justice of India (CJI) D.Y. Chandrachud, attributing the unexpected results to the judiciary’s delayed verdicts on critical electoral cases. Raut stated, “History will not forgive Justice Chandrachud… His name will be written in black letters.” Meanwhile, the Congress, reeling from a meager 16% success rate, accused the ruling alliance of a “targeted conspiracy” to undermine fair elections.

Critics argue that such allegations stem from systemic issues surrounding the integrity of electronic voting machines (EVMs) and voter-verifiable paper audit trails (VVPATs). These concerns have persisted despite the Supreme Court’s repeated endorsements of the EVM-VVPAT system.

The Legacy of CJI Chandrachud and EVM Controversies

During his tenure as CJI, D.Y. Chandrachud was accused of avoiding cases with high political stakes, particularly those questioning election integrity. Critics argue his role as “master of the roster”—which grants the CJI discretionary power to assign cases—enabled him to sideline petitions addressing the verifiability of EVMs. This discretion, they claim, substantially influenced judicial outcomes.

In March 2023, the Association for Democratic Reforms (ADR) filed a public interest litigation (PIL) seeking full VVPAT verification for EVMs. The petition aimed to ensure that each voter could confirm their vote was cast, recorded, and counted accurately. Despite comprehensive expert reports supporting the petition, it faced multiple adjournments and was ultimately dismissed shortly before the 2024 parliamentary elections.

Key Findings and Expert Opinions

A report by the Citizens’ Commission on Elections (CCE), led by a former Supreme Court judge, highlighted significant flaws in the current EVM-VVPAT system. It concluded that the system lacks end-to-end verifiability, making it unfit for democratic elections. Among the experts supporting the report were renowned academics like Ronald Rivest (MIT) and Alex Halderman (University of Michigan), who emphasized the need for stringent audits of electronic vote counts and manual verification of VVPAT slips.

Despite these findings, the Supreme Court’s judgment dismissed the concerns, stating, “EVMs are simple, secure, and user-friendly… The incorporation of VVPAT fortifies vote verifiability.” However, critics argue the court failed to address the core issue: the absence of voter oversight in the recording and counting processes.

Judicial Precedents and Missed Opportunities

The ADR’s 2023 petition was a continuation of earlier pleas, including one led by former Andhra Pradesh Chief Minister Chandrababu Naidu in 2019. Back then, the Supreme Court had directed a limited 2% manual cross-verification of VVPAT slips with EVM results. Petitioners had sought a higher verification threshold, citing statistical evidence, but the court deemed it unnecessary.

By 2023, the ADR had hoped for a more robust review, especially with ample time before the 2024 elections. However, procedural delays and judicial reluctance thwarted any substantial review. Justice Chandrachud’s critics argue that his court prioritized expediency over electoral transparency, leaving unresolved doubts about EVM reliability.

Implications for Indian Democracy

The Supreme Court’s endorsement of EVMs as the backbone of India’s electoral system contrasts sharply with global skepticism surrounding electronic voting. Critics highlight the need for systems that are not only efficient but also transparent and verifiable by the electorate.

The dismissal of the ADR petition and the subsequent endorsement of EVMs in the 2024 elections have fueled allegations of compromised democratic processes. A report by Voice For Democracy flagged a suspicious increase in votes during the elections, amplifying calls for reform.

In a democracy as vast and diverse as India’s, the integrity of the electoral process is paramount. The debates surrounding EVMs and VVPATs underscore the need for greater accountability and judicial vigilance to uphold public trust in the democratic system.

“Modi’s India: Hindu Nationalism and the Rise of Ethnic Democracy” by Christophe Jaffrelot explores several key themes

[Jaffrelot, C. (2021). Modi’s India: Hindu Nationalism and the Rise of Ethnic Democracy. Princeton University Press.]

Historical Context of Hindu Nationalism: The book traces the roots of Hindu nationalism back to socio-religious reform movements in the 19th and early 20th centuries, highlighting the formation of organizations like the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS) and the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP).

Rise of Narendra Modi: Jaffrelot examines how Narendra Modi’s populist style and leadership have transformed the BJP and Hindu nationalism, leading to its dominance in Indian politics.

Ethnic Democracy: The book introduces the concept of “ethnic democracy,” where the majority community (Hindus) is equated with the nation, while minorities (Muslims and Christians) are marginalized and treated as second-class citizens.

Populism and Polarization: Jaffrelot discusses how Modi’s government has used populist rhetoric to polarize the electorate along religious lines, promoting Hindu culture and increasing legal protections for cows while targeting minorities.

Impact on Minorities: The book details the deteriorating situation for religious minorities under Modi’s rule, including increased harassment by vigilante groups and systematic propaganda campaigns against Muslims and Christians.

Erosion of Secularism: Jaffrelot highlights the erosion of India’s secular principles, with the BJP government promoting Hindu nationalism and undermining the rights of religious and ethnic minorities.

These themes provide a comprehensive analysis of how Hindu nationalism has evolved and its impact on Indian democracy under Modi’s leadership.

India on Track to Achieve $7 Trillion Economy by 2031, CRISIL Report Highlights Key Growth Drivers and Risks

India is poised to achieve a significant economic milestone, with its GDP projected to reach $7 trillion by fiscal 2031. This remarkable growth trajectory, outlined in a recent CRISIL report, anticipates a sustained real GDP growth rate of 6.7% annually between fiscal years 2025 and 2031.

Economic Projections and Global Standing

India’s nominal GDP is expected to rise from $3.6 trillion in fiscal 2024 to $7 trillion by fiscal 2031. At this level, the nation would move into the upper-middle-income category, with a per capita income approaching $4,500. According to S&P Global Market Intelligence, this growth would elevate India to the world’s third-largest economy, increasing its share of global GDP from 3.6% to 4.5%.

S&P credits India’s economic resilience to factors such as a narrowed current account deficit (0.7% of GDP in fiscal 2023-24) and robust indicators like strong Purchasing Managers’ Index (PMI) readings, rising GST collections, and productivity gains.

Resilience Amid COVID-19

Despite the disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, India remains on course to achieve its $5 trillion GDP target by fiscal 2027 and $7 trillion shortly thereafter. The CRISIL report attributes this resilience to:

  1. Minimal deviation from pre-pandemic trends: Fiscal 2024’s nominal GDP was only 2.4% below its pre-pandemic trajectory.
  2. Slower rupee depreciation: The rupee weakened by an average of 4% annually from fiscal 2021-2024, compared to 4.3% in the preceding decade.

Post-pandemic recovery has been bolstered by government infrastructure projects and household investments, although private-sector corporate investments have yet to see substantial growth.

Key Growth Drivers

CRISIL identifies several factors driving India’s growth:

  1. Deleveraged Corporate Sector: Following years of deleveraging, private-sector capex potential has tripled over the past decade.
  2. Healthy Banking System: Strong credit growth since fiscal 2023 and low gross non-performing assets (2.5% as of March 2024) highlight the banking sector’s robustness.
  3. Innovative Financial Instruments: Mechanisms like InvITs, REITs, and restricted groups have facilitated greater capital inflows.
  4. Reform-driven Efficiency: Policies like GST, the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code (IBC), and the Real Estate (Regulation and Development) Act have improved the business climate.

Strategic Reforms for Sustained Growth

To maintain high growth rates, CRISIL emphasizes the need for next-stage reforms:

  1. Land Reforms: Streamlined acquisition processes and transparent records to attract investments.
  2. Simplified Labour Laws: Greater flexibility to encourage both domestic and foreign investments.
  3. Agricultural Reforms: Investment in infrastructure, improved price discovery, and technological adoption to boost productivity.

Innovative initiatives, including the Digital Agriculture Mission and the development of over 2,000 climate-resilient crop varieties, have further enhanced food security and inclusive growth.

Potential Risks

CRISIL cautions that achieving the $7 trillion GDP target hinges on mitigating several risks:

  1. Geopolitical Instability: Conflicts, particularly in the Middle East, could disrupt crude oil supplies and increase logistics costs.
  2. Climate Change: Extreme weather events, such as the driest August in 123 years during 2023, have already impacted agricultural productivity.
  3. Decarbonization Challenges: Balancing carbon reduction with industrial and infrastructure growth remains a significant challenge.
  4. Global Indebtedness: Rising global debt, coupled with higher interest rates, could impact India’s trade and investment flows.

Conclusion

Despite these challenges, India is well-positioned to achieve its ambitious $7 trillion GDP target. CRISIL underscores that sustained productivity gains and strategic policymaking will be pivotal in driving this economic transformation. As India continues to strengthen its financial systems and implement structural reforms, its ascent in the global economic hierarchy appears inevitable.

Indian American Republicans Welcome President-elect Trump’s Pick of Marco Rubio as Secretary of State

Indian American Republicans have commended President-elect Donald Trump for nominating Marco Rubio for Secretary of State, emphasizing that he will play a key role in furthering US-India relations.

Senator Rubio, a former Presidential candidate, who previously openly opposed President Trump’s policies, will now work to implement Trump’s foreign policy agenda. Marco Rubio will most likely be the next Secretary of State as the Republican party holds the majority in the US Senate.

Highlighting the importance of the U.S.-India relationship, the US Senator from Florida, recently said that bolstering ties with New Delhi is crucial for addressing the challenges posed by Beijing. He noted in a statement, “It is essential to enhance our strategic diplomatic, economic, and military relationship with New Delhi.”

On July 25, 2024, Marco Rubio announced the introduction of the U.S.-India Defense Cooperation Act, which seeks to expand bilateral cooperation amid rising tensions between India and China. The proposed Act would elevate India’s status to that of key U.S. allies like Japan, Israel, South Korea, and NATO members in terms of technology transfers. It also authorizes the Secretary of State to negotiate a memorandum of understanding to deepen military collaborations with India.

Rubio emphasized, “Communist China continues to aggressively expand its domain in the Indo-Pacific region, all while it seeks to impede the sovereignty and autonomy of our regional partners. It’s crucial for the U.S. to continue its support in countering these malicious tactics. India, along with other nations in the region, is not alone.”

The legislation establishes a U.S. policy to support India in countering threats to its territorial integrity by providing security assistance, and enhancing cooperation in defense, space, technology, medicine, and economic investments. It proposes a limited exemption for India from CAATSA sanctions on Russian military equipment and encourages expedited approval of defense-related sales to bolster India’s capacity to deter threats, aligning with U.S. interests in peace and stability.

The legislation seeks to deepen U.S.-India defense ties by expediting excess defense articles to India for two years, granting it ally-like status, and expanding military education and training cooperation. It also mandates a report on Pakistan’s use of force, including terrorism against India, and restricts U.S. security assistance to Pakistan if it sponsors terrorism.

Executive Director of the American Hindu Coalition, Alok Srivastava, told South Asian Herald, “I welcome President Trump’s choice of Marco Rubio to serve as Secretary of State,” highlighting that Rubio serves as the vice chair of the Senate Intelligence Committee, and is a member of the Foreign Relations Committee. He previously held the position of Speaker of the Florida Assembly.

Known for championing human rights, democracy, and strong national security, Rubio has consistently been a vocal critic of authoritarian regimes and an advocate for U.S. global leadership, noted Srivastava.

“Rubio views India as a key ally in countering China’s influence in the Indo-Pacific. He supports India’s role in maintaining regional stability and advancing democratic values, aligning with U.S. strategic interests. Rubio also supports the Quad alliance (U.S., India, Japan, Australia) and advocates for a free and open Indo-Pacific,” he expressed,

Chair of the Virginia Asian Advisory Board, Srilekha Palle, pointed out Rubio’s significant role in shaping foreign policy, adding that he has actively contributed to bipartisan efforts to strengthen international relations.

Palle told South Asian Herald, “Senator Rubio’s commitment to fortifying India’s security and sovereignty through the U.S.-India Defense Cooperation Act is a pivotal step in maintaining regional stability and countering aggressive overtures in the Indo-Pacific. This legislation not only strengthens our defense ties but also upholds our shared values of democracy and mutual respect.”

Palle praised Senator Marco Rubio’s initiative to elevate India as a NATO-level strategic partner, emphasizing his recognition of India’s pivotal role in maintaining peace and stability in the Indo-Pacific region. She stated, “This partnership will deepen our military collaborations and enhance strategic alignment on global security issues.”

Former Virginia Lieutenant Governor Candidate, Puneet Ahluwalia referred to Rubio as a “great choice,” of President Trump’s “Peace through Strength” foreign policy.

Ahluwalia told South Asian Herald, “He will be assertive with China to counter their actions in South China Sea and Indo-Pacific region. Rubio’s introduction of US-India Security Partnership shows his willingness to take on China as they may try to get a direct line with President Trump.”

Ahluwalia noted that Rubio’s expertise, shaped by his experience on foreign relations and intelligence committees, equips him to address critical challenges facing the U.S. and its allies. He expressed confidence that Rubio would pursue a negotiated settlement to the Ukraine-Russia war, support Israel in securing its future, and advocate for a peaceful resolution to the longstanding Palestinian issue, working in collaboration with Arab nations.

Ahead of Prime Minister Modi’s state visit on June 22, 2023, Senator Rubio also reaffirmed his commitment to strengthening U.S.-India relations.

“As we extend a warm welcome to Prime Minister Modi, it is crucial that the Biden Administration, and the U.S. Congress, prioritize this incredibly important relationship. Our nations’ economic and security interests overlap on many of the most pressing issues, especially the growing hostility of the Chinese Communist Party in the Himalayas and in the Indian Ocean,” Rubio noted in a statement. “We find ourselves at a new juncture in global history in which both India and the United States can further strengthen this vital partnership and build upon the foundation of our shared democratic values and national interests.”

Bharat Ko Janiye – Win Your Ticket To Explore Incredible India

https://bkjquiz.com

The Bharat Ko Janiye (Know India) Quiz is a flagship initiative by the Ministry of External Affairs, Government of India, designed to engage the Indian diaspora and foreign nationals, particularly the youth, in deepening their understanding of India. The quiz aims to foster a connection with India’s rich heritage, culture, and advancements.

Objective and Scope

The primary goal of the Bharat Ko Janiye Quiz is to motivate individuals of Indian origin and the global community to explore and appreciate India’s diverse facets. The quiz is open to two categories of participants:

1.Non-Resident Indians (NRIs)

2.Persons of Indian Origin (PIOs) and Foreign Nationals

Participants should be between 14 and 50 years of age as of December 11, 2024.

Quiz Structure and Participation

The quiz is conducted online, allowing participants to engage from anywhere in the world. Key features include:

Registration: Interested individuals must register on the official portal bkjquiz.com. Registration is mandatory and free of charge.

Quiz Format: The quiz comprises 30 multiple-choice questions, encompassing text, image, audio, and video formats. Participants have a total of 17 minutes to complete the quiz, with each question allotted 30 to 40 seconds, depending on the format.

Attempts: Participants can attempt the quiz multiple times, with a maximum of five attempts per day. The highest score achieved will be considered for evaluation.

Timeline

The 5th edition of the Bharat Ko Janiye Quiz is scheduled from November 11 to December 10, 2024. A dummy quiz will be available from November 4, 2024, to help participants familiarize themselves with the format and interface.

Rewards and Recognition

Top performers in each category will be awarded:

BKJ Yatra: The top 15 winners from each category (totaling 30) will be invited to a two-week tour of India, starting with participation in the Pravasi Bharatiya Diwas (PBD) celebrations.

Certificates: All participants will receive a digital Certificate of Participation. Those scoring 25 or more will be awarded a Certificate of Excellence.

Bharat Ko Janiye - Win Your Ticket To Explore Incredible India

Indian Immigrants in the U.S.: A Snapshot of Growth, Contributions, and Challenges

India, the world’s most populous nation, is also the largest source of migrants globally. As of 2023, over 2.9 million Indian immigrants lived in the United States, making it the second most popular destination for Indians after the United Arab Emirates. Indians accounted for 6 percent of the U.S.’s 47.8 million foreign-born residents, ranking as the second-largest immigrant group after Mexicans.

Rapid Growth and Changing Demographics

The Indian immigrant population in the U.S. has expanded dramatically since 1960, with the largest wave arriving between 2000 and 2023. On average, Indian immigrants exhibit high educational attainment and income levels. Most possess a bachelor’s degree or higher, with median incomes more than double those of native-born Americans and other immigrant groups. Additionally, they are less likely to live in poverty. Indians also constitute one of the largest groups of international students in the U.S. and received nearly two-thirds of the H-1B visas for highly skilled workers in fiscal year (FY) 2023.

This upward mobility contrasts sharply with the early 20th century, when Indian migrants were predominantly low-skilled workers. The 1965 Immigration and Nationality Act, which abolished restrictive quotas, marked a turning point, allowing a surge of skilled professionals from India to enter the U.S.

Irregular Migration and Border Crossings

A noteworthy aspect of Indian immigration involves unauthorized entries. U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) recorded nearly 97,000 irregular arrivals of Indian migrants in FY 2023, a number that dipped slightly to 90,000 in FY 2024. Although most encounters occur along the U.S.-Mexico border, nearly 44,000 Indian nationals were intercepted at the U.S.-Canada border during the same period.

Many of these migrants hail from northern India, facing unemployment or political issues, such as tensions surrounding the Sikh separatist movement in Punjab. To reach the U.S., migrants often navigate a complex network of transit countries, paying exorbitant fees to travel facilitators in a process dubbed “donkey flights.”

Geographic Distribution

In the U.S., Indian immigrants predominantly reside in California, Texas, New Jersey, Illinois, and New York, which collectively house over half of the population. Major metropolitan areas like New York City, Chicago, San Francisco, Dallas, and San Jose account for more than a third of Indian immigrants. Notably, Indian migrants form significant portions of local populations, such as 7 percent in the San Jose metro area.

Language and English Proficiency

Indian immigrants are generally more proficient in English compared to other foreign-born groups. In 2023, only 21 percent reported limited English proficiency, compared to 47 percent of all immigrants. However, just 12 percent spoke only English at home. Other commonly spoken languages include Hindi, Telugu, Gujarati, Tamil, and Punjabi.

Age, Education, and Employment

Indian immigrants are younger than the overall foreign-born population, with a median age of 42 years in 2023. They are highly educated: 81 percent of adults aged 25 and older held at least a bachelor’s degree, significantly surpassing the 35 percent for all immigrants and 36 percent for U.S.-born adults. Almost half (49 percent) of Indian immigrants had advanced degrees, compared to 16 percent of all immigrants and 14 percent of native-born Americans.

Indian nationals were prominent in higher education, with 268,900 students enrolled in U.S. institutions during the 2022-23 academic year, representing 25 percent of all international students. Additionally, Indians were the primary recipients of H-1B visas, making up 72 percent of approvals in FY 2023.

Labor force participation among Indian immigrants was notably high at 74 percent in 2023, compared to 63 percent for U.S.-born individuals. Most worked in management, business, science, and arts occupations, reflecting their strong educational background.

Income and Poverty Levels

Indian immigrants enjoy higher incomes than their native-born and foreign-born counterparts. In 2023, households led by Indian immigrants reported a median income of $166,200, significantly exceeding the $78,700 median for immigrant households and $77,600 for U.S.-born households. Poverty rates were also lower, with just 6 percent of Indian immigrants living below the poverty line, compared to 14 percent for all immigrants and 12 percent for the native-born population.

Immigration Pathways and Naturalization

While Indians are slightly less likely to be naturalized citizens than other immigrant groups, they still constitute the second-largest group to naturalize annually. In FY 2023, 7 percent of all naturalized citizens were Indian. Most Indians arriving in the U.S. after 2010 came through family-sponsored or employment-based pathways, with the latter accounting for 37 percent of green cards issued to Indians that year.

The Migration Policy Institute estimates 375,000 unauthorized Indian immigrants lived in the U.S. as of mid-2022, ranking India fifth among countries of origin for undocumented migrants. However, participation in programs like Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals (DACA) remains minimal, with fewer than 1,700 Indian participants.

Health Insurance and Coverage

Indian immigrants have some of the highest rates of health insurance coverage among immigrant groups. In 2023, only 4 percent were uninsured, compared to 18 percent of all immigrants and 6 percent of the native-born population. This high coverage reflects their employment in sectors offering comprehensive health benefits.

The Indian Diaspora

The broader Indian diaspora in the U.S. numbered approximately 5.2 million as of 2022, including both Indian-born residents and those of Indian ancestry. Among them, 55 percent were born in India, while the rest were U.S.-born or hailed from other countries. This diaspora is the tenth largest in the U.S.

Global Influence and Remittances

Globally, India remains the largest recipient of remittances, receiving $119.5 billion in 2023, more than double the amount sent to Mexico, the second-highest recipient. These remittances accounted for 3.4 percent of India’s GDP and have surged by 120 percent since 2010.

The United States is the second-largest destination for Indian migrants globally, following the UAE and ahead of Saudi Arabia. Together, these countries host millions of Indians who contribute significantly to their host economies while maintaining strong ties to India.

Nara Lokesh, Minister in the Government of Andhra Pradesh Lays out His Vision for a New Resurgent India During his Address at ITServe’s Synergy 2024 in Las Vegas

A rising star in Indian Politics, Honorable Nara Lokesh, Minister of Information Technology, Electronics and Communications , and the Human Resources Development Departments in the Government of Andhra Pradesh and the General Secretary of the Telugu Desam Party, was the Chief Guest at Synergy 2024, the flagship annual conference organized by ITServe Alliance, the largest association of IT Services organizations.

Delivering the keynote address on October 29, 2024 at Synergy by ITServe, the voice of all prestigious IT companies functioning with similar interests across the United States, Honorable Nara Lokesh, Minister of Information Technology, Electronics and Communications and the Human Resources Development departments in the Government of Andhra Pradesh and the General Secretary of the Telugu Desam Party lauded ITServe as it has evolved as a resourceful and respected platform to collaborate and initiate measures in the direction of protecting common interests and ensuring collective success.

A true visionary with forward-thinking, Nara Lokesh, a rising star in Indian politics told the over 2,500 CEOs of small and medium-sized companies in the United States, who had come to be part of the historic Synergy 2024 that he believes the data revolution is here, and Andhra Pradesh is well-poised in terms of harnessing that revolution.

Earlier in his welcome address, Jagadeesh Mosali, President of ITServe Alliance said, “ITServe Alliance originated in response to the unfair practices of The United States Citizenship and Immigration Services imposed on small and medium businesses, which are the economic engines of the country. We were the first in the nation to come up with an idea of an organization representing Information Technology professional Services of like-mind- ed business entrepreneurs. Through our PAC, ITServe has come a long way, especially visa-vis espousing our visibility and cause in the US Congress, introducing our very own HIRE ACT, talking to important key MOCs and Senators regarding our Bill, taking them into confidence and discussing a path to consolidate it with the EAGLE ACT.”

During his address to the ITServe delegates, Lokesh said, globally, close to $300 billion is being invested in data centers, and his government’s agenda is that we should bring over 100 billion of that to India, and bring the majority of that to the state of Andhra Pradesh. Vishakhapatnam, he said, stands out with AI education, and particularly with focus on an AI University. “They were really excited about figuring out the interactions of AI in governance, AI in politics, AI in healthcare, AI in entertainment. And like how the erstwhile Indian School of Business Model was, it was completely branching as to how you would love to do the same magic in the AI University and really create next-generation thought leaders and engineers, not only for Andhra Pradesh, but for the world.”

Lokesh said he has learned the importance of the need in building a strong team. “I think that’s very important because when I joined Heritage, we had a crisis. Things were not good. We were losing a lot of money because of our retail expansion. The diary was not bringing in that much profit. So, I had to decide early on, the direction or the trajectory of the business. Then I had to figure out whether the team members believed in that vision or not, and based on that, I had to make decisions. I think politics is all about that. Also. I think you need people who believe in your vision but also have the boldness to correct you when you are making mistakes. So in that sense, in terms of building your team, building the leadership in both organizations is something that I find very similar.”

After he graduated from Stanford University, Lokesh returned to India and took on the role of the Director at Heritage. He ran both private enterprises and then entered into politics.

Describing the differences between running a private enterprise and being elected government official, Lokesh had this to say: “They’re quite stark and quite different. In the private sector, when you are the boss, you decide the direction, and you understand the journey. The results speak for themselves. If one month you miss something, you know where to correct it. I think in politics, you only get elections once every five years at the state level, so it gets very difficult to figure out the right trajectory. It’s very important to remain grounded, meet people, hear from them, and understand whether what you are doing is right and whether what programs you are taking are meeting their aspirations or not. So for me, that was very, very important. I think both journeys are mutually exclusive.”

Recalling his experiences in politics and the road he has traveled, Lokesh reminded the audience of his journey in politics. “I’ve always broken the mold. Look, membership in the Telugu Desam party was never a smooth affair. And in 2014, I chose that as my focus area. Similarly, in 2019 when I had to contest the election, there was always a debate on which seat I should contest. You know, generally, per political legacy and people, second-generation, and third-generation politicians choose a safe seat. I chose Mangalagiri. Here is a seat that we have not won since 1985.” Despite being defeated in the Mangalagiri Assembly seat in 2019, Lokesh continued his work in the constituency and gained the public’s trust.

Regarding his loss in the Assembly elections in 2019 and recontest in 2024, Lokesh said, “A lot of people told me, why not contest from a safe seat. And I told them, I know, to take an easy route or exit that’s accepting defeat, and I am not going to. So I contested in the Mangalagiri Assembly seat again in 2024 and I am really proud to say that I won with the highest margin that Andhra Pradesh has ever seen, which is over 91,000 margin.

With his triumph, the TDP won the key Mangalagiri seat for the first time after nearly four decades. Lokesh is being credited for the TDP’s resurgence in Andhra Pradesh. “To be honest, this victory was certain, but I think this kind of mandate took everyone off guard. This mandate has increased our responsibility. It’s a great responsibility on our shoulders. We take it with all humility. The people of Andhra Pradesh have many aspirations, and as a government, we need to be focused on delivering on those aspirations. So, I think we are going to meet midway in terms of delivering on that.”

While discussing the Ministry formation in Andhra Pradesh, Lokesh offered to take on the Human Resource Development Ministry, which is one of the toughest ministries, with a lot of trade unions. “And I love the challenge, and it’s a great opportunity for me to shape the next-generation leaders, thinkers, engineers, scientists, doctors. So I always believe as leaders, you should take a road less traveled and transform it in your own way. And that is what I have learned in my political journey.”

Learning from past mistakes, Lokesh said, the current Ministry headed by the TDP is looking at business processes, and re-engineering the government, and I am looking at, how can we deliver seamless governance in the hands of people, in the hands of citizens. How do you make politicians and officers relevant in day-to-day governance, in any day-to-day citizens’ lives. So that’s where I believe technology will play an important role. But it is also important to transform our processes and re-engineer the processes, and this is what you will see happening in Andhra Pradesh in the upcoming months.”

Son of Andhra Pradesh chief minister N Chandrababu Naidu, the young and rising star of Indian politics, while referring to the lessons learned from his da, he said, “What I learned from my leader is to be very patient and passionate. If you look at his entire political journey, he has had great highs and great lows. He takes his highs just as he takes his lows. And for me, that has been a great lesson, and that’s what I’ve learned from him.”

Lokesh said, that a new state like Andhra Pradesh is presented with a unique opportunity, which is to decentralize development and not to center development around one city or one ecosystem. Way back in 2014, Mr. Chandrababu Naidu had a clear vision of which district should do what, and that’s why KIYA came to Anantapur, TCL, Foxconn came to Chittor and Bello, and where Amravati is like our state capital. From day one, Lokesh said, he strongly believed that Vishakhapatnam should be the state capital because it has the right ingredients. “Now let’s talk about what are those right ingredients. It has amazing connectivity. It has great engineering colleges and amazing talents. And I jokingly keep saying that if Bangalore were to marry Goa and have a child that would be Vishakhapatnam, it’s such a beautiful city, with a gorgeous ecosystem, and I truly believe that for it not only to survive, but to flourish Vishakhapatnam has all the right ingredients of a state capital.”

Recalling his childhood and his relationship with the legendary N T Ram Rao, Lokesh said, “NTR is larger than life, and from my childhood, that’s all I remember about him. He was a tall personality there, but he had a very emotional connection with all his grandchildren, and he personally named all of us. So, you know, I got my name because of him, and all my cousins have their names because of him. He had a lot of personal attachment with all of us, but honestly, we were just too many of us for him to spend time with and nurture aspirations and ambitions. But he was very humble. And every birthday, you know, we used to go meet with him, spend time with him. I remember this so well. That is the way he would show his love and affection for all of us. He has left behind a great legacy for us to lead from the front and to take it forward.”

Young Lokesh shared with the audience his works and interactions with the rural Andhra. “I had a great chance to interact with farmers across segments. So, I met with Palm oil farmers, Paddy farmers, Mango farmers, Date Farmers, Banana farmers, and Mirchi farmers. You know what was fascinating for me is that they’re working hard, they are investing money ahead of time, and they are not sure in the end, whether are they going to make money or not, and they are doing this every crop cycle. So the way I looked at it, I said, you know, there are two parts of this equation. One, we need to reduce the cost of production. Two, how do we grow commodities and variants of our commodities that we can take to the globe.”

Lokesh said that the Andhra state can play a very important role in guiding farmers. “There is a lot of work that we can do as a government in terms of guiding farmers, giving not just subsidies alone, but inputs, and even strengthening it with research stations and ensuring that the optimal output and productivity comes from the respective farm. So for me, that’s of great interest and passion.”

He went on to add, “It is very fascinating that these are interventions you will see at a policy level that will come up. And I truly believe that the Royal Sima region particularly has a great opportunity to leapfrog in agriculture. It has amazingly fertile soil and just giving water to drip and giving extension to the appropriate horticulture crop, I think can truly transform agriculture in that sense. And the last bit I’d like to add is technology plays an important role, more so from the government’s ability to map which commodities are being grown and in what quantities and how should government be prepared, in terms of sale price hikes or slumps.”

Lokesh has been credited with ushering in new technologies in all his work, with focus on transformation of the rural Andhra Pradesh. In May 2018, he won the Business World magazine “Digital Leader of the Year” at the Businessworld Digital India summit in New Delhi, recognizing the best utilization of technology in governance. The same year, the Kalam Centre for Livable Planet Earth and Sustainable Development recognized Lokesh’s efforts in the successful integration of technology in rural governance and awarded the innovation award to Andhra Pradesh in the Panchayat Raj and Rural Development category.

Sharing his thoughts on how Technology can play an important role in rural communities, Lokesh said, “Technology has changed all our lives. India has been lucky. We jumped the PC era and went straight to smartphones. There are more smartphones in India than there are toilets. That’s a known fact. I think that presents a unique opportunity in terms of governance. I think a government’s ability to forecast that, prepare for that, and guide and advise farmers for that, I think will be very important. And that’s something that we are working on this time.”

Lokesh shared a greater vision for Inda to be the leader in world economic growth. According to him, India needs to work on two fundamental things. Number one, India requires a lot of policy intervention at the national level to attract greater investments to our nation. See, today, honestly, it’s not just about competing amongst ourselves as states, but we are also competing with other countries. You know, I am competing with Vietnam to attract electronics investments. I am competing with Ecuador on Aqua exports. I am competing with other countries on Agri commodities. So it is very, very important that we create a very conducive environment for medium, large corporates, global corporates, to look at India. Second, it’s no longer about the ease of doing business. It is about the speed of doing business. So all the business process re-engineering that we are doing in our state is to focus on the speed of doing business.

“We will compete with other states, and we will create a very conducive environment in Andhra Pradesh in terms of attracting investments and grounding those industries,” Lokesh said.

Among the challenges his state faces, Lokesh pointed to how you translate the vision of the Chief Minister down to the grassroots life functioning. So, the Chief Minister has a clear vision to attract investment. At every meeting, he talks about how many jobs we create. “But the problem that I see, even at the grassroots level, at the field level, is there is still the need for greater momentum. The tendency is to tell how not to do things, and that’s the challenge that we struggle with. So we are in the process of bringing about that change, institutional change among the officers, among the political system in Andhra Pradesh to thrive and be very focused on getting investments and creating local jobs.”

On his ambitions to play a national role as leader of India, any role beyond Andhra Pradesh in the coming months and years, Lokesh was very candid. “Politics is one great field where you can positively or negatively influence people’s lives. Being a third-generation politician, I see this as a great opportunity to transform things. There are amazing aspirations at the grassroots level that it is important that we meet those aspirations and deliver and after that, it is for people to decide where I should be. So, you know, we are here. We are here to serve the people. We are here to create amazing policies and investments, create jobs, create ecosystems, and then it is for people to decide whether I should be a Delhi politician or a state politician.”

His advice to everyone, who wants to enter into politics has been, “first, you need to settle down financially. That is very, very important. Be financially stable, and come into politics to serve people. That should be a true calling, nothing but that, when that is clear, come to politics. And the only way that can be clear is when you have financial security when you don’t need to depend on politics for any income.”

Lokesh pointed out how his party has been attracting lots of new first-generation leaders to be part of the government. “I call ourselves as a university. We have this ability to create leaders who want to lead. We create leaders. We give people the opportunity to lead from the front. And if you look at it this time in the 160 seats that we contested, close to 70 of them are actually first-timers. If you look at it as an alliance, 17 out of the 25 ministers are first time ministers. So I think that’s what makes TDP unique.”

Lokesh said, “I think you should take life as it comes. Never carry stress home. There is no need to carry stress. So I believe that the stress of work should be left outside your door. When you go home. You should spend time with your family, no second thoughts about it. What I’ve realized is, when you are stressed and you make decisions, you end up making a lot of mistakes. When I feel a little bit of stress, I should want to breathe, and that de-stresses me, makes me, calm, and that enables me to make good decisions. If you want to achieve greater things in life, and if you want to leapfrog, then you will have to make certain sacrifices. And it’s not just you, it’s also your family. If there are no sacrifices, you really cannot achieve what you want in life.”

Lokesh said that one of the agendas with which his government working is, “how do we double the per capita income of Telugu people here in the US and all across the world. And one thing we want to work with IT services, and how do we skill up all our IT professionals in the US and across the world.” Lokesh commented on the renewed interest among non-resident Telugus and “this greater commitment, that let’s do it now, I see that in everyone. We really want to work hard and really do good for our state and as a Minister and part of a delegation, we are really excited to take all of you back and showcase what you can do best and what are areas that together we can work on in developing the state of Andhra Pradesh.”

According to Lokesh, AI is an area of great interest for us as a state of Andhra Pradesh and is open for doing business. “We are ready. We will match it with the speed of doing business. I am leading a delegation in which we have a very young officer who is the CEO of the economic development board. As you said, all of you have an interest not only in it. It could be tourism, it could be education, it could be healthcare. And as a state, we are ready. We are ready to make this an amazing journey, and together, I believe that all of us can transform the state of Andhra Pradesh.”

For more details, please visit: www.itserve.org

India to Launch Long-Awaited Census, Likely Starting in Early 2025

India is expected to initiate its delayed national census early next year, sources familiar with the plan revealed on Monday. The move would launch a comprehensive data-gathering operation that has taken place every ten years since 1872, but was postponed due to the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020. The census, while always a key demographic exercise, will carry particular importance this time, with expected completion by 2026. This round could serve as the foundation for a major political process—the redrawing of parliamentary constituencies.

This redistricting exercise, known as delimitation, is projected to stir complex debates and revive longstanding tensions about representation between the northern and southern regions of India. India’s northern states, which are generally less affluent and have higher population growth rates, may advocate for more seats based on their numbers, while the more prosperous southern states with lower birth rates may find this contentious. The political implications are likely to be significant.

The once-a-decade census effort has faced disruption only twice in its history: in 1941 due to World War II, and most recently in 2021 due to the pandemic. Since 1951, India has reliably conducted this large-scale enumeration process every ten years, making the current delay exceptional. To date, no official announcement has been made about the census schedule, though sources suggest that it may be set to commence soon.

“In all probability, the work for the census and the National Population Register (NPR) will begin early next year, with population data likely to be published by 2026,” a person familiar with the details stated. “This may also mean a shift in the census cycle going forward. So, future rounds could follow a new ten-year cycle of 2025-2035, 2035-2045, and so on,” they added.

The undertaking is monumental, involving data collection on population size, distribution, demographics, socioeconomic indicators, and more. It is widely seen as essential for effective policymaking, economic planning, and social welfare initiatives.

Vijay Declares TVK’s Stand Against Sectarianism and Corruption in Tamil Nadu Politics

Actor and Tamilaga Vettri Kazhagam (TVK) president Vijay announced on Sunday, October 27, 2024, his party’s intent to combat divisive and corrupt forces in Tamil Nadu, asserting that TVK will tackle “sectarian forces” with ideological opposition and take on corrupt “Dravidian model”-claiming parties through political means. Vijay also indicated that TVK would consider power-sharing with political allies who approach the party during the 2026 Tamil Nadu Assembly elections.

At the first State-level TVK conference in V. Salai, near Vikravandi in Villupuram district, Vijay addressed an expansive audience of party supporters. Without directly naming any specific entities, he emphasized his commitment to fighting “sectarian and corrupt forces.” Speaking on the party’s ideological stance, Vijay stated, “The moment we declared ‘Pirapokkum ella uyirukkum’ (all beings are equal by birth) as the foundation of our ideology, we not only positioned ourselves clearly against sectarian politics but also exposed our ideological enemies. Our people know very well who should come here and who shouldn’t, as Tamil Nadu has been the land of secular principles.”

Vikravandi transformed into a lively setting for the conference, attracting a massive crowd. Attendees were surrounded by a festive atmosphere, as the event marked a significant declaration in Tamil Nadu’s political landscape. Vijay’s statements reiterated his dedication to TVK’s secular and socially inclusive principles, which have become central to his political vision.

Targeting what he described as a “self-serving family group,” Vijay expressed his disapproval of those who claim to follow the philosophies of Thanthai Periyar and Perarignar Anna but, in his view, exploit their names for personal and political gain. He condemned these groups, which he accused of misappropriating the legacy of the Dravidian movement for their benefit, saying, “Our next enemy, the political enemy, is a self-serving family group, which is scraping and looting Tamil Nadu invoking the names of Thanthai Periyar and Perarignar Anna, in the garb of Dravida model.”

Additionally, Vijay criticized parties who present themselves as anti-fascist but, according to him, maintain hidden alliances with the same forces they publicly denounce. He mocked these politicians, arguing that their main activity appears to be fueling a “majority-minority divide,” despite Tamil Nadu’s historical unity. Addressing their seemingly contradictory approach, Vijay remarked, “Some people’s full-time job is to create a fear about majority-minority divide among people, who are united, screaming fascism, fascism, fascism,” adding a humorous jab, “if they are fascism, are you payasam (sweet)?”

In a strong call to action, Vijay urged voters to support TVK in the upcoming elections, drawing a vivid analogy between each vote cast for TVK’s symbol and a powerful tool for change. Anticipating the 2026 Tamil Nadu Assembly elections, Vijay referred to it as a “democratic war” and expressed confidence in his party’s capacity to challenge the current political establishment. “The time is not too far for us to face those who are corrupt and cheat people,” he stated. Vijay continued, “The Election Commission of India, in 2026, will decide the date for the democratic war. On that day, every vote of the people to TVK’s symbol in all the 234 constituencies will be like a bomb.”

Vijay advocated for a caste census, underlining the importance of proportionate representation in education and employment. He argued that such measures are vital to fostering social equity in Tamil Nadu. Confident of TVK’s potential electoral success, Vijay asserted that the party would emerge with a clear majority in the 2026 Assembly elections, though he noted an openness to alliances and power-sharing arrangements with parties that share TVK’s vision and approach the party for collaboration.

India’s Global Influence and Role in Shaping Multilateral Reform: Nirmala Sitharaman’s Address

India’s technological leadership and growing influence in global corporate systems are impossible to overlook, as highlighted by Union Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman. Speaking at the panel discussion “Bretton Woods Institutions at 80: Priorities for the Next Decade” during the World Bank and International Monetary Fund (IMF) Annual Meetings in 2024 in Washington, DC, she emphasized India’s pivotal role in shaping global corporate systems, particularly through technology. “You cannot ignore us when it comes to technology and servicing through technology,” she said, underscoring India’s role in diverse industries, from oil refining to multilateral banking systems. Her remarks were part of a broader discussion on the role of emerging markets in global reform efforts.

Sitharaman stressed the need for international institutions to adapt to the changing world and play a proactive role in global development. She urged the Bretton Woods institutions to be more forward-thinking, encouraging them to innovate and collaborate on long-term goals, rather than simply reacting to crises. As she pointed out, India has been a steadfast supporter of multilateral institutions, but she voiced concerns that these institutions are failing to meet expectations. “Expectations pinned on multilateral institutions are fissured away because no solutions are coming out of them,” she explained.

India’s backing of multilateralism has remained strong, but Sitharaman expressed the need for reform within these institutions to address global challenges effectively. “They should be the first to share information and suggest solutions, not impose them,” she remarked. This appeal to reform was not only a call to action but also a reflection of India’s desire to see these institutions take a more active role in addressing global challenges and shaping the future.

India’s Growing Global Dominance

Sitharaman also spoke about India’s expanding influence on the global stage, emphasizing the significance of its rapidly growing economy and large population. “One in every six persons in the world is Indian,” she stated, highlighting that no country, including the United States or China, can afford to overlook India’s impact. This assertion goes beyond economic statistics; it reflects the importance of India’s contributions to global development and governance. She emphasized that India’s influence is not about imposing dominance but about enhancing its global role through peaceful and strategic multilateralism.

With the largest democracy and population in the world, India’s voice is increasingly important in global conversations. Sitharaman pointed out that India is not looking to dominate but to be a constructive and influential player in the global arena. “It’s not about imposing dominance but enhancing influence,” she said, pointing to India’s role in shaping multilateral strategies that emphasize cooperation and peaceful progress.

Commitment to Climate Resilience and Disaster Management

India’s domestic policies and initiatives were also central to Sitharaman’s speech. She highlighted India’s focus on building resilience in the face of climate change and disaster management. A key example she provided was India’s response to Cyclone Amphan in 2020, during which 2.4 million people were evacuated in a coordinated effort that demonstrated both infrastructure readiness and institutional capacity. “India has ensured resilient economic growth not only by investing in hard infrastructure but also by building institutional capacity,” she noted, showcasing the country’s long-term commitment to resilience.

India’s leadership in the Global South has been a defining feature of its international diplomacy. Under India’s presidency of the G20, a Disaster Risk Reduction Working Group was established to enhance global resilience against climate-induced risks. Sitharaman emphasized that India is not just taking these initiatives on behalf of itself but is actively sharing best practices and knowledge with other countries to foster global resilience. By doing so, India is playing a key role in leading international efforts to strengthen disaster management frameworks and financial systems to better respond to crises.

India’s Role in Multilateral Institutions

Sitharaman’s address came at a time when multilateral institutions, such as the IMF and World Bank, are facing criticism for not effectively addressing the evolving challenges of the 21st century. In her speech, she acknowledged the historical role that India has played in supporting these institutions, but she also expressed dissatisfaction with their current performance. She emphasized that these institutions must do more to meet global needs. “They should be the first to share information and suggest solutions, not impose them,” she reiterated, pointing out that multilateral institutions need to be reformed to remain relevant and effective in the coming decades.

Sitharaman’s comments echoed broader concerns about the need for reform in global governance structures. She argued that the Bretton Woods institutions should focus on long-term solutions that promote global stability and growth rather than reacting to immediate crises. By being proactive and encouraging innovation and collaboration, these institutions can help shape a more resilient and prosperous world.

The panel discussion included several prominent global figures, including Lawrence H. Summers, Emeritus President of Harvard University, Spain’s Minister of Economy Carlos Cuerpo, and Egypt’s Minister of Economic Development Rania A. Al Mashat. The dialogue focused on the future of multilateralism and the evolving role of institutions like the IMF and World Bank in addressing global challenges.

India’s Contributions Through Digital Infrastructure

In her closing remarks, Sitharaman highlighted India’s contributions to the world, particularly through digital public infrastructure. She noted that India has publicly funded and shared its digital systems with other countries, marking a significant step in international cooperation. “Through the digital public infrastructure that we have publicly funded and shared with different countries, we are making our mark,” she said, demonstrating India’s commitment to using its technological advancements for global good.

India’s role in leading global efforts, particularly in areas like digital infrastructure, climate resilience, and multilateral reform, is increasingly significant. Sitharaman’s speech reflected India’s growing confidence on the world stage and its willingness to take on greater responsibilities in global governance. As the country continues to expand its influence, the world can no longer afford to ignore India’s contributions to shaping a more cooperative and resilient global order.

Nirmala Sitharaman’s remarks underscored India’s leadership in global technology, its unwavering support for multilateral institutions, and its commitment to fostering resilience and innovation. Her call for reform within international organizations, combined with India’s growing influence, highlights the country’s role as a key player in shaping the future of global governance. As India continues to rise, it is clear that the world must take notice of its contributions and leadership.

India Strengthens Nuclear Deterrence with Launch of Fourth SSBN Submarine Amid Diplomatic Tensions

Amid escalating tensions with Canada, India has taken a significant step to bolster its nuclear deterrence by quietly launching its fourth nuclear-powered ballistic missile submarine (SSBN) this week. The submarine, constructed at the Ship Building Center (SBC) in Visakhapatnam, further enhances India’s defense capabilities against its regional adversaries, particularly in the Indo-Pacific.

India’s submarine fleet is steadily growing, with the country commissioning its second SSBN, INS Arighaat, on August 29, 2024. This milestone was marked by Defence Minister Rajnath Singh. The third SSBN in the series, INS Aridhaman, is scheduled to be commissioned next year. As India moves ahead with its naval defense strategy, the Cabinet Committee on Security (CCS) has also approved plans for the Indian Navy to construct two additional nuclear-powered attack submarines, further strengthening its deterrence capabilities in the strategically significant Indo-Pacific region.

Although the Indian government, particularly under Prime Minister Narendra Modi, has maintained a tight-lipped approach regarding the country’s nuclear deterrence strategies, the launch of the fourth SSBN, code-named S4*, took place on October 16, 2024. This came a day after the inauguration of a Very Low Frequency Naval Station by Defence Minister Rajnath Singh in the Damagundam forest area of Telangana’s Vikarabad district. The station is critical for communication, command, and control of the Indian Navy’s strategic assets, reflecting India’s continuing focus on enhancing its maritime defense infrastructure.

The newly launched S4* submarine features about 75% indigenous content, a testament to India’s growing self-reliance in defense manufacturing. The SSBN is equipped with the K-4 ballistic missile system, which has a range of 3,500 kilometers. These missiles are fired using vertical launch systems, adding a significant strategic advantage. Earlier SSBN models, such as the INS Arihant, carried the shorter-range K-15 nuclear missiles, which had a range of only 750 kilometers. The successors to the Arihant, however, represent significant upgrades in terms of missile capacity and overall capabilities, ensuring they carry only K-4 ballistic missiles.

The SSBN’s operational endurance is virtually unlimited due to its nuclear power, with constraints only imposed by food supplies, crew fatigue, and maintenance. Currently, both INS Arihant and INS Arighaat are on deep-sea patrols, enhancing India’s nuclear deterrence capabilities. In a further boost to the Indian Navy’s nuclear assets, a Russian Akula-class nuclear-powered attack submarine is expected to join the fleet in 2028, on lease from Russia.

India’s strategic planners have adhered to a specific naming convention for its SSBN fleet. The first leased nuclear submarine, INS Chakra, was designated S1. This led to the first indigenous SSBN, INS Arihant, being named S2, followed by INS Arighaat as S3, and INS Aridhaman as S4. The newly launched SSBN, S4*, marks the final vessel in the current class of submarines, though a formal name has yet to be assigned. Future SSBNs from India are anticipated to be even more advanced, with double the displacement of the Arihant class at 6,000 tons and capable of carrying nuclear missiles with ranges exceeding 5,000 kilometers.

The Modi government’s emphasis on enhancing sea-based deterrence stems from the belief that submarine-based assets are crucial in countering potential threats from China and other adversaries. One of the primary concerns driving this focus is the vulnerability of aircraft carriers to long-range missiles such as China’s Dong Feng-21 and Dong Feng-26, which are capable of targeting large, visible assets like aircraft carriers. According to defense analysts, in worst-case scenarios, aircraft carriers could become easy targets for these long-range missiles. Consequently, the government has prioritized the construction of nuclear attack and ballistic missile submarines over a third aircraft carrier for the Indian Navy.

To supplement its nuclear submarine fleet, India has also stepped up its conventional submarine capabilities. By December 2024, India is expected to commission the sixth diesel-powered attack submarine of the Kalvari class, INS Vagsheer. This addition will further bolster the Navy’s conventional defense capabilities, complementing the strategic role played by its nuclear-powered vessels.

Looking ahead, India is set to approve the construction of three more advanced diesel attack submarines at Mazagon Dockyards, in collaboration with the French Naval Group. These submarines will add further depth to India’s conventional submarine fleet, ensuring the Navy is well-prepared for potential conflicts in the Indian Ocean Region (IOR). In recent years, China’s presence in the IOR has grown, with approximately 10 to 11 Chinese People’s Liberation Army (PLA) warships operating in the region each month since 2023. Moreover, China’s carrier-based long-range patrols are expected to begin by 2025-2026, underscoring the need for India to strengthen its maritime defense posture.

With China’s increased naval activity, India’s focus on submarines — both nuclear and conventional — positions it to maintain a strong defensive and offensive capability in the region. By prioritizing sea-based deterrence, particularly with its submarine fleet, India aims to safeguard its maritime interests and ensure dominance in the IOR. The role of strategic submarines in India’s naval defense strategy is set to become even more critical as the country continues to modernize and expand its fleet.

India’s decision to launch its fourth SSBN during a time of heightened diplomatic tensions with Canada underscores the country’s commitment to reinforcing its national security and nuclear deterrence capabilities. With the commissioning of multiple SSBNs and the construction of additional nuclear attack submarines, India is positioning itself as a formidable maritime power, ready to counter threats in the Indo-Pacific and beyond. The addition of the S4* submarine to its fleet marks a significant milestone in this journey, highlighting the country’s growing self-sufficiency in defense manufacturing and its strategic focus on submarines over traditional surface fleets like aircraft carriers.

Election Results 2024: BJP Triumphs in Haryana; NC-Congress Alliance Victorious in J&K

In a significant political victory, the BJP secured its third consecutive term in Haryana, winning 48 out of 90 seats. Prime Minister Narendra Modi celebrated the party’s success, calling it a victory for the Constitution. Despite predictions favoring Congress, the party managed only 37 seats.

In Jammu and Kashmir, the National Conference-Congress alliance emerged victorious, winning 49 seats in the first assembly election held since the abrogation of Article 370. The National Conference dominated with 42 seats, while Congress secured six. Prominent NC leaders, including Omar Abdullah, secured multiple wins, while the People’s Democratic Party (PDP) saw its influence wane with just three seats.

Haryana Election Highlights

The BJP’s victory in Haryana marked a historic third term, despite facing anti-incumbency and challenges from farmer protests. The Congress, which had been favored by exit polls, failed to capitalize on these issues. BJP leaders credited their focus on development and governance for the win. Meanwhile, the Jannayak Janta Party (JJP), which played a key role in the previous election, failed to secure a single seat this time. Notably, former Deputy Chief Minister Dushyant Chautala lost his seat in Uchana Kalan.

Prime Minister Modi praised the people of Haryana for supporting the BJP’s policies, and he credited the party’s ability to overcome anti-incumbency with development and good governance as key factors in their victory.

Jammu and Kashmir: The First Post-370 Election

In Jammu and Kashmir, the National Conference-Congress alliance’s win marks a significant moment in the region’s politics. The National Conference, led by Omar Abdullah, was the dominant force, while the Congress played a supporting role. Omar Abdullah won from both Budgam and Ganderbal constituencies. PDP, once a major player, secured only three seats, with its leader Mehbooba Mufti acknowledging the setback.

Senior Congress leader Jairam Ramesh emphasized that the alliance’s priority would be the restoration of statehood for Jammu and Kashmir. Meanwhile, BJP emerged as the largest party by vote share but failed to gain a significant foothold in the Valley.

Union Home Minister Amit Shah hailed the peaceful conduct of the elections, emphasizing the restoration of democracy in Jammu and Kashmir. He contrasted this with past elections, which were marred by allegations of rigging.

Key Takeaways from Haryana and J&K Results

•BJP managed to secure 48 seats in Haryana, forming the government for a third consecutive term, despite strong opposition.

•In J&K, the National Conference-Congress alliance won 49 seats, with NC taking 42 of them, while the PDP was reduced to just 3 seats.

•Prominent winners included Omar Abdullah and Tariq Karra, while the PDP suffered significant losses, with many of its key leaders defeated.

•The results in both states highlight a shifting political landscape, with the BJP maintaining dominance in Haryana and a regional alliance winning in J&K.

The elections in both regions reflected the evolving political narratives, with the BJP touting its governance record in Haryana and the NC-Congress alliance focusing on restoring normalcy in Jammu and Kashmir.

India, the Most Populous Country, Faces Declining Population Growth

India, currently the world’s most populous nation, is experiencing a decline in its population growth rate, as indicated by a recent report from the economic research department of the State Bank of India. The report, titled “Precursor to Census 2024: The Fine Prints of a Rapidly Changing Nation,” estimates India’s population in 2024 to be between 138 and 142 crore.

Despite an increase in absolute numbers, the growth rate of the population is decreasing. According to the report, the average annual exponential growth rate has fallen from 1.63 percent in 2011 to 1.2 percent in 2024. This growth rate peaked at 2.22 percent in 1971. The reduction in growth rate suggests that India’s population will grow at a slower pace over the coming decade.

As indicated by the report’s title, the study was published in anticipation of the forthcoming census. Union Home Minister Amit Shah announced on September 17 that the census process, which had been halted due to the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020, is set to resume shortly.

The SBI report notes that while southern states, including Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh, and Telangana, are contributing less to national population growth compared to 2011, northern states, particularly Uttar Pradesh and Bihar, are experiencing significant increases. It is projected that these two states will account for approximately 33 percent of the overall population growth.

Furthermore, the combined share of the northern and eastern regions has risen to about 52 percent, up from 51 percent in 2011. In contrast, both the eastern and southern regions are witnessing a decrease in their population shares relative to a decade earlier.

The report also analyzed data on the number of births, adjusting for infant mortality rates from total live births, revealing that both North and East India are leading the population growth. In the southern region, however, the number of annual births is continuously declining. “In the southern region, where addition to yearly babies (after adjustment) are declining uninterruptedly,” the report noted.

In 2001, the number of babies born was 24.2 million, which rose to 25.1 million in the 2011 census. Projections for 2024 suggest an increase to 26.7 million births.

The youth population in India, defined as those aged 15 to 59, has shown an upward trend since 1971 and is expected to reach 64.4 percent by 2021, with a further increase to 65.2 percent by 2031, according to the report. This trend is promising for the nation’s productivity.

India’s median age is projected to rise from 24 years in 2021 to between 28 and 29 years by 2023-24, solidifying its status as one of the youngest nations globally. This suggests that while the overall population growth is slowing, the working-age population is set to expand.

“India fares quite well on this parameter with China, whose median age now comes to 39.5 years against 34.5 years in 2011… The demographic dividends can be huge and a growth multiplier in the coming decade,” the report elaborated.

As India’s demographic dividend increases, it has the potential to act as a significant catalyst for economic growth in the years ahead.

Japan’s Declining Power and Shifting Dynamics in Asia

Japan’s status as a major power in Asia is on a downward trajectory, largely attributed to its economic decline. This change is reflected in Tokyo’s fall to fourth place across several key indicators that measure the most powerful and influential nations in Asia. The Asia Power Index, an annual study conducted by Australia’s Lowy Institute, evaluates the relative power of states in the region, analyzing factors such as resources and influence.

The Index, which has been in place for several years, ranks 27 countries and territories across Asia, from Pakistan in the west to Russia in the north, and includes Pacific nations such as Australia, New Zealand, and the United States. It is widely regarded as a comprehensive tool to assess the changing power dynamics in Asia.

In the latest 2024 edition, which covers six years of data, significant shifts have been observed. The United States remains the dominant force in the region, but it faces increasing military competition from China. Despite China’s growing military strength, its overall influence in the region has stabilized. As the report notes, “China’s power is neither surging nor collapsing. It is plateauing below that of the United States but still well above any Asian competitors.”

Although the U.S. continues to hold the top position, it is losing ground to China in the realm of military capability. China’s persistent military advancements have allowed it to close the gap with the U.S., though not enough to overtake its position. The report emphasizes, “The United States has bolstered its standing in Asia, but it is losing ground to China on Military Capability.”

India’s ascent is one of the major takeaways of the 2024 Index. It has overtaken Japan to become the third most powerful country in Asia, though its potential remains underutilized. The survey indicates that “India is rising although a tad bit slowly. India has overtaken Japan to become the third-ranked power in Asia, but its clout remains below the potential promised by its resources.”

India’s growing influence in Asia marks a significant shift in the region’s power balance. However, the report also highlights the gap between India’s projected rise and its actual influence. It states, “The Asia Power Index shows that New Delhi still has limited ability to project power and influence east of the Malacca Strait. However, the fact that its influence remains well below the level promised by its resources suggests it still has ample potential for further growth as a major power.”

Japan, despite its decline in economic prowess, is becoming more active in regional security matters. Tokyo’s transformation from an economic and cultural powerhouse to a more defense-oriented player is notable. The report mentions, “With Japan taking a stand on security issues in the region, its image is changing from an economic and cultural powerhouse to one much more active in defense and security.”

Japan’s once formidable technological edge has eroded due to competition from countries like South Korea, China, and Taiwan. This has significantly impacted its economic standing, although Japan has gained recognition in the defense sector. Increased collaboration with the U.S. and other regional partners has enhanced Tokyo’s role as a regional security provider. The report specifically cites Japan’s signing of a Reciprocal Access Agreement with the Philippines as an example of its growing influence in defense matters.

Despite these developments, the power dynamics in Asia remain dominated by the United States and China. Both countries are engaged in what the report describes as a “long contest.” The survey findings indicate that China’s power has reached a plateau, with no significant increase or decrease in recent years. “China’s power is neither surging nor collapsing but plateauing,” the report states.

This stabilization in China’s power is largely driven by slower economic growth and long-term structural challenges. While China remains a formidable economic force, its growth has flattened, leading the report to conclude that “Flatlining Economic Capability, driven by slower economic growth and longer-term structural challenges, means that China’s economic clout, while still commanding, is no longer growing.”

The U.S. continues to lead China on six out of the eight parameters used to assess power in the Asia Power Index. However, China has made significant strides in military capability, closing more than a quarter of the gap between itself and the U.S. since 2018. The report highlights, “For the first time, experts surveyed for the Asia Power Index judged that China is better able to deploy rapidly and for a sustained period in the event of an interstate conflict in Asia.”

China’s military advancements come at a time of heightened tensions with Taiwan. The self-ruled island has become a focal point of Beijing’s assertive foreign policy. Despite these developments, the report suggests that China’s military power still has limitations when it comes to projecting force beyond its borders.

The 2024 Index provides a nuanced view of China’s power, neither presenting it as an unstoppable force nor as a declining entity. Instead, the report states that “China’s power is neither collapsing nor increasing exponentially. Instead, it shows China finding a new ‘settling point’—with power below that of the United States but well ahead of any other country in Asia.”

China’s military capability has improved, but the report underscores that its ability to project power remains constrained. The survey notes that while China has added more new capabilities than other countries in the Index, it still faces challenges in projecting power on a global scale. “China will not exceed the US in terms of overall Military Capability for the foreseeable future, but that may not be needed to achieve its strategic objectives in East Asia, including Taiwan and the South China Sea,” the report concludes.

The Asia Power Index reveals the evolving landscape of power in Asia, with the U.S. retaining its dominant position but facing increasing competition from China. India’s rise and Japan’s shift toward security play a crucial role in the region’s changing dynamics. Meanwhile, China’s power has plateaued, indicating a stable but uncertain future for its influence in Asia.

PM Modi Unveils Vision for India’s Development to Over 13,000 in New York

Uniondale, New York: Despite the setbacks in this year’s elections, Prime Minister Narendra Modi remains steadfast in his vision for India. Addressing a large Indian community gathering, Modi emphasized that his vision and programs would remain unchanged even as he now leads a coalition government.

Speaking to a packed Nassau Coliseum, where over 13,000 people gathered for the Modi&US event on September 22, Modi declared, “In my 3rd term, I will work with three times more energy, speed, and commitment towards making India a developed nation.” His promise was met with enthusiastic applause from the audience.

Modi introduced a blueprint, referred to as ‘PUSHP,’ which he said would guide India toward the goal of becoming a “Viksit Bharat,” or developed nation. The acronym ‘PUSHP’ stands for Progressive, Unstoppable, Skilled and Spiritual, Humanity First, and Prosperous. He elaborated that the country was already on this path due to its focus on education, skill-building, research, and innovation.

During his hour-long address, the Prime Minister highlighted India’s transformation in various industries. Notably, he mentioned how the country, once a major importer of mobile phones, had now become an exporter. He went on to predict, “The day is not far when Made in India chips will be available in America,” signaling a new level of technological progress for India.

Modi also underscored India’s growing influence on the global stage. “Today, when India says something on a global platform, the world listens,” he said. He cited his statement, “This is not the era of war,” made on an international stage, noting how its importance was recognized worldwide.

In particular, he praised India’s humanitarian role, emphasizing how the country had emerged as a key player in global crises. Referring to India’s pivotal role in distributing Covid-19 vaccines during the pandemic, Modi added, “India has become a first responder in global crises and remains a strong voice for the Global South.”

Strengthening U.S.-India Ties

Modi’s speech was filled with praise for the Indian community in the United States. He described them as a bridge connecting India and America, highlighting their limitless skills and talents. “Even though you have traveled overseas, no sea is deep enough to distance you from your motherland,” he told the audience, emphasizing the deep bond the Indian diaspora continues to have with their homeland.

In a move that excited many in the crowd, Modi announced the establishment of two new Indian consulates in the United States: one in Boston and another in Los Angeles. This follows the opening of a consulate in Seattle last year, further strengthening ties between the two nations.

Modi appeared relaxed and confident throughout the event, dressed in his signature kurta-pajama and jacket. His confidence was matched by the enthusiasm of the crowd, many of whom were captivated by his promises and well-rehearsed slogans such as “Modi ki guarantee hai” (“It’s Modi’s guarantee”). This marked his fifth large-scale rally with the Indian diaspora in the U.S., following the first at Madison Square Garden in New York in 2014.

Electrifying Atmosphere

The Modi&US event once again demonstrated the Prime Minister’s popularity among the Indian diaspora. The energy in the arena was electric, with the excitement palpable both inside and outside the venue. As Modi’s arrival was eagerly anticipated, the crowd enjoyed a variety of performances that celebrated India’s diverse culture. Outside the arena, dhol drums filled the air, while inside, more than 400 artists performed traditional dances like garba and mihu, alongside Bollywood-inspired acts. The celebration of India’s rich heritage set a festive tone for the gathering, which also attracted around 500 people who were seated outside.

The musical performances were another highlight of the event, with popular singers like Aditya Gadhvi, rapper Hanumankind, and Bollywood music composer Devi Sri Prasad captivating the audience. Additional performances by Aishwariya Majumdar, Chandrika Tandon, and twin sisters Kiran and Nivi added a mix of Indian classical and Western songs to the event’s cultural flair.

Diaspora’s Enthusiasm

Leaders within the Indian community expressed their pride and excitement at hosting Prime Minister Modi. Jagdish Sewhani, a prominent community leader, commented on the significance of the visit, saying, “We in Nassau County are proud and excited that an Indian prime minister, the most popular leader in the world, visited here. This was a non-political community event. We want Modi ji to tell us in the diaspora what we can do for Bharat.” Sewhani also noted that Nassau County had earlier hosted T20 World Cup matches, further deepening the connection between India and the local community.

Attendees of the event shared similar sentiments, expressing admiration for Modi’s leadership and the progress India has made under his governance. Rashmin Master, a Certified Public Accountant (CPA) who has lived in New York for 30 years, praised Modi’s achievements, citing initiatives such as the Swachh Bharat (Clean India) campaign, infrastructure development, improved security, and enhanced foreign relations. Master’s wife, Kalpana, a pediatrician, emphasized how India’s disadvantaged communities had benefited from the country’s economic progress under Modi’s leadership.

Looking Ahead

Modi’s address left the audience inspired and hopeful about India’s future, with his vision for a developed India resonating strongly with the crowd. His mention of the PUSHP blueprint and India’s technological advances were seen as signs that the nation is on the path to achieving greater global prominence.

The Indian community in the U.S. has long played a vital role in fostering ties between the two countries, and Modi’s outreach to the diaspora further strengthened those bonds. The event was a testament to the vibrant relationship between the U.S. and India, with the Indian-American community playing a crucial role in the success of both nations.

As Modi concluded his speech, the message was clear: India’s growth, progress, and global standing will continue to rise, backed by a determined and united effort from both the country and its citizens abroad.

Modi Meets Global Tech Leaders in New York, Calls for Stronger Collaboration in Emerging Technologies

Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi recently met with global technology leaders in New York during a roundtable event hosted by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) School of Engineering. The gathering provided a platform for discussions on several key emerging technologies, such as Artificial Intelligence (AI), Quantum Computing, Biotechnology, Life Sciences, and Semiconductor technologies, reflecting the rapidly evolving global technological landscape.

The meeting brought together CEOs from various major tech companies to explore how advancements in these fields are shaping industries worldwide and positively influencing societies, both globally and in India. The roundtable discussions focused on how technology is revolutionizing not just the global economy but also contributing to human development. This dialogue comes at a time when these industries are expected to play a critical role in driving economic growth and societal improvements in the coming years.

Prime Minister Modi expressed his appreciation for MIT’s School of Engineering and its leadership, particularly recognizing the contributions of the dean for organizing the event. He emphasized that technological collaborations, particularly through the Initiative on Critical and Emerging Technologies (ICET), serve as the foundation for the Comprehensive Global Strategic Partnership between India and the United States. “The efforts of MIT and its leaders are crucial in facilitating dialogues that are helping shape the future of technology,” Modi stated.

The Prime Minister also reiterated his vision for India’s economic growth. He expressed confidence that India will become the third-largest economy globally during his third term as Prime Minister. As part of his mission to achieve this milestone, Modi encouraged the industry leaders present to leverage India’s growth story by collaborating with Indian enterprises. He urged the CEOs to co-develop, co-design, and co-produce technologies in India, emphasizing the country’s increasing focus on innovation, intellectual property protection, and the creation of a conducive environment for technological advancement.

He further noted the role of India’s government in fostering a business-friendly environment for tech innovation. “India is committed to protecting intellectual property rights and ensuring that companies benefit from the country’s expanding technological and economic landscape,” said Modi. He underscored how India has transformed over the years, particularly in electronics and information technology manufacturing, semiconductor production, biotechnology, and green energy development.

A key focus of Modi’s discussions was India’s potential as a global leader in semiconductor manufacturing. The Indian government has set ambitious goals to position the country as a hub for this critical industry, which is essential to technological advancements across numerous sectors. “We want India to become a global hub for semiconductor manufacturing, and we are creating an ecosystem to support that vision,” Modi explained.

Additionally, Modi introduced the BIO E3 policy, a new initiative aimed at making India a biotech powerhouse. This policy is expected to foster innovation in the biotechnology sector and create opportunities for both Indian and international firms. “India is committed to becoming a leader in biotechnology, and our BIO E3 policy is a testament to that commitment,” he said.

The Prime Minister also discussed India’s approach to AI, reiterating the country’s focus on responsible and ethical use. The “AI for All” policy underscores the need to ensure that AI technologies are not only accessible but also developed with ethics in mind. He noted that India’s emphasis on the ethical use of AI positions the country as a key player in global discussions about the future of technology. “Our approach to AI is centered around responsible and ethical use, and we are committed to making AI a tool for societal good,” Modi remarked.

Throughout the discussions, the global technology leaders expressed a strong interest in deepening their investments in India. They acknowledged the country’s growing importance as a global technology hub, noting its business-friendly policies and the enormous potential in the Indian market. In particular, the tech leaders recognized India’s thriving startup ecosystem, which provides a fertile ground for the development and scaling of new technologies. “India’s innovation-friendly policies and expanding market offer immense opportunities for collaboration, particularly in the startup ecosystem,” said one CEO.

The enthusiasm of the participants underscored the potential for future collaborations between India and global technology firms. With India’s government prioritizing key sectors such as AI, biotech, and semiconductors, the country is positioning itself as an attractive destination for technological investments. “India is emerging as a critical player in the global technology landscape, and we look forward to further deepening our collaborations in the future,” one tech leader commented.

The roundtable was chaired by Professor Anantha Chandrakasan, chief innovation and strategy officer and dean of the MIT School of Engineering. He expressed gratitude to both Prime Minister Modi and the CEOs for their active participation in the event. Chandrakasan emphasized MIT’s commitment to advancing technology for the benefit of society. “MIT is dedicated to pushing the boundaries of innovation and ensuring that technology is accessible to global communities,” he said. Chandrakasan’s words highlighted the importance of collaboration between academia, industry, and governments in driving technological progress.

Among the prominent tech CEOs who attended the roundtable were leaders from major corporations, including Accenture, Adobe, AMD, Google, IBM, and NVIDIA, among others. The presence of these executives underscores the significance of the event and the importance of India’s role in the global technology ecosystem. The discussions during the roundtable are expected to pave the way for new initiatives and collaborations that will shape the future of technology and innovation.

The roundtable in New York reinforced India’s emergence as a key player in the global technological space, especially in fields such as AI, biotech, and semiconductor technologies. Prime Minister Modi’s engagement with the global tech community demonstrated India’s readiness to lead in these sectors while fostering strong international partnerships. With ambitious goals, innovative policies, and a growing market, India is well-positioned to become a global hub for technology in the years to come.

Modi to Attend Quad Summit and Address UN ‘Summit of the Future’ During U.S. Visit

Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi is set to embark on a three-day official trip to the United States from September 21 to 24. This visit will include his participation in the annual Quad Leaders’ Summit and an address at the ‘Summit of the Future’ during the United Nations General Assembly (UNGA). The trip highlights India’s growing role on the global stage, focusing on multilateral partnerships and fostering relations with major world economies.

The fourth Quad Leaders’ Summit will take place in Wilmington, Delaware, and will be hosted by U.S. President Joe Biden. This summit is especially notable as it may be the last for Biden, who has announced he will not seek a second term, and for Japan’s Prime Minister Fumio Kishida, who is also expected to step down from his post. The summit will see participation from leaders of Australia, Japan, India, and the United States, continuing the momentum of the Quad partnership. According to a statement from India’s Ministry of External Affairs (MEA), India has been chosen to host the next Quad Summit in 2025.

The Quad—an informal grouping between the United States, India, Australia, and Japan—has grown in significance in recent years, serving as a strategic platform for discussing issues relevant to the Indo-Pacific region. Quad Foreign Ministers have held eight meetings in recent years, and regular coordination at all levels among the four governments has become routine.

“The leaders will review the progress achieved by the Quad over the last one year and set the agenda for the year ahead to assist the countries of the Indo-Pacific region in meeting their development goals and aspirations,” the MEA said, adding that India’s hosting of the 2025 summit followed a request from the U.S. to host the current one. The focus of this year’s Quad discussions will be on how to address the developmental needs of the Indo-Pacific region, a strategically important area where economic, environmental, and security issues are of increasing concern.

Modi’s participation at the United Nations General Assembly will center on the ‘Summit of the Future,’ scheduled for September 23. The theme of the summit, ‘Multilateral Solutions for a Better Tomorrow,’ reflects an emphasis on global cooperation to address challenges in the 21st century. The summit is expected to bring together world leaders to discuss multilateral strategies for addressing critical issues, including climate change, economic stability, and peacekeeping.

In addition to his participation in the Quad Summit and the UNGA, Prime Minister Modi will engage in a number of key diplomatic meetings during his time in the United States. These meetings will include discussions with several world leaders on issues of mutual interest. Bilateral discussions will likely touch on topics such as trade, defense cooperation, and other areas of shared concern between India and other nations.

On September 22, Modi is scheduled to address the Indian community in New York. These gatherings of the Indian diaspora have become a regular feature of his international visits, aimed at strengthening ties between India and its overseas citizens. Indian-Americans have long played a vital role in deepening economic, cultural, and diplomatic ties between the two countries, and Modi’s address will likely focus on enhancing this relationship.

In addition to his address to the Indian community, Modi will hold meetings with top executives from leading U.S.-based companies. These meetings are seen as an opportunity to explore avenues for increased collaboration between Indian and American firms, particularly in high-tech sectors such as artificial intelligence (AI), quantum computing, semiconductors, and biotechnology. India’s growing tech industry, coupled with its skilled workforce, makes the country an attractive partner for U.S. tech giants, and Modi’s government has made fostering these relationships a priority.

“The Prime Minister is also expected to interact with thought leaders and other stakeholders active in the India-US bilateral landscape,” the MEA said in its statement, pointing to a broader agenda for the trip that encompasses both government-level and private sector interactions. These discussions are part of Modi’s broader diplomatic strategy of strengthening India’s global influence through economic partnerships, technology exchange, and fostering international alliances.

The visit is expected to further cement the India-U.S. relationship, which has been on an upward trajectory in recent years. As the world’s two largest democracies, India and the U.S. share numerous strategic and economic interests. This has resulted in growing cooperation in areas such as defense, trade, climate change, and technology. Modi’s interactions with American businesses and political leaders during this visit will likely focus on these key areas, with the aim of deepening the economic ties that are seen as critical for both nations’ long-term prosperity.

India’s participation in multilateral forums such as the Quad and the UN General Assembly underlines its increasing global influence. The Quad, which originally began as a loose grouping in response to regional challenges, has become a more structured partnership aimed at promoting security, stability, and development in the Indo-Pacific. The Indo-Pacific region, which includes the Indian and Pacific Oceans, is critical to global trade routes and has become a flashpoint for geopolitical competition, particularly as China seeks to assert its dominance in the area. The Quad countries, while not officially labeling the partnership as a counter to China, are widely seen as aligning in their efforts to maintain a free and open Indo-Pacific.

At the same time, Modi’s address at the United Nations will provide a platform for India to articulate its vision for a multilateral world order that responds to the challenges of the future. His speech is expected to touch on key issues like climate change, global health, economic development, and reforming international institutions to better reflect the contemporary global order.

India’s growing role in international organizations, including the G20 and BRICS, combined with its leadership in the Quad, demonstrates the country’s rising global stature. As the world grapples with numerous challenges, from climate change to global inequality, India has positioned itself as a voice for developing countries and a key player in shaping the international agenda.

This visit, while focused on the Quad and UN events, is part of Modi’s broader efforts to project India as a rising power on the world stage. It underscores India’s commitment to working with global partners to address regional and global issues. As the Indo-Pacific continues to be a region of strategic importance, India’s participation in the Quad and its leadership in multilateral forums will remain pivotal in shaping the future of the region.

Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s upcoming visit to the United States will be significant, not only for its role in strengthening India-U.S. relations but also for advancing India’s broader global agenda. Whether through the Quad, the UN, or bilateral meetings, the visit will underscore India’s increasing influence in global affairs and its commitment to fostering partnerships that promote peace, stability, and development.

Rahul Gandhi Emphasizes the Need for Love, Respect, and Humility in Indian Politics

Congress MP and Leader of Opposition (LoP) Rahul Gandhi, currently visiting the United States, addressed a gathering of the Indian diaspora in Dallas, Texas. In his speech, Gandhi expressed that his primary role in Indian politics is to promote values such as love, respect, and humility. He noted that these qualities are essential in shaping a healthy political environment.

“I see my role as Leader of Opposition is to inject the values of love, respect, and humility in Indian politics and all political parties,” Gandhi told the crowd. His comments come at a time when he is attempting to rally support from the Indian diaspora while continuing his strong opposition to the ruling Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) and Prime Minister Narendra Modi.

While addressing the Indian community, Gandhi pointed out that many of them share the same values that he seeks to promote in Indian politics. “I am speaking to Dallas, and who are you? You are people who have come from India, and the values that I have been describing—the values of the Constitution, respect, and humility—are in your heart, in your blood. You came to this country not with arrogance but with humility and love,” he remarked.

The Congress leader highlighted the important relationship between India and the United States. He emphasized that the bond between the two nations is crucial for both sides. “The US needs India, and India needs the US. You are the bridge between your old home and your new home. You should bring the ideas of India to the US and the ideas of the US to India,” Gandhi told the audience.

Gandhi took a moment to reflect on India’s national anthem, noting that it represents all states equally, without ranking one above the other. He connected this idea to the Indian Constitution. “Our Constitution clearly states that ‘India, that is Bharat, is a Union of States’—very much like the United States. We share the fact that we are the two biggest democracies and also that we are unions of states,” he explained.

Gandhi was particularly critical of the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS), the ideological parent of the BJP, as well as Prime Minister Modi. He accused the RSS of having a narrow view of India’s diversity. “The RSS believes that India is one idea, but we believe it is a multiplicity of ideas. Everyone should be allowed to participate and dream, regardless of their caste, language, religion, tradition, or history,” Gandhi stated, highlighting the Congress Party’s vision of an inclusive India.

“This is the fight,” he continued. “The fight was crystallised in the election when millions of people in India clearly understood that the Prime Minister of India was attacking the Constitution of India. The Union of States and respect for languages, religions, traditions, and caste are all in the Constitution. The foundation of modern India is the Constitution.”

During his speech, Gandhi argued that the BJP’s actions are undermining India’s Constitution. He warned that attacking the Constitution would also be an attack on India’s diverse religious traditions. “People understood that the BJP is attacking our tradition, language, states, histories, and most importantly, what they understood was that anybody who is attacking the Constitution of India is also attacking our religious tradition,” he said.

Rahul Gandhi referred to his first speech in Parliament, during which he mentioned “Abhayamudra,” a gesture symbolizing fearlessness that, according to him, is present in all Indian religions. “That is why, in my first speech in the Parliament, you must have noticed when I described Abhayamudra, the fact that this is a symbol of fearlessness, and it is present in every single Indian religion,” he told the audience, highlighting the deep cultural and religious significance of this symbol.

Continuing his criticism of the ruling BJP, Gandhi accused the party of failing to understand the essence of India’s religious and cultural diversity. “But the BJP doesn’t understand this, and we are going to make them understand,” he added, delivering a sharp rebuke to the current government.

Gandhi also pointed to a shift in public sentiment after recent elections. He claimed that the fear of the BJP, which had loomed large over the Indian political landscape, had dissipated following the results. “The other thing that happened was that the fear of the BJP vanished. We saw that immediately, within minutes of the election result, nobody in India was scared of the BJP or the Prime Minister of India. So these are huge achievements, not of Rahul Gandhi or the Congress party. We are peripheral,” he said, attributing this change to the people of India, rather than his own political efforts.

“These are huge achievements of the people of India who realised that we are not going to accept an attack on our Constitution. We are not going to accept an attack on our religion, on our state,” Gandhi stated. His remarks underscore his belief that the electorate in India is growing increasingly aware of the BJP’s alleged attempts to undermine the country’s democratic and constitutional principles.

Throughout his speech, Gandhi maintained a focus on the importance of constitutional values and inclusivity, positioning himself and the Congress Party as defenders of India’s democratic fabric. His visit to the United States and engagement with the Indian diaspora are part of a broader effort to consolidate support for his vision of a more inclusive and democratic India.

As Gandhi continues his three-day visit to the U.S., his message remains clear: he seeks to promote love, respect, and humility in Indian politics while standing firmly against what he views as the BJP’s assault on the Constitution and the nation’s diversity. His engagement with the diaspora not only emphasizes the importance of the India-U.S. relationship but also calls on Indians living abroad to help foster a stronger connection between their homeland and their new country.

Acclaiming Indian civilization’s contribution to the world

Comments from some eminent people in the US and India assessing India’s contribution to the world and its emerging role.

Soaring in the opinion polls, Vice President Kamala Harris may get elected as the first South Asian President of America. And if the Trump-Vance ticket triumphs, Usha Vance will become the first Hindu Second Lady.

Indian diaspora has dazzled the world by reaching the top echelons, not just in politics. India has become a global power player, earning the sobriquet,  ‘Vishwabandhu’ (friend of the world), particularly after supplying vaccines during the Covid pandemic to many nations.

Indians themselves would not be surprised by this welcome shift, however. Independent India may be only 77 years old, but it has at its back many millennia of civilizational wisdom rooted in the ancient texts of the Vedas and Upanishads, and the philosophical traditions of Buddhism and Jainism. This was elaborated by several eminent people in India and America invited to comment by New York-based ALotusInTheMud.com for a feature published to mark India’s 78th Independence Day.

Another running strain in their comments is that India has antidotes to many of the world’s ills. Its perennial principles of ahimsa and vasudhaiva kutumbakam (the world is one family), underscoring the importance of compassion, tolerance, and unity in diversity, are a beacon for addressing global challenges, promoting interfaith harmony and world peace, and fostering a sustainable and inclusive future. Read on for some comments excerpted from ALotusInTheMud.com:

Insight into the true nature of reality

~ Rajiv Mehrotra

India’s rich civilizational heritage is a diverse blend of cultural, philosophical, religious, and scientific contributions. These have had a profound impact not only on the Indian subcontinent but also on the rest of the world. Rooted in ancient traditions and knowledge systems, this heritage continues to evolve and adapt while inspiring and responding to present-day challenges.

At its core, it draws on spiritual traditions that encompass sophisticated, profound, and diverse mind-training techniques. These techniques combine method and wisdom to help us achieve a deep understanding and realization of the true nature of reality. This liberates us from the experience of ‘dukkha’, or the unsatisfactoriness we feel in our lives.

Different approaches to this are offered to individuals with different mental inclinations. These range from the path of action and devotion to knowledge and working with the body and mind to more esoteric and mystical practices. This celebration of diversity respects all faiths and traditions.

One of the most secular, inclusive, and accessible approaches is the practice of different forms of meditation. Science has empirically validated many of these practices, which can be pursued independently of any specific faith or belief system.

Meditation practice first trains our minds to concentrate, a valuable skill applicable in various areas of life. It then guides us to nurture compassion for all sentient beings, recognizing our interdependence with others, including our precious Mother Earth, and that change, or impermanence is the only constant in the scheme of things. This fosters a softening of our exaggerated sense of the ‘self’ (the I, my, me, mine) that suffers and spontaneously leads to values such as non-violence and a sense of the human species as a community.

Despite the time we dedicate to training ourselves for our professions or to appear physically attractive to others, we neglect to invest in training our minds to live peacefully with ourselves and others. India’s civilizational heritage, which has evolved and refined over thousands of years, offers us a way to achieve this. There is no greater contribution to our shared human heritage.

Rajiv Mehrotra is Honorary Trustee & Secretary, The Foundation for Universal Responsibility, Of H.H. The Dalai Lama, New Delhi

 A perfect prescription for a perfect world

~ Suma Varughese

I hesitate to make sweeping assertions about the glory of Indian civilization because I know very little about other civilizations, particularly the indigenous wisdom of Africa, Native America, or South America.

But I can safely say that no matter how lofty their wisdom, others may equal but never exceed the breadth and depth of Indian thought. It was this country that audaciously proclaimed that Oneness was the truth of existence. That the Creator and creation were one. Is there anything more inclusive than this? Oneness embraces everything and everyone. Nothing, and nobody, is left out. And what’s more, not only are we One, but all of creation, from the human to the amoeba, is holy.

The implications of a world that is both interconnected and divine are dazzling. If all of us internalized this understanding and lived by it, it would mean an end to all selfishness, conflict, and exploitation. Because in a world of Oneness, any wrong we do to the other is eventually visited upon ourselves. We are seeing this truth vividly unfold in the environmental crisis that grips us. The centuries of exploitation of our natural resources have today resulted in such extreme weather conditions that we still don’t know if we will survive it even if the planet does.

In a world that is breaking apart and looking blindly for answers, the Indian civilization can show the way out. From our systems like Ayurveda and Siddhi, architectural models like Vaastu Shastra, the gurukul education model, our art and dance traditions, our approach to astrology, our four-fold goals of human life – dharma (ethical conduct), artha (wealth), kama (fulfillment of desires) and moksha (liberation), and the four stages of human life from bachelorhood to renunciate, the world will learn how to live, heal, relate, eat, create, love and look after others.

Best of all, these systems are also designed to lead us to enlightenment, so not only will we lead lives of happiness, health, and harmony, but eventually and organically we will also evolve!

A perfect prescription for a perfect world.

Suma Varughese is a writing and spirituality mentor based in Mumbai. Former editor of Life Positive and Society magazines, she is the author of three books – Travelling Light, Travelling Lighter, and 50 Life Lessons.

Enhancing global advancement and cultural enrichment

~ Saket Bhatia

Indians excel globally due to their strong emphasis on education, family values, and adaptability. Education is paramount, and it drives them to pursue and excel in advanced studies. Strong family support provides stability and encourages individuals to take risks and innovate. India’s multicultural society promotes adaptability, allowing Indians to thrive in different environments and contribute positively.

Indians are making landmark contributions in the tech sector through innovation and development. Corporate leaders like Sundar Pichai and Satya Nadella, CEOs of Google and Microsoft, respectively, have scaled their organizations to new heights and continue transforming the technology industry with their visionary leadership and capability. Other esteemed CEOs such as Arvind Krishna of IBM and Shantanu Narayen of Adobe are pivotal in advancing technologies that touch and interact with daily life. Hundreds of thousands of other Indian technologists and entrepreneurs are pioneering trends in artificial intelligence, IT, education and healthcare by driving startups and innovating.

Indians have also made significant contributions globally in medicine, academia, arts, and humanities. At Novartis, CEO Vasant Narasimhan aims to discover new ways to improve and extend people’s lives. Nobel laureate Amartya Sen has influenced economics and social sciences.

In sports, India dominates in cricket and competes in the top echelons of badminton, field hockey, wrestling, and chess. In arts, Indians, at home or abroad,  have made a major contribution in movies, music and literature. Ravi Shankar and A.R. Rahman have introduced Indian music to the global audience. Bollywood, with its vibrant movies, has captivated audiences worldwide, promoting Indian culture and entertainment.

The Indian lifestyle continues to positively impact through its emphasis on wellness and spirituality. Yoga and meditation have received worldwide recognition, and their benefits in promoting mental and physical well-being are well-documented. India’s rich culinary history, acknowledged for its flavors and spices, is reshaping global cuisine. Indian festivals such as Diwali and Holi have become calendar events in many countries, fostering cross-cultural appreciation and understanding.

Indians’ contributions in almost all spheres of modern life highlight their diversity and impact in shaping global advancement and fostering cultural enrichment.

Saket Bhatia has a PhD in Electrical Engineering and founded two companies. Based in the Bay Area, he also has a PhD in Astrology and Numerology and sits on the Board of the International Association of Vedic Astrology and Numerology.

 Balanced approach to solve humanity’s problems

~ Nidhi Bhasin

As I reflect on the current state of global affairs, I am reminded of Charles Dickens’ quote that “it was the best of times, it was the worst of times…”. We have entered an era of conflicts which has resulted in supply chain disruptions, forced displacement of population, etc. Global climate change has aggravated, leading to food security issues. Violence against underprivileged women and children has also increased.

We can take guidance and inspiration from ancient Indian scriptures and philosophy, which teaches balance between science (for advancement of human race), spirituality (for growth of the soul), good governance (for overall prosperity of nation and equality in justice) and might (for protecting citizens from external attacks by an ethical military).
While we should not dwell in the past, we must apply the lessons learnt from India’s ancient tradition and apply them in the present to avoid past pitfalls.
I firmly believe that humanity needs to, now more than ever, drop their conceptions of old wrongs done to them, make peace with their enemies and live in harmony. This planet is facing an external threat, which is bigger than wars going on now, and that is the climate change crisis. Humanity needs to unite to face this issue together, else this planet will soon run out of food and water and will see massive ecological disasters, which will then displace millions of people resulting in increased social evils. Technology needs to be used as an enabler to fight climate change, to improve regenerative farming and increase farm yields, to enable underprivileged to skill and create financially sustainable livelihoods, and to help all sections access equitable justice.
Creating a world through nonviolence would be India’s greatest export and contribution to saving humanity from wars and miseries.

CEO of the NASSCOM (National Association of Software and Service Companies) Foundation, Nidhi Bhasin is a social development sector professional based in New Delhi.

India’s enduring legacy of peace, unity, and yoga

~ Rashmee Sharma

India’s civilizational contributions to the world are profound, particularly in the realms of non-violence, the concept of a unified humanity, and the spiritual discipline of yoga. These tenets form the bedrock of India’s long-standing ethos and offer invaluable insights into contemporary global challenges.
At the forefront of India’s philosophical heritage is the principle of non-violence, or ‘Ahimsa,’ eloquently championed by luminaries such as Mahatma Gandhi. This doctrine transcends mere abstention from physical aggression; it embodies a profound respect for all life forms and advocates for conflict resolution through dialogue and compassion.

Gandhi’s revolutionary application of non-violence catalyzed India’s struggle for independence and inspired global civil rights movements, showcasing the potency of peace in the pursuit of justice.
Inextricably linked to the pursuit of non-violence is the Indian vision of Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam, or ‘the world is one family.’ This ethos promotes a holistic worldview transcending geographical and cultural boundaries, embodying an ideal where cooperation and mutual respect supplant divisive ideologies. This ancient wisdom resonates with urgency in a polarized world, urging humanity toward collective harmony and understanding.
Moreover, India’s gift of yoga – an intricate tapestry of physical practice, mental discipline, and spiritual endeavor – is a testament to its civilizational legacy. Yoga fosters physical well-being and cultivates a sense of interconnectedness, urging practitioners toward unity with the self and the cosmos. As it gains global traction, yoga is a vital conduit for promoting mindfulness and compassion in an age marked by rapid change and disconnection.
Thus, India’s contributions – rooted in non-violence, a unified worldview, and the practice of yoga – offer essential paradigms for a world yearning for peace, understanding, and holistic wellness.

Dr Rashmee Sharma, PhD, is the Co-Founder and co-CEO of Roshni Media Group, RAYWA, and FireTalk777, exploring life’s brilliance through media, spirituality, and conversations. She is based in Florida.

(Courtesy: www.ALotusInTheMud.com)

Modi to Address UN General Assembly, Highlighting India’s Role in Global Affairs

Prime Minister Narendra Modi is set to return to the United Nations General Assembly (UNGA) for a significant address on September 26. This marks his first appearance at the high-level session since 2021, underscoring India’s active involvement on the international stage. The 79th session of the UNGA, which will bring together global leaders in New York, comes at a crucial time as the world faces multiple challenges, from geopolitical tensions to global health emergencies.

Modi’s speech is eagerly awaited as it will reflect India’s foreign policy priorities and its contributions to addressing global issues. The UNGA session is expected to cover several key themes, including international security, climate action, and sustainable development, all while emphasizing the importance of strengthening multilateralism. This year’s assembly will also focus on the adoption of the Pact for the Future, a framework aimed at enhancing global governance. Key components of this pact include the Global Digital Compact and a Declaration on Future Generations, both of which are intended to promote cooperation on technological advancements and protect the interests of future generations.

As the leader of the world’s largest democracy, Prime Minister Modi’s participation in the UNGA is pivotal in shaping global initiatives towards peace, stability, and prosperity. His address is expected to outline India’s strategies and commitments to fostering international cooperation and addressing the pressing needs of developing nations. This engagement highlights India’s proactive role in global diplomacy and its readiness to contribute to a more stable and equitable international order.

India’s voice at the UNGA carries significant weight, particularly in discussions about global governance and international cooperation. “India’s participation in the UNGA is crucial in shaping the global agenda,” noted a senior diplomat. Modi’s speech is likely to emphasize India’s support for multilateralism and its call for reforms in international institutions, such as the United Nations, to make them more inclusive and representative of the current global realities.

During his address, Modi is expected to focus on key issues such as international security, with an emphasis on combating terrorism and promoting peace. He will likely reiterate India’s commitment to playing a constructive role in maintaining global peace and stability. Given the increasing geopolitical tensions, Modi’s stance on these matters will be closely watched by the international community.

Another significant theme of Modi’s speech is expected to be climate action. As a country that is highly vulnerable to the impacts of climate change, India has been at the forefront of advocating for stronger global commitments to combat climate change. “India has always advocated for climate justice and equitable solutions that consider the needs of developing countries,” Modi has previously stated. His address at the UNGA is expected to reinforce India’s commitment to sustainable development and highlight its efforts to transition to a greener economy.

The UNGA session will also focus on the Pact for the Future, which aims to improve global governance frameworks. A key element of this pact is the Global Digital Compact, which seeks to establish principles for digital cooperation and governance. This initiative is particularly relevant as the world becomes increasingly digitalized, and issues such as data privacy, cybersecurity, and digital inequality become more pressing. Modi’s address is expected to support this initiative and highlight India’s digital advancements and contributions to global digital governance.

Furthermore, the Declaration on Future Generations, another component of the Pact for the Future, aims to ensure that the rights and needs of future generations are considered in today’s decision-making processes. India is expected to advocate for stronger international cooperation to safeguard the planet for future generations, reflecting its long-standing emphasis on sustainable development and intergenerational equity.

Modi’s return to the UNGA also symbolizes India’s growing influence and assertiveness on the global stage. Over the past few years, India has been actively participating in various international forums and has been vocal about its stance on key global issues. “India’s proactive engagement in global diplomacy showcases its readiness to contribute to a more stable and equitable international order,” said an analyst. Modi’s speech will likely highlight India’s achievements and aspirations, emphasizing its role as a leading voice for developing countries and a champion of global peace and prosperity.

In addition to outlining India’s foreign policy priorities, Modi’s address at the UNGA will likely include a call for greater international solidarity and cooperation in addressing global challenges. The COVID-19 pandemic, for instance, has underscored the importance of global cooperation in health and economic recovery. Modi is expected to urge the international community to work together to build a more resilient and inclusive global health system.

Modi’s participation in the UNGA comes at a time when India is increasingly seen as a key player in global affairs. With its rapidly growing economy, large population, and strategic location, India’s role in shaping the global agenda is more important than ever. The country’s leadership in various international initiatives, such as the International Solar Alliance and the Coalition for Disaster Resilient Infrastructure, has further cemented its position as a global leader in promoting sustainable development and resilience.

As Modi prepares to address the UNGA, there is a sense of anticipation and expectation about the messages he will convey and the positions he will take. His speech will be an opportunity for India to reaffirm its commitment to multilateralism, sustainable development, and global cooperation. It will also be a chance to showcase India’s achievements and highlight its contributions to global peace, stability, and prosperity.

CBI Busts Gurugram-Based Call Center, Arrests 43 Cyber Criminals in International Crackdown ‘Chakra-III

The Central Bureau of Investigation (CBI) apprehended 43 alleged cyber criminals on July 26 during raids at a Gurugram-based call center. This call center had been operational since 2022 and was involved in defrauding people in other countries under the guise of repairing their computer software.

In an effort to dismantle the cyber-enabled financial crime network, the CBI executed the third round of a crackdown, code-named ‘Chakra-III,’ in collaboration with international law enforcement agencies, including the United States’ Federal Bureau of Investigation and Interpol.

The operation commenced after the CBI’s International Operations Division registered a first information report (FIR) on July 22, alleging offences under various provisions of the Indian Penal Code and the Information Technology Act.

“Searches were conducted at seven locations across Delhi, Gurugram, and Noida…The transnational cyber-enabled financial crimes in this network were being coordinated across distributed centres mainly directed from a call centre operating from DLF Cyber City, Gurugram,” said an agency official.

Phones, laptops seized

The searches were carried out while the accused individuals were in the process of defrauding some foreigners. The CBI team confiscated 130 computer hard disks, 65 mobile phones, five laptops, incriminating documents, financial transaction details, call recordings, details of victims, and the transcripts used to deceive them.

The victims were tricked into clicking “pop-up” messages that permitted the download of malicious software onto their computer systems. Pretending to be representatives of software companies, the gang members would then charge the victims for restoring their systems. The agency discovered that the proceeds were being funneled from multiple countries to Hong Kong.

Second phase

In October 2023, during the ‘Chakra-II’ operation, the CBI made significant strides in two cases involving an international online investment scam worth hundreds of crores. This scam targeted Indians under the pretext of investment, loans, and job opportunities. Additionally, a cyber-enabled impersonation racket had defrauded Singaporean citizens.

In the first case, the agency alleged that the funds raised were laundered through a complex network of UPI accounts, eventually converging into cryptocurrency or gold purchases using forged credentials. The CBI identified 137 shell companies, many registered with the Registrar of Companies in Bengaluru, involved in these fraudulent activities. The second case involved over 300 cyber-enabled frauds linked to more than 100 Indian bank accounts across 10 States/Union Territories. Social engineering tactics such as phishing, vishing, smishing, and fraudulent tech support were employed to cheat over 400 Singaporean citizens.

Regarding five other cases covered under ‘Chakra-II,’ the identified illegal call centers had affected over 2,000 Amazon and Microsoft customers, primarily in the United States, but also in Australia, Canada, Germany, Spain, and the United Kingdom.

The first edition of the operation, named ‘Chakra-I,’ was launched in October 2022 when two call centers run by cyber criminals since 2014-15 were discovered in Pune and Ahmedabad. The perpetrators made clandestine calls to potential targets in the U.S., luring them into making payments on various pretexts. These masked calls were made using Voice over Internet Protocol technology to avoid detection. The FBI had provided the initial information about the scam.

New Research Challenges Aryan Invasion Theory, Reveals Indigenous Origins of Harappan Civilization

In a significant challenge to the widely accepted “Aryan Invasion” theory, an Indo-US team of researchers unveiled scientific evidence from the Harappan era suggesting that large-scale migration from central Asia to India did not occur.

This research, published in Cell, one of the world’s leading journals, not only refutes the Aryan migration theory but also posits that the hunter-gatherers of Southeast Asia evolved into farming communities independently and were the creators of the Harappan civilization.

Researchers compared their findings from samples collected from 11 other skeletons worldwide with known scientific data to form a comprehensive understanding of the complex migration patterns observed in Asia a few thousand years ago. “The ancient DNA results completely reject the theory of Steppe pastoral or ancient Iranian farmers as a source of ancestry to the Harappan population. It demolishes the hypothesis about mass human migration during Harappan time from outside South Asia or before,” stated V S Shinde, an archaeologist at Deccan College Post-Graduate and Research Institute in Pune and one of the study’s lead authors. Although the Rakhigarhi samples show traces of genes of Iranian lineage, these genes date back 11,000-12,000 years, which is far before the Harappan civilization. Since 7000 BCE, there is no evidence of South Asian genes mixing with Central Asian genes. “Research showed the Vedic culture was developed by indigenous people of South Asia,” Shinde emphasized. The knowledge of agriculture was indigenous as the prehistoric hunter-gatherers learned farming on their own. “This does not mean that movements of people were unimportant in the introduction of farming economies at a later date,” the researchers noted.

However, several scholars are hesitant to completely dismiss the Aryan invasion theory, acknowledging that the study opens new research avenues. “Rakhigarhi doesn’t really apply to the Aryan period. It’s prior to that,” commented an eminent historian not associated with the study, who preferred to remain anonymous.

A scientist at the Birbal Sahani Institute of Paleobotany, Lucknow, and one of the co-authors of the study, told DH that the research also pointed towards an “Out of India” theory around 2500-3000 BCE. This evidence stems from a related study by the same group of researchers, published simultaneously in the journal Science. The genome of the Rakhigarhi woman matched those of 11 other ancient individuals who lived in present-day Iran and Turkmenistan, at sites known to have exchanged objects with the Indus Valley Civilization. All 12 had a unique mix of ancestry, including a lineage related to Southeast Asian hunter-gatherers and an Iranian-related lineage specific to South Asia.

The Indus Valley Civilization, which at its peak from 2600 to 1900 BCE spanned a vast region of northwestern South Asia, was one of the world’s first large-scale urban societies. Yet, many questions about ancient Indian civilization remain unanswered.

India Stuns South Africa By Winning T20 World Cup Title

History was made with India beating South Africa, and clinching their second ICC T20 World Cup title with a seven-run win at the at the Kensington Oval in Bridgetown, Barbados on Saturday, June 29th, 2024.

Electing to bat on a dry surface, 2007 champions India overcame a top-order meltdown to post a competitive 176-7. South Africa got off to a fine start with three wickets within the Powerplay, including skipper Rohit SharmaRishabh Pant and Suryakumar Yadav. Keshav Maharaj of South Africa struck twice with wickets of Rohit Sharma and Rishabh Pant while Kagiso Rabada snapped up Suryakumar Yadav as India lost 3 wickets inside the powerplay.

India, however, made a recovery with Virat Kohli and Axar Patel putting up a 72-run stand for the fourth wicket – the highest by an Indian pair in a final.

Virat Kohli struck his first 50 of this World Cup and Axar Patel smashed 47 to power India to a healthy total. While Axar fell after a quickfire 47, Kohli struck a 48-ball half-century – the second-slowest among Indians – before finishing on 76. India, however, put up a competitive 176/7 total – the highest first-innings score in a final across nine editions. Anrich Nortje and Keshav Maharaj claimed two wickets apiece for South Africa.

Virat Kohli’s score of 76 made India reach the highest ever team total in the history of the T20 World Cup final. Shivam Dube supported him in the death, scoring 27 runs.

The Proteas suffered a top order collapse of their own, but Quinton de Kock (39) and Tristan Stubbs (31) put their chase back on track. Heinrich Klaasen (52) then counter-attacked in spectacular fashion but India’s impeccable death-overs bowling restricted South Africa to 169-8.

Indian bowlers, especially Jasprit Bumrah, Hardik Pandya and Arshdeep Singh kept calm in the end as India snatched victory from the jaws of defeat as they finally ended their 11-year ICC trophy drought and won the T20 World Cup for the second time in their history by beating South Africa by 7 runs.

South Africa’s chase stiffened at the loss of the fourth wicket in the chase at 106, but number five Heinrich Klaasen compiled a 23-ball half-century, the quickest in any final, to charge the team towards the target.

Pandya landed the decisive blow with the first delivery of the over, dismissing David Miller on the back of Suryakumar Yadav’s incredible catch at the long-off boundary. While Kagiso Rabada managed a four and a single off the next three deliveries, Hardik held his nerve and dismissed the left-hander off the penultimate to seal India’s epochal win in Bridgetown.

India marked a turnaround in the 17th over when Hardik Pandya snapped up Klaasen on 53, conceding only four runs. Jasprit Bumrah followed up with a spellbinding over, conceding only two runs while cleaning up Marco Jansen, leaving South Africa a 20-run deficit. Arshdeep Singh then delivered a spotless over, conceding four runs, leaving South Africa with 16 to get in the final over.

Last week India advanced to the final of the T20 World Cup with a crushing 68-run win over England in the second semifinal. England was bowled out for just 103 in its run chase of 172 after Indian captain Rohit Sharma starred with another half-century.

India skipper Rohit also became the first captain to win 50 men’s T20Is, appearing in his second T20 World Cup as the skipper of the side. Rohit had previously led India to the World Test Championship final and the ODI World Cup final in 2023, finishing runner-up behind Australia on both occasions.

This is India’s first title since their ICC Champions Trophy win in 2013 and their second T20 World Cup trophy since edging Pakistan by five runs in the inaugural final in Johannesburg in 2007. It is India’s second T20 title, having won the inaugural tournament in 2007, and first World Cup win in either format since the 2011 50-over competition. For South Africa it was a horrible defeat that brought back all of the pain of World Cups past.

“We play the sport for this, I am really over the moon,” said India’s pace spearhead Jasprit Bumrah, adjudged player-of-the-tournament. “We’ve been working really hard towards this, no better feeling than that. We play sport for the big stages. On the big day, you have to give more.”

Moody’s Projects India to Lead Asia-Pacific Economic Growth in 2024

India is set to retain its position as the fastest-growing economy in the Asia-Pacific region in 2024, according to Moody’s Ratings. This growth will be driven by continued domestic momentum established in the previous year.

Moody’s released a report titled “Credit Conditions – Asia-Pacific H2 2024 Credit Outlook,” highlighting that Indonesia, the Philippines, and India have shown remarkable growth in the first half of 2024. These countries are expected to exceed their pre-COVID growth rates due to increasing exports, strong local demand, and significant government infrastructure spending.

The report emphasizes India’s sustained growth trajectory, stating, “India will remain the region’s fastest-growing economy, sustaining last year’s domestically driven momentum. We anticipate policy continuity after the general election, and a continued focus on infrastructure development and encouragement of private sector investment.”

India, along with ASEAN economies, is expected to benefit from stronger portfolio inflows, spurred by solid corporate credit metrics and attractive valuations.

Moody’s recently forecasted that India’s economy will grow by 6.8 percent in the current year and 6.5 percent in 2025, driven by robust economic expansion and policy stability following the elections.

In 2023, India’s real GDP grew by 7.7 percent, up from 6.5 percent in 2022, fueled by substantial government capital spending and a thriving manufacturing sector.

Modi Sworn in for Historic Third Term as Prime Minister, Unveils Extensive Cabinet Lineup

Narendra Modi was sworn in today for his third consecutive term as Prime Minister, matching the feat of India’s first Prime Minister, Jawaharlal Nehru, with three electoral victories. The ceremony at the Rashtrapati Bhavan drew crowds, with Modi clad in a traditional white kurta and blue waistcoat, ascending the steps amidst a display of honor guards. Immediately following him were key Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) figures Rajnath Singh, Amit Shah, and Nitin Gadkari.

While the event saw the presence of leaders from neighboring South Asian countries such as Bangladesh, the Maldives, and Sri Lanka, notable absences included top officials from China and Pakistan, India’s regional rivals.

Modi’s new cabinet comprises 30 Cabinet Ministers, 5 Ministers of State with Independent Charge, and 36 Ministers of State, reflecting a diverse array of talent and experience. This expansive team aims to tackle the multifaceted challenges facing the nation.

In the recent elections, Modi’s BJP secured 240 seats, falling short of a majority in the 543-member lower house. However, with the support of allies, particularly within the National Democratic Alliance (NDA), they managed to surpass the 272-seat majority threshold, securing a total of 293 seats.

The swearing-in ceremony witnessed the oath-taking of several prominent figures:

– Rajnath Singh

– Amit Shah

– Nitin Gadkari

– JP Nadda

– Shivraj Singh Chouhan

– Nirmala Sitharaman

– S Jaishankar

– Manohar Lal Khattar

– HD Kumaraswamy

– Piyush Goyal

– Dharmendra Pradhan

– Jitan Ram Manjhi

– Rajiv Ranjan Singh alias Lalan Singh

– Sarbananda Sonowal

– Dr Virendra Kumar

– Kinjarapu Ram Mohan Naidu

– Pralhad Joshi

– Jual Oram

– Giriraj Singh

– Ashwini Vaishnaw

– Jyotiraditya Scindia

– Bhupender Yadav

– Gajendra Singh Shekhawat

– Annapurna Devi

– Kiren Rijiju

– Hardeep Singh Puri

– Mansukh Mandaviya

– G Kishan Reddy

– Chirag Paswan

– CR Patil

Additionally, those taking oath as Ministers of State with Independent Charge include:

– Rao Inderjit Singh

– Jitendra Singh

– Arjun Ram Meghwal

– Prataprao Ganpatrao Jadhav

– Jayant Chaudhary

Furthermore, the Ministers of State are:

– Jitin Prasada

– Shripad Naik

– Pankaj Chaudhary

– Krishan Pal Gurjar

– Ramdas Athawale

– Ram Nath Thakur

– Nityanand Rai

– Anupriya Patel

– V Somanna

– Dr Chandra Sekhar Pemmasani

– SP Singh Baghel

– Shobha Karandlaje

– Kirti Vardhan Singh

– BL Verma

– Shantanu Thakur

– Suresh Gopi

– L Murugan

– Ajay Tamta

– Bandi Sanjay Kumar

– Kamlesh Paswan

– Bhagirath Chaudhary

– Satish Chandra Dubey

– Sanjay Seth

– Ravneet Singh Bittu

– Durga Das Uikey

– Raksha Khadse

– Sukanta Majumdar

– Savitri Thakur

– Tokhan Sahu

– Rajbhushan Chaudhary

– Bhupathiraju Srinivasa Varma

– Harsh Malhotra

– Nimuben Jayantibhai Bambhaniya

– Murlidhar Mohol

– George Kurian

– Pabitra Margherita

This extensive lineup reflects a diverse mix of leaders committed to serving the nation under Modi’s leadership, setting the stage for a dynamic and ambitious governance agenda ahead.

President of India Allocates Portfolios Among Union Council of Ministers

In a significant reshuffling of the Union Council of Ministers, the President of India, following the advice of the Prime Minister, has directed the allocation of portfolios among the members of the cabinet. The official announcement, released by the President’s Secretariat, outlines the responsibilities assigned to each minister, reflecting a strategic approach to governance and administration.

Prime Minister’s Responsibilities:

Prime Minister Shri Narendra Modi will continue to hold the positions of:

  • Ministry of Personnel, Public Grievances and Pensions
  • Department of Atomic Energy
  • Department of Space
  • All important policy issues
  • All other portfolios not allocated to any Minister

President of India Allocates Portfolios Among Union Council of Ministers 1

Cabinet Ministers:

  1. Shri Raj Nath Singh – Minister of Defence
  2. Shri Amit Shah – Minister of Home Affairs and Minister of Cooperation
  3. Shri Nitin Jairam Gadkari – Minister of Road Transport and Highways
  4. Shri Jagat Prakash Nadda – Minister of Health and Family Welfare, and Minister of Chemicals and Fertilizers
  5. Shri Shivraj Singh Chouhan – Minister of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare, and Minister of Rural Development
  6. Smt. Nirmala Sitharaman – Minister of Finance, and Minister of Corporate Affairs
  7. Dr. Subrahmanyam Jaishankar – Minister of External Affairs
  8. Shri Manohar Lal – Minister of Housing and Urban Affairs, and Minister of Power
  9. Shri H. D. Kumaraswamy – Minister of Heavy Industries, and Minister of Steel
  10. Shri Piyush Goyal – Minister of Commerce and Industry
  11. Shri Dharmendra Pradhan – Minister of Education
  12. Shri Jitan Ram Manjhi – Minister of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises
  13. Shri Rajiv Ranjan Singh alias Lalan Singh – Minister of Panchayati Raj, and Minister of Fisheries, Animal Husbandry and Dairying
  14. Shri Sarbananda Sonowal – Minister of Ports, Shipping and Waterways
  15. Dr. Virendra Kumar – Minister of Social Justice and Empowerment
  16. Shri Kinjarapu Rammohan Naidu – Minister of Civil Aviation
  17. Shri Pralhad Joshi – Minister of Consumer Affairs, Food and Public Distribution, and Minister of New and Renewable Energy
  18. Shri Jual Oram – Minister of Tribal Affairs
  19. Shri Giriraj Singh – Minister of Textiles
  20. Shri Ashwini Vaishnaw – Minister of Railways, Minister of Information and Broadcasting, and Minister of Electronics and Information Technology
  21. Shri Jyotiraditya M. Scindia – Minister of Communications, and Minister of Development of North Eastern Region
  22. Shri Bhupender Yadav – Minister of Environment, Forest and Climate Change
  23. Shri Gajendra Singh Shekhawat – Minister of Culture, and Minister of Tourism
  24. Smt. Annpurna Devi – Minister of Women and Child Development
  25. Shri Kiren Rijiju – Minister of Parliamentary Affairs, and Minister of Minority Affairs
  26. Shri Hardeep Singh Puri – Minister of Petroleum and Natural Gas
  27. Dr. Mansukh Mandaviya – Minister of Labour and Employment, and Minister of Youth Affairs and Sports
  28. Shri G. Kishan Reddy – Minister of Coal, and Minister of Mines
  29. Shri Chirag Paswan – Minister of Food Processing Industries
  30. Shri C R Patil – Minister of Jal Shakti

President of India Allocates Portfolios Among Union Council of Ministers 2

Ministers of State (Independent Charge):

  1. Rao Inderjit Singh – Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation; Ministry of Planning; Ministry of Culture
  2. Dr. Jitendra Singh – Ministry of Science and Technology; Ministry of Earth Sciences; Prime Minister’s Office; Ministry of Personnel, Public Grievances and Pensions; Department of Atomic Energy; Department of Space
  3. Shri Arjun Ram Meghwal – Ministry of Law and Justice; Ministry of Parliamentary Affairs
  4. Shri Jadhav Prataprao Ganpatrao – Ministry of Ayush; Ministry of Health and Family Welfare
  5. Shri Jayant Chaudhary – Ministry of Skill Development and Entrepreneurship; Ministry of Education

Ministers of State:

The complete list of Ministers of State includes 36 officials, each assisting with multiple portfolios. Some key appointments include:

  1. Shri Jitin Prasada – Minister of State in the Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Minister of State in the Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology
  2. Shri Shripad Yesso Naik – Minister of State in the Ministry of Power, Minister of State in the Ministry of New and Renewable Energy
  3. Shri Pankaj Chaudhary – Minister of State in the Ministry of Finance
  4. Shri Krishan Pal – Minister of State in the Ministry of Cooperation
  5. Shri Ramdas Athawale – Minister of State in the Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment
  6. Shri Ram Nath Thakur – Minister of State in the Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare
  7. Shri Nityanand Rai – Minister of State in the Ministry of Home Affairs
  8. Smt. Anupriya Patel – Minister of State in the Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, Minister of State in the Ministry of Chemicals and Fertilizers
  9. Shri V. Somanna – Minister of State in the Ministry of Jal Shakti, Minister of State in the Ministry of Railways
  10. Dr. Chandra Sekhar Pemmasani – Minister of State in the Ministry of Rural Development, Minister of State in the Ministry of Communications
  11. Prof. S. P. Singh Baghel – Minister of State in the Ministry of Fisheries, Animal Husbandry and Dairying, Minister of State in the Ministry of Panchayati Raj
  12. Sushri Sobha Karandlaje – Minister of State in the Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises, Minister of State in the Ministry of Labour and Employment
  13. Shri Kirtivardhan Singh – Minister of State in the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Minister of State in the Ministry of External Affairs
  14. Shri B. L. Verma – Minister of State in the Ministry of Consumer Affairs, Food and Public Distribution, Minister of State in the Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment
  15. Shri Shantanu Thakur – Minister of State in the Ministry of Ports, Shipping and Waterways
  16. Shri Suresh Gopi – Minister of State in the Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas, Minister of State in the Ministry of Tourism
  17. Dr. L. Murugan – Minister of State in the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Minister of State in the Ministry of Parliamentary Affairs
  18. Shri Ajay Tamta – Minister of State in the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways
  19. Shri Bandi Sanjay Kumar – Minister of State in the Ministry of Home Affairs
  20. Shri Kamlesh Paswan – Minister of State in the Ministry of Rural Development
  21. Shri Bhagirath Choudhary – Minister of State in the Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare
  22. Shri Satish Chandra Dubey – Minister of State in the Ministry of Coal, Minister of State in the Ministry of Mines
  23. Shri Sanjay Seth – Minister of State in the Ministry of Defence
  24. Shri Ravneet Singh – Minister of State in the Ministry of Food Processing Industries, Minister of State in the Ministry of Railways
  25. Shri Durgadas Uikey – Minister of State in the Ministry of Tribal Affairs
  26. Smt. Raksha Nikhil Khadse – Minister of State in the Ministry of Youth Affairs and Sports
  27. Shri Sukanta Majumdar – Minister of State in the Ministry of Education, Minister of State in the Ministry of Development of North Eastern Region
  28. Smt. Savitri Thakur – Minister of State in the Ministry of Women and Child Development
  29. Shri Tokhan Sahu – Minister of State in the Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs
  30. Shri Raj Bhushan Choudhary – Minister of State in the Ministry of Jal Shakti
  31. Shri Bhupathi Raju Srinivasa Varma – Minister of State in the Ministry of Heavy Industries, Minister of State in the Ministry of Steel
  32. Shri Harsh Malhotra – Minister of State in the Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Minister of State in the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways
  33. Smt. Nimuben Jayantibhai Bambhaniya – Minister of State in the Ministry of Consumer Affairs, Food and Public Distribution
  34. Shri Murlidhar Mohol – Minister of State in the Ministry of Cooperation, Minister of State in the Ministry of Civil Aviation
  35. Shri George Kurian – Minister of State in the Ministry of Minority Affairs, Minister of State in the Ministry of Fisheries, Animal Husbandry and Dairying
  36. Shri Pabitra Margherita – Minister of State in the Ministry of External Affairs, Minister of State in the Ministry of Textiles

This comprehensive allocation of portfolios underscores the government’s commitment to addressing diverse aspects of governance and ensuring effective management across various sectors. The reshuffle aims to bring in a balanced mix of experienced and new leaders, fostering a robust administrative framework to drive the nation’s development agenda forward.

India’s Unfinished Journey: A Post-Colonial Quest for Major Power Status from Nehru to Modi

A Post-Colonial Quest

The pursuit of recognition is an intrinsic human trait, and this collective yearning is mirrored in a state’s quest for major-power status. In “The Unfinished Quest: India’s Search for Major Power Status from Nehru to Modi” (“The Quest”) by T.V. Paul, a professor of International Relations at McGill University, the journey of post-colonial India towards global recognition as a major power is thoroughly examined.

Throughout history, states have sought status recognition, traditionally tied to military might. T.V. Paul notes, “Victory in great power wars was the most prominent mechanism through which a state gained or lost status that had already been conferred on it.” This understanding of power was dominant during times when European nations, believing their languages and knowledge systems superior, pursued widespread colonization in Asia and Africa.

Colonization

Colonization entailed not just political domination but also religious and racial superiority. Paul emphasizes, “Closeness to the Christian religious establishments was the key element in nineteenth-century Europe, based on the ideas of ‘standards of civilization.’” The colonizers’ zeal to establish Christian supremacy in their colonies was a byproduct of their power dynamics.

Following World War II and especially after the USSR’s collapse in 1991, the criteria for power and status recognition expanded beyond military prowess to include economic strength, knowledge, and skills.

“The Quest” is a thorough exploration of India’s ongoing journey to significant global status. The book provides a detailed analysis of India’s political, economic, and strategic ambitions since its 1947 independence. Paul asserts, “No leader since the Nehru era has fundamentally reduced India’s hard-power asset acquisition.”

Hard Power Resources

Paul identifies ten critical components in a nation’s quest for major power status, termed “comprehensive national power capability.” These include four ‘hard-power resources’—military, economy, technology/knowledge, and demographics—and six ‘soft-power resources’—normative position, leadership in international institutions, culture, state capacity, strategy and diplomacy, and effective national leadership. He traces India’s trajectory from the early days under Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru to current leader Narendra Modi, weaving in internal political dynamics, economic growth, and strategic decisions.

When Nobel laureate V.S. Naipaul visited India in 1988 for his book “India: A Million Mutinies Now,” he encountered an India overshadowed by “pietistic Gandhian gloom.” Naipaul noted, “The talk among the talkers in the towns was of degeneracy, a falling away from the standards of earlier times.” This pervasive gloom reflected nearly four decades of unsuccessful Nehruvian socialism.

A Wounded Nation Rises

Centuries of Islamic and British colonization had transformed a historically prosperous and entrepreneurial society into one that was defeated and despondent. Today, however, optimism is sweeping across India. In a post-COVID world marked by inflation, rising food and energy prices, and prolonged conflicts in Europe and the Middle East, Indians are hopeful and eager to restore India’s pre-colonial economic and civilizational prominence.

Economic liberalization in the 1990s, initiated by Prime Minister P.V. Narasimha Rao, opened up India’s foreign investment markets. Although there were initial successes, economic progress faced hurdles. India’s international status has significantly advanced with nuclear tests in 1974 and 1998 and recent Moon and Mars missions.

An Outsider’s Perspective

Despite these achievements, Paul concludes that India’s major power status remains elusive, with an uncertain future. “The Quest” stands out as an academic work but is presented from an outsider’s perspective. During colonial times, non-native Western scholars began to control the intellectual discourse about India. This tradition continues, as illustrated by the critiques from homegrown Marxist/Leftist scholars detailed in Arun Shourie’s book “Eminent Historians: Their Technology, Their Line, Their Fraud.”

Paul mentions “caste” and “Hindutva” in “The Quest” but does not provide a framework for assessing India’s status quest on these parameters. Historically, “jati” (caste) has been part of Indian society, which has remained prosperous and knowledge-producing. The term ‘Hindutva’ is often used to demonize India’s assertive Hindu majority, as Vishwa Adluri and Joydeep Bagchee argue, “raises the spectre of Hindutva to scare off critics.”

India’s Statecraft

Paul critiques the “religious-nationalist coloration” in naming India’s weapons systems with “Sanskrit/Hindu mythological terms,” while overlooking ‘panchsheela,’ misspelled as ‘panschila’ in his book. He also refers to India’s “founding fathers,” although India is a civilizational nation not founded by a group of men in 1947.

Notably, Paul’s work omits significant concepts like Dharma and Kautilya. Dharma, the core Hindu philosophy of righteous deeds, underpins Hindu cosmology. Kautilya, a 4th-century BCE Indian scholar, is known for the Arthashastra, a foundational text on statecraft. Arshid Iqbal Dar states, “Kautilya’s realism is there in the DNA of India’s strategic culture and has been the default strategy for South Asia.” Yet, “The Quest” lacks references to these critical elements.

Overall, “The Quest” is an excellent academic examination of India’s journey, though it is presented through a 19th/20th-century colonial-Western narrative that overlooks native perspectives.

Election Results Spark Unusual Reactions: Modi Secures Third Term, Opposition Rejoices with Unexpected Gains

The results of India’s general election announced on Tuesday have sparked an unusual reaction: while the winners seem restrained, the runners-up are celebrating. The National Democratic Alliance (NDA), led by Prime Minister Narendra Modi, has secured a historic third term with over 290 seats in the 543-member parliament. However, Modi’s Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) alone did not achieve the 272 seats needed to form the government, casting him as a diminished leader.

The outcome is seen as a significant comeback for the opposition INDIA alliance and its leader, Rahul Gandhi of the Congress party. Although the alliance won just over 230 seats and lacks the numbers to form a government, they have not conceded more than 24 hours after the vote counting began. “It’s an extraordinary story,” political analyst Rashid Kidwai told the BBC. “The result is surprising. The opposition has managed to pull off the unexpected.”

A jubilant Congress party declared the verdict “a moral and political defeat for Mr Modi,” whose BJP had heavily campaigned on his name and record. On Tuesday evening, Gandhi said in a press conference that “the country has unanimously sent a message to Mr Modi and [Home Minister] Amit Shah that we do not want you.”

This enthusiasm has a backdrop. Going into the election, the opposition seemed disorganized, and the Congress-led INDIA bloc, comprising more than two dozen regional parties, appeared on the brink of collapse. Experts doubted its ability to challenge Modi, who seemed unstoppable at the time. As the election approached, the opposition faced significant challenges: party leaders were raided by government agencies, two chief ministers were jailed, and Congress bank accounts were frozen by income-tax authorities.

Kidwai credits the opposition’s performance largely to Rahul Gandhi, the often-criticized scion of the Nehru-Gandhi dynasty. “He’s a fifth-generation dynast and came with a lot of historical baggage,” Kidwai explains. “The mainstream media in India was very hostile to him and social media didn’t take him seriously. He was targeted and projected as a non-serious politician who took too many holidays.” Nonetheless, Gandhi worked hard to change this perception, especially during his Bharat Jodo Yatra and Nyay March, where he met millions of people across the country, boosting his stature and gaining support.

Despite his efforts, Gandhi was not initially perceived as a threat to Modi. Last year, a court in Gujarat convicted Gandhi of defamation, resulting in his expulsion from parliament and a ban on contesting elections—until the Supreme Court suspended his conviction. Political analyst and author Ajoy Bose believes the BJP’s tactics to intimidate the opposition backfired. “The BJP got a bit arrogant and complacent. But their shock and awe tactics to intimidate the opposition worked against the BJP and led to the formation of the INDIA bloc.”

Bose suggests that many parties feared being wiped out and saw echoes of the Emergency era in the government’s functioning. India has “a history of competitive democracy,” he says, and there was a sense among the people of “disquiet and discomfort about the country turning into a one-party dictatorship.”

The results indicate that the BJP faced strong resistance in several opposition-ruled states. In Tamil Nadu, the ruling DMK party won all 39 seats, keeping the BJP out. In West Bengal, Chief Minister Mamata Banerjee limited the BJP to 12 seats, down from 18 in 2019. In Maharashtra, the BJP won only nine seats, compared to 23 in 2019, with its then-ally Shiv Sena winning an additional 18.

The biggest setback for Modi and the BJP came from Uttar Pradesh (UP). “Akhilesh Yadav and his Samajwadi Party (SP) is the biggest success story of this election,” says Bose. A clever alliance with Rahul Gandhi resulted in the SP winning 43 of the state’s 80 seats, reducing the BJP’s tally to 33, a significant drop from 62 seats in 2019 and 71 in 2014.

Modi had dismissed Gandhi and Yadav as “a pair of boys” whose alliance had “flopped” in the past. However, the election results proved otherwise. “A key takeaway from the election,” Bose notes, “is that the grand new Ram temple in Ayodhya city wasn’t enough for the BJP to win.” Despite the party banking on the Ram Mandir temple, the BJP candidate lost in the Faizabad constituency where it is located.

Abhishek Yadav, an SP youth-wing leader and prominent campaigner, told the BBC they initially believed the temple would help the BJP win. However, they noticed growing resentment against the BJP as large crowds gathered at their rallies. “Until early April, [the] election in the state had seemed like a one-sided contest with the odds stacked against us,” he said. But dissatisfaction over job shortages, high food and fuel prices, and changes in army recruitment became evident, rallying anti-BJP voters to the INDIA alliance.

Kidwai notes that despite the opposition’s strong performance, it was a missed opportunity as they failed to fully understand voter sentiments and capitalize on discontent with Modi’s government. “They spoke about joblessness, rural economic distress and were able to win over many voters – but there were lots of gaps in their strategy,” he says. “The NDA’s third term has come only because of weaknesses in the INDIA bloc. They could have forged alliances in Andhra Pradesh and Odisha and that would have made their tally stronger.”

With the NDA and Modi back in power, Kidwai argues that INDIA needs to institutionalize its alliance, and Gandhi, “the chief architect of the alliance,” must lead from the front. “It’s unlikely that the government will stop going after the opposition. But it also can’t be business as usual for the government. They cannot continue with their politics of vendetta; it will have to be toned down.”

He adds that the opposition’s strength in parliament could restore functional ties, emphasizing the need for coalition politics, with Congress leading the way. “The Gandhis consider themselves as trustees of power, not power-wielders. But now the time has come to change. Rahul Gandhi has to take on the mantle of leadership and lead.”

Indian Elections: Is BJP Paying For Its Overconfidence?

There is little doubt in the minds of many today that this election is turning. It will not be the cakewalk that the BJP imagined it would be for the party. Seeking a third straight term, which was only recently seen as a given, is no more an easy task. There are many numbers being tossed, but almost all of them bring the BJP to and below the magic figure of 272. The only question that is being asked is how much can the party go down from that half-way mark required to form a government.

All indicators point to the ruling party taking heavy losses this time. What looked like rock-solid confidence has evaporated almost overnight. One clear indicator is that there is no talk anywhere in the BJP circles of a “char sau paar” (past the 400-mark) that was the hallmark of the BJP campaign as it began this run.  Yet, it is good to add a cautionary note. There are still five phases of voting left and a month to counting-day itself. Anything can happen. The election will need careful monitoring and is all set to becoming a thriller.

Voter turnout in the first two phases of the election has been lower than expected. There are many ways to read this. One is the view that since the BJP put in so much effort in declaring right at the beginning that there is virtually no contest, and the message was sent out with the full force of its rather rich, well-funded campaign and machinery, the BJP voters were less than enthused and decided – what is the point in working since the end result is given? The other is the weather – the summer has been unusually hot this time. The third is that the BJP itself has not been able to move its cadres, one reason being that the election was declared as won before the first vote was cast, and the second and more important one being the influx of all kinds and varieties of non-BJP workers who have joined the ranks on their own accord or have been lured/forced to move to the BJP.

The odd mix of “Intruders” versus cadres Is In part causing a mismatch of chemistry, and so building a sense of despondency within the committed workers who now feel excluded from the party they have worked in and for over a number of years. The last reason could be despondency among a broader section of the electorate, and if this is the cause, then the lower turnout could go any way in terms of influencing the results.

Bad news for BJP

But as the week drew to a close, there was more bad news for the BJP. On one hand, Rahul Gandhi was virtually on fire, demanding that the Prime Minister Narendra Modi apologise to every girl and woman in the country for seeking votes for Prajwal Revanna, a “mass rapist”, and further saying that votes for Revanna would strengthen Modi. That was at an election rally in support of the BJP’s new ally, the JD(S), where the prime minister made as clear an appeal as he could in support of JD(S) candidates, including Revanna, who is the grandson of the former Prime Minister H D Deve Gowda. Revanna fled to Germany the day after polling ended in his constituency of Hassan in Karnataka on April 26, just as tapes of his advances and assaults against women were leaked. The BJP has not been able to respond to the questions on support for Revanna, which particularly exposed the prime minister himself, given that it has emerged that the party was warned well in advance of Revanna’s conduct and the allegations against him, and went ahead with endorsing his candidature.

On the other hand, bad news for the BJP also came from the failed attempt to stir up a controversy over allegations that the Congress wanted to redistribute wealth, or take it from the middle class and give it, as the BJP alleged, to minorities.  This blatant and desperate attempt to bring in religion into an issue that has more to do with rising inequality, which has been highlighted by Rahul Gandhi, backfired with a laughable protest march by a section of students from Galgotias University, which claims to be NAAC Grade A+ with more than 300 national and international awards. Students in the protest march could barely read the placards against the Congress and knew nothing about the issues they said they had gathered to protest against! This deplorable display has not only highlighted the state of higher education, but the wages of a system under which fake news is fed and spread right from the very top of the political order, with students asking no questions and learning with no interest or curiosity. The university website begins with this headline: “Excellence is what we strive to achieve”.

In many ways, the BJP is suffering from the impact of its own over confidence, and its liberal use of communalism to get over the slide that it appears to be facing now. As Modi himself goes to the extreme in his attacks on the Congress (he claimed that the Congress manifesto “has the stamp of the Muslim League”), the party seems not to have calculated that there will be some price to pay for its role in the electoral bonds, the arrest of opposition leaders like Arvind Kejriwal and its attempt to get power at any cost, like it did in Maharashtra. Maharashtra is one state where the Opposition is getting huge traction.

Boast backfiring?

The story of how the BJP collected Rs.8,000 crores via the electoral bonds, revealed by the force of the Supreme Court, has led to the widespread view that the party is at its core corrupt. The “BJP washing machine” that cleans up the corrupt the moment they shift sides and join the BJP has also cost the party in terms of its image and standing, even among loyalists. The boast that it will get more than 400 seats has backfired because it has led to fears that this mandate would endanger the Constitution, with the BJP then in a position to trifle with some of the basic guarantees, like reservations. Further, there is also the huge fear of an impending dictatorial style being embedded into the nation’s democratic fabric should Modi get a third straight term.

All in all, the issues on the agenda are very different from the issues that the BJP thought would be on the agenda. The finals could go down to the wire and there will be many lessons learned once the votes are counted and the results are declared.

(The writer is the Managing Editor of The Billion Press. Views are personal. By special arrangement with The Billion Press)

Read more at: https://www.southasiamonitor.org/spotlight/indian-elections-bjp-paying-its-overconfidence

Stars and Citizens Alike Cast Their Votes in Mumbai as India’s Marathon Election Continues

In the midst of the world’s largest democratic exercise, celebrities, industrialists, and politicians turned out to vote in Mumbai, India’s financial powerhouse, as part of a weeks-long national election. This election will decide if Prime Minister Narendra Modi will secure another five-year term.

Polling took place on Monday across six constituencies in Mumbai, Maharashtra, and in 43 other constituencies nationwide. Millions of voters made their way to the polling booths to decide the leadership of the world’s most populous country.

In India’s wealthiest city, which also serves as the heart of Bollywood, numerous celebrities were photographed casting their votes, proudly displaying their ink-stained index fingers as proof of participation. Shah Rukh Khan, known as the “King of Bollywood,” was seen exiting a polling station in Mumbai with his family, including his wife Gauri, daughter Suhana, and sons Aryan and Abram. Another prominent Bollywood actor, Amitabh Bachchan, also voted at a booth in the Andheri suburb.

“As responsible Indian citizens we must exercise our right to vote this Monday in Maharashtra,” Khan wrote on X over the weekend. “Let’s carry out our duty as Indians and vote keeping our country’s best interests in mind. Go forth Promote, our right to Vote.”

Other notable figures, such as film stars Deepika Padukone and Ranveer Singh, who are expecting their first child, were also seen voting. Billionaire industrialist Mukesh Ambani, along with his wife Nita and son Akash, made their appearance at the polling stations as well.

Actor Akshay Kumar expressed his aspirations for India after casting his vote. “I voted… India should vote for what they deem is right…I think voter turnout will be good,” he said to local reporters, displaying his ink-stained finger.

Despite the star-studded turnout, voter participation in Maharashtra was relatively low, with only 54% turnout on Monday, and between 47-55% across Mumbai’s six constituencies, according to the Election Commission. In contrast, the northeastern state of West Bengal saw around 73% of eligible voters casting their ballots.

The main political players in Mumbai include Modi’s ruling Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), the opposition Indian National Congress, and two rival factions of Shiv Sena, a local ultranationalist party with a significant influence in Mumbai politics.

Mumbai, home to more than 12 million people, is often compared to New York and is known as the “city of dreams,” where countless migrants from across India come in search of fortune and purpose. The city is a striking mix of extreme wealth and poverty, with skyscrapers standing next to slum dwellings and impoverished children begging at the windows of luxurious cars.

While many wealthy and famous individuals were seen voting, numerous migrant workers in the city were left out of the process. India’s election rules require voters to cast their ballots in their home constituencies, which means that those working outside their home state must travel back to vote. For many low-income, out-of-state workers, particularly those in the informal sector, the financial burden of traveling home is too great.

Mumbai voters have significant concerns about rising inflation and are seeking improvements in education and employment opportunities. Sachin Chaudhary, a 34-year-old grocer, previously told CNN, “The change I want to see is, things should become less costly,” emphasizing the need for better job prospects.

As India undertakes its massive democratic election, Mumbai’s participation showcased both the glitz of its celebrities and the struggles of its common citizens, all aiming for a better future under their chosen leadership.

GOPIO Congratulates President-Elect Joe Biden And Vice President-Elect Kamala Harris

The Indian American community whole heartedly welcomes the Biden/Harris win at the election and the congratulates President-Elect Joe Biden and Vice President-Elect Kamala Harris.  “The Indian American community was elated when Vice President Biden selected Senator Kamala Harris as his running mate and it was a great honor and prestige for the Indian American community,” said Dr. thomas Abraham, Chairman of GOPIO.  

In spite of close Trump-Modi relation, a very high percentage of the community went with Biden-Harris ticket. In fact, in this close election, community votes have helped Biden to win the election.

“Although many Trump supporters raised doubts about support for India in a Biden Administration, I don’t expect much changes in US policy towards India since both countries have become close partners in many political and economic aspects,” said Dr. Abraham.

Currently, India is a big buyer of America’s military ware. Both countries have common interest to fight terrorism. Economically, both countries have invested in each other. Politically the most important factor is that India has bipartisan support among the US House Representatives and the Senators of both political parties.

One major outcome of the Indian American community support will be a large number of political appointments by the Biden Administration, even some cabinet level appointments.

“There are a large number of bright and highly qualified candidates from the Indian American community who could be brought in to work for the new administration since the country has many serious problems to tackle, i.e. the pandemic and the economic slowdown,” Dr. Abraham added.

GOPIO looks forward to work closely with the Biden administration GOPIO is a non-partisan, not-for-profit, secular organization with Individual Life Members and over 100 chapters in 35 countries. GOPIO’s volunteers are committed to enhancing cooperation and communication between NRIs/PIOs and the local communities, building bonds, friendships, alliances, and the camaraderie of citizens and colleagues alike.  GOPIO volunteers believe that when they help network the global Indian community, they facilitate making tomorrow a better world for the Indian Diaspora and the countries they live in.

In 2018, Government Restrictions on Religion Reach Highest Level Globally in More Than a Decade

In 2018, the global median level of government restrictions on religion – that is, laws, policies and actions by officials that impinge on religious beliefs and practices – continued to climb, reaching an all-time high since Pew Research Center began tracking these trends in 2007.

The year-over-year increase from 2017 to 2018 was relatively modest, but it contributed to a substantial rise in government restrictions on religion over more than a decade. In 2007, the first year of the study, the global median score on the Government Restrictions Index (a 10-point scale based on 20 indicators) was 1.8. After some fluctuation in the early years, the median score has risen steadily since 2011 and now stands at 2.9 for 2018, the most recent full year for which data is available.

The increase in government restrictions reflects a wide variety of events around the world, including a rise from 2017 to 2018 in the number of governments using force – such as detentions and physical abuse – to coerce religious groups.

The total number of countries with “high” or “very high” levels of government restrictions has been mounting as well. Most recently, that number climbed from 52 countries (26% of the 198 countries and territories included in the study) in 2017 to 56 countries (28%) in 2018. The latest figures are close to the 2012 peak in the top two tiers of the Government Restrictions Index.

As of 2018, most of the 56 countries with high or very high levels of government restrictions on religion are in the Asia-Pacific region (25 countries, or half of all countries in that region) or the Middle East-North Africa region (18 countries, or 90% of all countries in the region).

Rising government restrictions in the Asia-Pacific region

Out of the five regions examined in the study, the Middle East and North Africa continued to have the highest median level of government restrictions in 2018 (6.2 out of 10). However, Asia and the Pacific had the largest increase in its median government restrictions score, rising from 3.8 in 2017 to 4.4 in 2018, partly because a greater number of governments in the region used force against religious groups, including property damage, detention, displacement, abuse and killings.

In total, 31 out of 50 countries (62%) in Asia and the Pacific experienced government use of force related to religion, up from 26 countries (52%) in 2017. The increase was concentrated in the category of “low levels” of government use of force (between one and nine incidents during the year). In 2018, 10 Asia-Pacific countries fell into this category, up from five the previous year..

In Armenia, for example, a prominent member of the Baha’i faith was detained on religious grounds, according to members of the community.1 And in the Philippines, three United Methodist Church missionaries were forced to leave the country or faced issues with visa renewals after they were involved in investigating human rights violations on a fact-finding mission.

 But the region also saw several instances of widespread use of government force against religious groups. In Burma (Myanmar), large-scale displacement of religious minorities continued. During the course of the year, more than 14,500 Rohingya Muslims were reported by Human Rights Watch to have fled to neighboring Bangladesh to escape abuses, and at least 4,500 Rohingya were stuck in a border area known as “no-man’s land,” where they were harassed by Burmese officials trying to get them to cross to Bangladesh.3 In addition, fighting between the Burmese military and armed ethnic organizations in the states of Kachin and Shan led to the displacement of other religious minorities, mostly Christians.

Meanwhile, in Uzbekistan, it is estimated that at least 1,500 Muslim religious prisoners remained in prison on charges of religious extremism or membership in banned groups. Some countries in the Asia-Pacific region saw all-time highs in their overall government restrictions scores. This includes China, which continued to have the highest score on the Government Restrictions Index (GRI) out of all 198 countries and territories in the study. China has been near the top of the list of most restrictive governments in each year since the inception of the study, and in 2018 it reached a new peak in its score (9.3 out of 10).

The Chinese government restricts religion in a variety of ways, including banning entire religious groups (such as the Falun Gong movement and several Christian groups), prohibiting certain religious practices, raiding places of worship and detaining and torturing individuals.6 In 2018, the government continued a detention campaign against Uighurs, ethnic Kazakhs and other Muslims in Xinjiang province, holding at least 800,000 (and possibly up to 2 million) in detention facilities “designed to erase religious and ethnic identities,” according to the U.S. State Department.

Tajikistan also stands out with a GRI score of 7.9, an all-time high for that country. In 2018, the Tajik government amended its religion law, increasing control over religious education domestically and over those who travel abroad for religious education. The amendment also requires religious groups to report their activities to authorities and requires state approval for appointing imams. Throughout the year, the Tajik government continued to deny minority religious groups, such as Jehovah’s Witnesses, official recognition. In January, Jehovah’s Witnesses reported that more than a dozen members were interrogated by police and pressured to renounce their faith.

 While these are examples of countries with “very high” government restrictions on religion in Asia and the Pacific, there also are several notable countries in the “high” category that experienced an increase in their scores. India, for example, reached a new peak in its GRI score in 2018, scoring 5.9 out of 10 on the index, while Thailand also experienced an all-time high (5.4).

In India, anti-conversion laws affected minority religious groups. For example, in the state of Uttar Pradesh in September, police charged 271 Christians with attempting to convert people by drugging them and “spreading lies about Hinduism.” Furthermore, throughout the year, politicians made comments targeting religious minorities. In December, the Shiv Sena Party, which holds seats in parliament, published an editorial calling for measures such as mandatory family planning for Muslims to limit their population growth. And law enforcement officials were involved in cases against religious minorities: In Jammu and Kashmir, four police personnel, among others, were arrested in connection with the kidnapping, rape and killing of an 8-year-old girl from a nomadic Muslim family, reportedly to push her community out of the area.

In Thailand, as part of broader immigration raids in 2018, the government arrested hundreds of immigrants who allegedly did not have legal status, including religious minorities from other countries who were seeking asylum or refugee status. Among the detainees were Christians and Ahmadi Muslims from Pakistan as well as Christian Montagnards from Vietnam. During the year, Thai authorities also detained six leading Buddhist monks, a move that the government said was an effort to curb corruption but that some observers called a politically motivated attempt to assert control over temples. Government restrictions on religion in other regions

While Asia and the Pacific had the largest increases in their Government Restrictions Index scores, the Middle East and North Africa still had the highest median level of government restrictions, with a score of 6.2 on the GRI – up from 6.0 in 2017, more than double the global median (2.9), and at its highest point since the aftermath of the Arab Spring in 2012.

As in Asia, the rise in GRI scores in the Middle East and North Africa was partly due to more governments using force against religious groups. All but one country in the region had reports of government use of force related to religion in 2018, although many were at the lowest level (between one and nine incidents). In Jordan, for example, a media personality and an editor employed at his website were detained and charged with “sectarian incitement and causing religious strife” for posting on Facebook a cartoon of a Turkish chef sprinkling salt at Jesus’ Last Supper.

But government force against religious groups was much more widespread in some countries in the region. In Saudi Arabia, for instance, more than 300 Shiite Muslims remained in prison in the country’s Eastern Province, where the government has arrested more than 1,000 Shiites since 2011 in connection with protests for greater rights.

Aside from Asia-Pacific and the Middle East-North Africa, sub-Saharan Africa was the only other region to experience an increase in its median level of government restrictions in 2018 (from 2.6 to 2.7), reaching a new high following a steady rise in recent years. While government use of force against religious groups decreased in the region, both harassment of religious groups and physical violence against minority groups went up.

More than eight-in-ten countries in the sub-Saharan region (40 out of 48) experienced some form of government harassment of religious groups, and 14 countries (29%) had reports of governments using physical coercion against religious minorities. In Mozambique, for example, the government arbitrarily detained men, women and children who appeared to be Muslim in response to violent attacks on civilians and security forces by an insurgent group. According to media and local organizations, the government response to the attacks was “heavy-handed.”13

Europe experienced a small decline in its median level of government restrictions, falling from 2.9 in 2017 to 2.8 in 2018, although government use of force increased slightly (see Chapter 3 for details). The median level of government restrictions in the Americas, meanwhile, remained stable between 2017 and 2018, as the region continued to experience the lowest levels of government restrictions compared with all other regions. Social hostilities involving religion declined slightly in 2018.

This is the 11th annual report in this continuing study, which looks not only at government restrictions on religion but also at social hostilities involving religion – that is, acts of religion-related hostility by private individuals, organizations or groups in society.

The new analysis finds that globally, social hostilities declined slightly in 2018 after hitting an all-time high the prior year. The median score on the Social Hostilities Index (a 10-point scale based on 13 measures of social hostilities involving religion) fell from 2.1 in 2017 to 2.0 in 2018. This small decline was partly due to fewer reports of incidents in which some religious groups (usually of a majority faith in a particular country) attempted to prevent other religious groups (usually of minority faiths) from operating. There also were fewer reports of individuals being assaulted or displaced from their homes for religious expression that goes against the majority faith in a country.

The number of countries with “high” or “very high” levels of social hostilities involving religion also declined slightly from 56 (28% of all 198 countries and territories in the study) to 53 (27%). This includes 16 European countries (36% of all countries in Europe), 14 in the Asia-Pacific region (28% of all Asia-Pacific countries) and 11 in the Middle East and North Africa (55% of MENA countries).

Taken together, in 2018, 40% of the world’s countries (80 countries overall) had “high” or “very high” levels of overall restrictions on religion — reflecting either government actions or hostile acts by private individuals, organizations or social groups – down slightly from 42% (83 countries) in 2017. This remains close to the 11-year peak that was reached in 2012, when 43% (85 countries) had high or very high levels of overall restrictions. By this combined measure, as of 2018, all 20 countries in the Middle East-North Africa region have high overall restrictions on religion, as do more than half of Asia-Pacific countries (27 countries, or 54% of the region) and more than a third of countries in Europe (17 countries, 38%).

In this report, for the first time, Pew Research Center combined its data on government restrictions and social hostilities involving religion with a classification of regime types, based on the Democracy Index compiled by the Economist Intelligence Unit.14 Researchers did this to discern whether there is a link between different models of government and levels of restrictions on religion – in other words, whether restrictions on religion tend to be more or less common in countries with full or partial democracies than in those with authoritarian regimes.

The analysis finds a strong association between authoritarianism and government restrictions on religion. While there are many exceptions to this pattern, authoritarian regimes are much more common among the countries with very high government restrictions on religion – roughly two-thirds of these countries (65%) are classified as authoritarian. Among countries with low government restrictions on religion, meanwhile, just 7% are authoritarian.

There is less of a clear pattern when it comes to social hostilities involving religion. There are no countries classified by the Economist Intelligence Unit as full democracies that have very high levels of social hostilities involving religion (just as there are no full democracies with very high levels of government restrictions involving religion). At the same time, there are many authoritarian countries with low levels of social hostilities involving religion, suggesting that in some cases, a government may restrict religion through laws and actions by state authorities while limiting religious hostilities among its citizens.

When looking at countries with very high government restrictions on religion, Pew Research Center found that of the 26 countries in this category whose regimes were scored by the EIU on its Democracy Index in 2018, 17 (65%) were classified as authoritarian, three were hybrid regimes (12%) and three were flawed democracies (12%). There were no countries with very high government restrictions that were full democracies.16 The three countries with very high government restrictions that were classified as flawed democracies – Malaysia, Indonesia and Singapore – all are regionally clustered in Southeast Asia.

Of the 30 countries with high government restrictions on religion, there were 12 authoritarian states (40%), 11 hybrid regimes (37%) and six flawed democracies (20%), according to the EIU Democracy Index. One full democracy, Denmark, also was in this category. In 2018, Denmark fell into the high government restrictions category for the first time, with its score driven partly by a ban on face coverings, which included Islamic burqas and niqabs, that went into effect that year.

At the other end of the spectrum, among the 74 countries with low government restrictions, just five were classified as authoritarian (7%), 13 were hybrid regimes (18%), 27 were flawed democracies (36%) and seven were full democracies (9%). The countries with low government restrictions on religion that were also classified as authoritarian by the Democracy Index are all in sub-Saharan Africa: Gabon, Guinea-Bissau, Republic of the Congo, Swaziland and Togo. There was no Democracy Index classification of regime type for 22 countries with low government restrictions.

 

In terms of social hostilities involving religion, the picture is more mixed – which makes sense given that social hostilities look at actions by private individuals or social groups and do not directly originate from government actions.

Among the 10 countries with very high levels of social hostilities, there were four authoritarian states, three hybrid regimes and three flawed democracies – India, Israel and Sri Lanka. Again, like countries with very high government restrictions, there were no full democracies with very high levels of social hostilities.

Among the 43 countries with high levels of social hostilities, nine were classified as authoritarian (21%), 14 were hybrid regimes (33%), 13 were flawed democracies (30%) and five were full democracies (12%).

The five countries categorized as full democracies with high levels of social hostilities are all in Europe – Denmark, Germany, the Netherlands, Switzerland and the United Kingdom – and all had reports of anti-Muslim and anti-Semitic incidents. In Switzerland, for instance, Muslim groups reported growing anti-Muslim sentiments due to negative coverage by the media and hostile discourse on Islam by right-leaning political parties. During the year, for instance, a journalist who had initiated a local ban on face coverings handed out a “Swiss Stop Islam Award” of about $2,000 USD to three recipients.

Among the 81 countries with low levels of social hostilities in 2018, there were 24 with no data on regime types (mostly small island nations the Democracy Index does not cover). Those with data are most commonly classified as flawed democracies (26 countries, or 32% of the 81 countries with low social hostilities).

But, strikingly, 17 countries (21%) with low social hostilities involving religion were classified as authoritarian – including countries like Eritrea and Kazakhstan, which have very high government restrictions on religion. In addition, several other authoritarian states with very high government restrictions on religion – such as China, Iran and Uzbekistan – have only moderate levels of social hostilities involving religion. In these cases, high levels of government control over religion may lead to fewer hostilities by nongovernment actors.

AAPI Congratulates President-Elect Biden & Vice President-Elect Harris

Chicago, Il: November 8th, 2020) “We want to express our sincere congratulations and best wishes to President-elect Joe Biden and Vice President-elect Kamala Harris on their historic winning of the 2020 Presidential elections,” Dr. Sudhakar Jonnalgadda, President of AAPI said here today. Describing these as “critical times” for the nation, Dr. Jonnalagadda said, “We the members of the medical fraternity are encouraged by President –Elect Biden’s plans to create a Federal COVID Task Force and his pledge to set up a Pandemic Testing Board to “produce and distribute tens of millions of tests.”
 
In her congratulatory note, Dr. Sajani Shah, Chair of AAPI BOT, while wishing the new Administration the very best as he prepares to assume office on January 20th, 2021, praised Biden for pledging “to be a president who seeks not to divide, but to unify; who doesn’t see red states and blue states, only sees the United States.”
 
Dr. Anupama Gotimukula, President-Elect of AAPI, in a message lauded Biden and Harris, who has “made history by being elected to be the first ever woman to become the Vice President of the United States.” Referring to her Indian origins, Dr. Gotimukula described the election of Kamala Harris as “Inspiring and is of immense pride for all Indian-Americans.”
 
While expressing appreciation to Biden for wanting to set up a nationwide contact-tracing program and call on governors to impose mask-wearing mandates, which is an effective way of containing the spread of the virus, Dr. Ravi Kolli, Vice President of AAPI, said, “It’s heartening that our own esteemed AAPI member, Dr. Vivek Murthy, the former Surgeon General of the US is being considered to be the co-chair of the Presidential Panel on COVID.”
 
The U.S. death toll from COVID-19 continues to climb and is likely to worsen as colder temperatures drive Americans indoors and case counts go up. ““We wish the new administration under Biden Presidency success in all of its endeavors to combat the COVID-19 pandemic, and get our economy back on track. We at AAPI will continue to work hard to provide the best of care to all those who need,” said, Dr. Amit Chakrabarty, Secretary of AAPI said.
 
There are about 80,000 practicing Indian American physicians who are at the forefront of fighting COVID-19 pandemic in the United States. In addition, there are around 40,000 medical students, residents, and fellows of Indian origin in this country who are supporting many of the hospitals affected by the pandemic. “Physicians of Indian Origin have been in the front lines during the pandemic risking their lives everyday, and we look forward to continue to serve nation under the new Presidency led by Biden,” said Dr. Satheesh Kathula, Treasurer of AAPI.
  
Describing the numerous efforts by AAPI, Dr. Jonnalagadda said, “AAPI as an organization has helped and is continuing to help the communities during COVID-19 pandemic. AAPI has written letters to the current president’s office for universal masking, social distancing and to lockdown the country or to have ‘shelter in place’ during the initial phase of the pandemic to prevent spread of the disease. AAPI has raised funds to buy personal protective equipment and donated to several AAPI chapters across the country. The organization conducted close to 100 webinars to educate doctors and community members about CVOID-19.”
 
While offering fullest cooperation to the Biden administration, Dr. Sudhakar Jonnalagadda said,  “The American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (APPI) the largest ethnic medical organization in the country has taken several proactive steps in educating their members and the general public about the disease, the preventive steps that needs to be taken at this time and most importantly, they are using all their contacts and resources at the hospital administrative and government level to facilitate treatment protocols to be in place at the various hospitals around the country.” For more information on AAPI, please visit: www.aapiusa.org
 
 

A Little Bit Pregnant!!

An American Citizen asks “personal character or the national policy of the president that matters most?”  May be both are important, when you think about American President. There is no politics involved, only intriguing concerns disturb the fragile minds of common man elsewhere. While the presidential election votes were being counted, for long a strong  group alleges that there is widespread fake votes dumped. It might have happened or not, nowadays even God does not know.

In this country, where we boast that we have zero tolerance for most things and we are perfect to land the missile exactly on the Captain’s head on a moving submarine, how come we are unable to declare our voting system fool-proof?

Even on most of the TV channel discussions, we heard a consoling remark that President Trump is lost, because of his character and language. May be true. Trump is not an eloquent orator, nor he is a seasoned politician. Americans knew it four years back; and chose him as president of the nation. We know his achievements out balance his failures. That is why he got only 46.1% of popular votes winning over Hillary Clinton, whereas he could gather almost 47.5% during his so called “defeat” in 2020.

An average American can only succumb to his wild thoughts that Trump’s leadership during the last four years were not a total collapse, but overall a peaceful, warfree, safe term for the country. (Except for the Covid pandemic and his tough attitudes with some dubious countries and global organizations).

Sincere to the history of America, we had good presidents comparatively. I have heard much about John F Kennedy and Bill Clinton, who were much adored for their “sense, sensibility and sensitivity”. Exceptionally they were even sensuously emancipated by womenfolk for they were handsomevor glamourous. During voting period, that too matters, because there was abundant hatred towards Trump by our womenfolk. There is absolutely no discrimination gender wise when hate grows faster than cancer, among voters; Trump proved that. But the magnifying glass glows the stains on those faces of those well accepted presidents, even now. Can we tell our children that any of these Presidents as role models?. The good old George Washington or Abraham Lincoln were exceptional, technology and social media were then nil to expose them otherwise.

Coming back to the track of the topic, character of the President of a nation is of utmost importance. Deligently that itself won’t lead the nation to be safer or prosperous. Proper policies to simplify the economic burden of the citizen, and securely pushing the nation healthier, stronger and economically prosperous can only be achieved with smart political polices. Economists approve the latter part of President. trump’s rating good enough; and they have no interest of analyzing the personal, racist, a misogynist, and timid habits of the Presidents.

“We call on all relevant authorities to ensure tabulation of votes and resolution of complaints is undertaken in a transparent and credible manner,” USState Secretary Mike Pompeo said. Still, his suggestion the election’s outcome was still unclear came as  many key leaders around the world are already congratulating the President-elect Joe Biden on his projected victory.

We remember that during  2000 we took about 37 days to ensure the counting of votes. We have gone far ahead during the last 20 years. We need to count all legal votes, and abandon all suspiciously illegal votes. That ensuring that acceptance of legitimate election results are essential for any fledgling democracy.

Off late, we hear that Georgia State is venturing for a recount of the 2020 votes. That escalated the suspicion that something is slushy there with the voting. If we are good enough to reveal some intentional malpractices in that state, it is evident that the system is malignantor corrupted.

If the investigation into election fraud finds NO evidence of wrong doing; then so-be-it, Biden wins. But voters need to know that it was a fair and honest election and their vote counted. All illegal votes need to be removed from the totals. If observation of vote counting was prohibited, then there needs to be a recount with total transparency, no excuses. And Let none declare  “there was very little fraud so it won’t make a difference”. That is like being “a little bit pregnant”. We have to check everything even if it takes months. We need to be faithful to the voters and model to other nations. We are either pregnant, or not ; there is no situation called – ” a little bit pregnant”.

(By Dr. Mathew Joys, Las Vegas)

When Power Is Transferred In The United States, Advantages And Disadvantages To Indians

President Trump, who came to power with a big bang, is bidding farewell to the White House, turning to the culmination of even more horrific controversies. One week of global attention was the first week of November, after 9/11, when Trump’s defeat was widely viewed. The success and achievement of history was the glorious victory of Kamala Harris, whom we are proud to be of Indian descent. It is said that in the US presidential election, the Vice Presidential candidate is generally ignored. But this is the first time in American history that a woman has become vice president. Despite all the controversy, this is a record success and achievement, and Indians are thrilled to have an Indian descent to prove that women in America are not inferior to men in any way. The United States was not mature enough to induct a woman president of the United States, that is what Hillary Clinton called out to the world when she lost to Trump; even if  if it landed a woman on the moon on a rocket. Kamala Harris’ success is an inspiration to future generations, proving that immigrants in particular can reach any level in the United States, and to motivate the children of Indians to think and get into politics. The success of Kamala Harris is exciting. (Racism, racism, sectarianism and gender should not be mentioned anymore!). I agree with my friend’s neutral opinion that “Trump was a president who always wanted America to be number one in the world, who was a non-professional politician, a non-intellectual, a conservative.” As for the United States, it was during the Trump administration that the Islamic State, which has been at the forefront of the world by carrying out terrorist attacks around the world, has dismantled the financial resources of Al Qaeda extremist groups. It is also noteworthy that in the last four years, the United States has not invaded or waged a war. He also withdrew troops from Iraq and Afghanistan as he had promised (there is now only a small group in those countries to train indigenous troops). India cannot forget Trump’s support. Because Prime Minister Modi and President Trump were friends. The stories were never disappointing for India. Even there  was a Keralite man at the helm of Trump’s election campaign (not to mention he rowed back if we got nothing to blame). For the past years, President Trump has been a powerful ruler who has knocked down the global threat posed by “growing Chinese imperialism.”He also dared to engage in a trade war with China and send a strong message to Chinese imperialist ambitions that threaten border countries, including India, by deploying naval forces, including in the China Sea. It should be added that former US presidents, including Richard Nixon, sent the Seventh Fleet here before to intimidate India. Throughout history, the foreign policy adopted by the United States has been in favor of China and Pakistan.It was only during Trump’s presidency that the United States took a “U-turn” and took a completely pro-India stance. It is the US support that has given India the energy to retaliate against Chinese imperialism who crossed the Indian border and attacked Indian troops on the same coin. In the recent past, he has signed a number of military and non – military agreements with India, not only ignoring Pakistan, but also suspending US financial aid to Pakistan, citing its pro – terrorist stance. ” The media and hostile nations, which never acknowledge his atrocities and patriotism, continue to accuse him of being a clown. As my friend pointed out, whatever shortcomings he had, some Indian progressives may admit, it may be due to ignorance, or the extreme of unbridled greed, even enjoying all the benefits in America. An excerpt from the Chanakya Sutra reads: “Whether the idol is of stone, metal or wood; the belief that God is present in it is important. The intensity of faith is the measure of blessing.” Likewise, whether the President of the United States is a Republican or a Democrat, that position has its own dignity and superiority over other nations, and the standard of governance should be the measuring yard  Let time pass. As President-elect Joe Biden inspired the American people in his first speech, he stated, “Hereafter, No more Red State, no Blue State; only United States.”(By Dr. Matthew Joys, Las Vegas)

All 4 Indian Americans Re-elected to US Congress

In an impressive show, all the four Indian-American Democratic lawmakers — Dr. Ami Bera, Pramila Jayapal, Ro Khanna and Raja Krishnamoorthi — have been re-elected to the US House of Representatives during the elections held on November 3rd, 2020.

In recent years, the fast growing Indian-American community has emerged as a force to reckon with for the first time in the history of the US presidential election. Both the Democrat and the Republican campaigns had initiated several measures to woo the approximately 1.8 million members of the community who have emerged as a critical voting bloc in the battleground states of Florida, Georgia, Michigan, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, and Texas.

Meanwhile, in one of the most-watched races of the 2020 election, Indian American Sara Gideon of Maine narrowly lost to Republican incumbent Sen. Susan Collins and failed to flip the seat from red to blue as Democrats struggled to gain control of the Senate. Mainers largely consider themselves Independents. But on Nov. 3 evening, Gideon secured 46 percent of the votes — 338,617 votes — to Collins’ 51 percent: 407,884 votes.

“I have always worked hard to find our shared goals. That doesn’t stop. In fact, it’s more important now. We have to work together to build a better future,” said Gideon, focusing on prioritizing an economy that builds good jobs for working class people, and tackling climate change. “I’m proud of the campaign we ran,” said the candidate.

Democrats flipped two Senate seats on election night: in former red state Arizona, astronaut Mark Kelley beat out incumbent Martha McSally. In Colorado, John Hickenlooper, the state’s former governor, defeated Republican incumbent Sen. Cory Gardner. Republicans flipped one Senate seat, as Tommy Tuberville in Alabama defeated Democrat Doug Jones.

In House races, Rep. Ro Khanna, a Democrat from California serving the 17th Congressional District in Northern California’s East Bay, handily beat Republican challenger Ritesh Tandon to gain a third term in the House. The incumbent won 74 percent — 125,258 votes — while Tandon amassed 26 percent of the vote: 43,775.

“I am so honored and humbled by the overwhelming victory,” Khanna told India-West. “I am proud to represent our community and look forward to working to help bring people together after this divisive chapter in our nation’s history,” he said.

Democrat physician Ami Bera, the longest-serving Indian American in the House, won his re-election bid for California’s CD 7 seat — which represents portions of Sacramento — against former U.S. Air Force pilot, Republican Buzz Patterson. Bera won by 61 percent, 116,437 votes, while Patterson received 39 percent.

“It’s been an honor to represent the people of California’s 7th Congressional District and I am grateful for the trust voters have placed in me once again,” Bera said in a statement Nov. 3 night. “We face many difficult challenges ahead, including ending this pandemic, ensuring affordable and quality health care for every American, and growing our economy for working families,” he said.

“However, we can rise to the occasion and meet these challenges head on, as we’ve done generation after generation before. It will take hard work, empathy, and working across party lines to build compromise. I promise that I will continue to be a leader that puts people over politics to make government work for the people of Sacramento County,” said Bera, who won his 5th term.

Democrat Rishi Kumar failed to win his bid against fellow Democrat Anna Eshoo, who has represented California’s 18th Congressional District — in portions of the Silicon Valley — since 1993. Eshoo won with just under two-thirds of the vote, more than 65 percent, while Kumar received 34 percent, more than 79,000 votes.

Another newcomer, physician Hiral Tipirneni, a Democrat, failed to beat Republican incumbent David Schweikert in Arizona. The red state delivered one of the few surprises of election night, turning blue for the Joe Biden-Kamala Harris ticket. In a virtual press conference Nov. 4 morning, Tipirneni acknowledged that the race was too close to call. She thanked voters for showing up in record numbers and for encouraging family and friends to vote.

“This is exactly where we wanted to be at this point in the race. This is a trajectory that will lead to victory,” she said. “We know we’ve done very well with Independents and cross-over votes, but we will wait to declare victory until every ballot is counted.

In Washington state, Rep. Pramila Jayapal overwhelmingly won her bid for re-election, capturing almost 85 percent: 344,541 votes. “Wow, we did it decisively! Thank you #WA07. I am humbled, grateful and ready to serve again. Our path to truly build a more just and equitable country is long. But we are bold, progressive & unafraid, and if we believe in the possible & organize, we WILL win,” tweeted Jayapal, who was running for her third term in the House.

In Illinois, Democrat Rep. Raja Krishnamoorthi also handily won his re-election bid against Libertarian Preston Nelson. Krishnamoorthi won with almost 71 percent of the vote: 146,495 votes. “I am honored that my constituents have elected me to represent them in Congress for another two years, and I am tremendously grateful to all my supporters who helped make my re-election possible,” Krishnamoorthi said in a statement Nov. 3 evening.

“Today, our country faces enormous and unprecedented economic and public health challenges. No matter who controls the White House or the Senate in January, I am committed to doing whatever it takes to bring the country together to implement common-sense solutions that move our country and our people forward.”

China Is Talking Point At High-Level Indo-US Meet

Coming at a sensitive time with the US Presidential election just a week away and while India is still entangled in border tensions with China, US Secretary of State Mike Pompeo and secretary of defense Mark Esper arrived in New Delhi on Monday for the Indo-US 2+2 talks, expected to focus on the Indo-Pacific security and the threat posed by China.

Pompeo’s pit stops in Asia include Indian-Ocean nations of Sri Lanka and the Maldives, and Indonesia, which is in a dispute with China in the South China Sea. Also, next month India hosts the Malabar naval exercise, which would see the forces of all Quad nations — US, India, Japan and Australia — participate for the first time in 13 years.

Security cooperation between India and the US would be on the agenda too. The two countries have made significant progress towards concluding the last foundational defence cooperation agreement, the Basic Exchange and Cooperation Agreement, the Times of India reports. The agreement will allow for expanded geospatial information sharing between the armed forces of the two countries.

The upcoming presidential election in the US is not expected to cast a shadow over the talks since both the Democrats and Republicans emphasise close relations with India. Some even argue Donald Trump’s challenger Joe Biden would be better for India. (Related news: Biden slammed Trump for his “filthy” air comment on India)

Pompeo could assuage India’s concerns over the new sanctions on Iran affecting New Delhi’s interest, specifically the Chabahar port. The Trump administration has informed New Delhi that sale of agricultural commodities, food, medicine and medical devices to Iran, is permitted, the Indian Express reports. Waivers granted for reconstruction and development of Afghanistan, too, remain valid. This holds significance as India sees Chabahar — despite the slow progress — as a reliable gateway to Afghanistan.

Despite a firestorm of positive signals fired off by officials from both sides in an attempt to lighten the atmosphere before this year’s ministerial meeting, such as the signing of the Basic Exchange and Cooperation Agreement for Geo-Spatial Cooperation (BECA), Chinese observers pointed out that even upgraded military cooperation with the US will not put India on the same level to confront China, nor will it change the fact that Washington and New Delhi always have their own interests at heart. It will not determine how long the India-US honeymoon will last.  

It is significant that during Prime Minister Modi and President Obama’s final meeting in the White House in 2016, the United States elevates India to a major defense partner, a status no other country holds. An expansion of the ten-year defense agreement renewed in 2015, the designation, which became law in August 2018, means that India will enjoy some of the benefits of being a U.S. treaty ally, such as access to defense technology, though the alliance is not a formal one. In a speech before Congress a day later, Modi celebrated his country’s growing diplomatic and economic ties with the United States. Two months later, the United States and India signed an agreement on deeper military cooperation after nearly a decade of negotiations.

In 2018, during a “two-plus-two” dialogue in New Delhi, U.S. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo and Secretary of Defense Jim Mattis sign an agreement with Indian Minister of External Affairs Sushma Swaraj and Defense Minister Nirmala Sitharaman. The Communications Compatibility and Security Agreement (COMCASA) gives India access to advanced communication technology used in U.S. defense equipment and allows real-time information sharing between the two countries’ militaries. The agreement had been under negotiation for nearly a decade.

British Columbia Elects 8 Indo-Canadians to Assembly

Eight Indo-Canadians were elected to the 87-member Assembly of Canada’s British Columbia province. There were 27 Indian-origin candidates in the fray in the elections held on Saturday.

All eight winners belong to the ruling New Democratic Party which secured an absolute majority with 55 seats in the 87-member House.

Three of the Indo-Canadian winners are women.

Noted human rights lawyer Aman Singh created history by becoming the first turbaned Sikh MLA in British Columbia even though the province was the first to elect a Punjabi (Moe Sihota) as an MLA in 1986 and a Sikh (Ujjal Dosanjh) as Premier in 2001.

Singh caused a major upset by beating former journalist Jas Johal of the opposition Liberal Party in Richmond-Queensborough.

Most of Indo-Canadian victories came in the Indian-dominated city of Surrey on the outskirts of Vancouver.

Prominent winners include Labour Minister Harry Bains, Deputy Speaker Raj Chouhan, former minister Jinny Sims and parliamentary secretaries Jagrup Brar and Ravi Kahlon.

Bains retained his seat of Surrey-Newton by beating fellow Punjabi Paul Boparai of the Liberal Party.

Bains, who comes from Hardaspur village near Jalandhar, has won this seat since 2005.

Deputy Speaker Raj Chouhan also retained his seat of Burnaby-Edmonds by beating Tript Atwal of the Liberal Party and Iqbal Parekh of the Green Party. Chouhan came to Canada from Punjab as a student in 1973.

Jagrup Brar of the ruling party also retained his seat of Surrey-Fleetwood by trouncing fellow Punjabi Garry Thind of the Liberal Party.

A former Indian basketball player, Brar has now won this seat five times since 2004.

The fifth Indo-Canadian man to win is Ravi Kahlon of the ruling NDP who beat Almora-born Neema Manral of the Green Party and Jet Sunner (Jatinder) of the Liberal Party.

Among the women winners, Jinny Sims (Joginder Kaur) beat fellow Punjabi Dr Gulzar Cheema in the Surrey-Panorama constituency. Born at Pabwan village near Jalandhar, Sims came to Canada at the age of nine.

Rachna Singh of the ruling party retained her Surrey-Green Timbers seat by beating Dilraj Atwal of the Liberal Party.

Nikki Sharma of the ruling NDP won in Vancouver-Hastings.

Indian-origins make up about 10 per cent of the British Columbia population of five million. (IANS)

Arrest of Fr. Stan Lourdswamy Condemned Worldwide

Major opposition parties in India and the United Nations backed an octogenarian Jesuit priest, jailed for alleged charges of sedition and links with Maoist rebels and demanded his immediate release.

The leaders of the Congress, Communist Party of India-Marxist (CPI-M), Communist Party of India, Jharkhand Mukti Morcha, Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam (DMK), and the Nationalist Congress Party slammed the arrest of 84-year-old activist Father Stan Swamy on Oct. 21. The party leaders also expressed solidarity with the “genuine” work the priest had done among the oppressed tribal people and other marginalized groups.

The sickly priest was arrested at his residence in Ranchi, capital of eastern Jharkhand state, on Oct. 8 night on the grounds of being party to a conspiracy that led to violence at Bhima Koregaon, in western state of Maharashtra, on Jan. 1, 2018, in which one person was killed and several others injured.

The priest denied the allegation and said he had not even visited Bhima Koregaon in his entire life. In a video message before his arrest, he said the National Investigation Agency, the federal agency tasked with combating terror activities, implicated him by manipulating documents in the case for his relentless fight against the exploitation of tribals and other oppressed mainly in Jharkhand.

The priest is among the 16 activists who are now in judicial custody for their opposition to the policies of the pro-Hindu Bharatiya Janata Party-led federal government and also the erstwhile BJP government in Jharkhand.  Civil rights group People’s Union for Civil Liberties had arranged the virtual press conference in solidarity with Father Stan and others facing trial for the alleged sedition charges.

Chief Minister of Jharkhand Hemant Soren in his message accused the federal government of trying to silence the voices of marginalized communities.” In a video message, he said, “under the present government, unity, integrity and democratic structures were under attack.”

He also slammed the federal government for “silencing the voices of those speaking for the Adivasis, Dalits and other marginalized groups.” He also deplored the way the government weakened various constitutional offices to advance its hidden agenda.

The BJP is accused of working to turn India into a Hindu theocratic and dictatorial country.

The arrest of someone like Father Swamy crossed all limits, the chief minister said. “He is someone who has been working in Jharkhand for years, in the remote faraway villages, wandering in the jungles, just so that the Adivasis, Dalits and minority populations here could be reached. This is extremely disappointing. Fr Stan (Swamy) is also suffering from many diseases,” Soren said.

“The way Stan Swamy has been arrested today, it could happen to any of us tomorrow – or it could even escalate further to people being killed,” Soren said.

Shashi Tharoor, a former federal minister and senior Congress leader, said Father Swamy deserves “respect and support,” not a jail term. Tharoor said he was convinced that “no Jesuit will indulge in any violence or entice anyone towards violence. This must stop. I appeal to the government to be fair and at least grant him bail. We stand in solidarity with Fr Stan,” he said.

They also demanded repeal of the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act (UAPA), under which the priest and other activists are arrested. Leaders such as Sitaram Yechury, general secretary of CPI-M and K Kanimozhi K leader of DMK urged the public to break their silence over the government’s attacks on the rights of the people.

“Every law that this government passed had taken away the rights of the people. It’s time to break the silence,” Kanimozhi exhorted. Calling for repeal of UAPA, Yechury said, “it is prone to gross misuse.” He also said the federal government was working in such a way that it wants to pave the way for a “fascistic, intolerant and authoritarian Hindutva nation.” The Centre, he alleged, is using central agencies to undermine the Constitution, while shielding the real perpetrators of violence.

On Oct. 20 the United Nations too questioned the arrest of Father Stan as well as the human rights record of India. The UN High Commissioner for Human Rights Michelle Bachelet issued a statement urging the Indian government to safeguard the rights of human rights defenders and non-governmental organizations.

“More than 1,500 people have reportedly been arrested in relation to the protests, with many charged under the Unlawful Activities Prevention Act, a law which has also been widely criticized for its lack of conformity with international human rights standards”, the statement said.

“Most recently, the 83-year-old Catholic priest Stan Swamy, a long-standing activist engaged in defending the rights of marginalized groups, was charged and reportedly remains in detention, despite his poor health”, it noted.

Bachelet urged the Indian government to ensure that “no one else is detained for exercising their rights to freedom of expression and peaceful assembly – and to do its utmost, in law and policy, to protect India’s robust civil society.”

India, however, reacted to the UN strongly saying violations of the law cannot be condoned under the pretext of human rights and a more informed view of the matter was expected of the UN body.

UN Empresses dismayed at restrictions on Human Rights, NGOs and arrests of activists in India

UN High Commissioner for Human Rights Michelle Bachelet on Tuesday appealed to the Government of India to safeguard the rights of human rights defenders and NGOs, and their ability to carry out their crucial work on behalf of the many groups they represent. Bachelet expressed regret at the tightening of space for human rights NGOs in particular, including by the application of vaguely worded laws that constrain NGOs’ activities and restrict foreign funding.

“India has long had a strong civil society, which has been at the forefront of groundbreaking human rights advocacy within the country and globally,” the High Commissioner said. “But I am concerned that vaguely defined laws are increasingly being used to stifle these voices.”

Bachelet cited as worrying the use of the Foreign Contribution Regulation Act (FCRA), which a number of UN human rights bodies* have also expressed concern is vaguely worded and overbroad in its objective. The Act prohibits the receipt of foreign funds “for any activities prejudicial to the public interest.”

The Act, which was adopted in 2010 and was amended last month, has had a detrimental impact on the right to freedom of association and expression of human rights NGOs, and as a result on their ability to serve as effective advocates to protect and promote human rights in India. It is expected that the new amendments will create even more administrative and practical hurdles for such advocacy-based NGOs. Most recently, Amnesty International was compelled to close its offices in India after its bank accounts were frozen over alleged violation of the FCRA.

“The FCRA has been invoked over the years to justify an array of highly intrusive measures, ranging from official raids on NGO offices and freezing of bank accounts, to suspension or cancellation of registration, including of civil society organizations that have engaged with UN human rights bodies,” Bachelet said.

“I am concerned that such actions based on the grounds of vaguely defined ‘public interest’ leave this law open to abuse, and that it is indeed actually being used to deter or punish NGOs for human rights reporting and advocacy that the authorities perceive as critical in nature. Constructive criticism is the lifeblood of democracy. Even if the authorities find it uncomfortable, it should never be criminalized or outlawed in this way.”

The UN Human Rights Committee – which oversees implementation of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights to which India is a party – has found** that when a State invokes national security and protection of public order as a reason to restrict the right to freedom of association, the State party must show the specific nature of the threat or risks posed, and limit its responses to those necessary and proportionate to address such threat or risks.

Activists and human rights defenders have also come under mounting pressure in recent months, particularly because of their engagement in mass protests against the Citizenship Amendment Act that took place across the country earlier this year. More than 1,500 people have reportedly been arrested in relation to the protests, with many charged under the Unlawful Activities Prevention Act – a law which has also been widely criticized for its lack of conformity with international human rights standards.

Charges have also been filed under this law against a number of individuals in connection with demonstrations that date back to 2018. Most recently, the 83-year-old Catholic priest Stan Swamy, a long-standing activist engaged in defending the rights of marginalized groups, was charged and reportedly remains in detention, despite his poor health.

“I urge the Government to ensure that no one else is detained for exercising their rights to freedom of expression and peaceful assembly – and to do its utmost, in law and policy, to protect India’s robust civil society,” the High Commissioner said. “I also urge the authorities to carefully review the FCRA for its compliance with international human rights standards and to release people charged under the Unlawful Activities Prevention Act for simply exercising basic human rights that India is obligated to protect.”

Earlier this year, in a welcome development for advocacy-based NGOs, India’s Supreme Court significantly narrowed the definition of what constitutes a “political activity” under the FCRA. “I encourage India’s national institutions to strengthen the social and legal protections that enable civil society to function freely and contribute to progress,” the High Commissioner said.

Bachelet said the UN Human Rights Office would continue to closely engage with the Government of India on issues relating to the promotion and protection of human rights, and will also continue to monitor developments that positively and negatively affect civic space and fundamental rights and freedoms.

Covid-19 deaths in India may have exceeded 2.5 million: What expert panel says about lockdown, festivals

The government-appointed panel which studied the mathematical progression of Covid-19 numbers in the country said only 30 per cent of the population has developed immunity so far. The Centre had appointed a 10-member committee, headed by NITI Aayog member VK Paul, to study the mathematical progression of Covid-19 virus in India. The committee submitted its report on a day Union health minister Harsh Vardhan admitted community transmission of Covid-19 in certain pockets of a limited number of states in the country.

The study sheds light on where India stands in its fight against Covid-19 and what lies ahead.

  1. India may see an exponential increase of 26 lakh cases in a month because of the festival season if precautions are not followed.
  2. Kerala, Karnataka, Rajasthan, Chhattisgarh and West Bengal are still seeing a rise in the number of cases, while elsewhere the pandemic has stabilised.
  3. A second wave of coronavirus can’t be ruled out in winter.
  4. Local lockdown are not effective now, but had there been no lockdown in March-April, India’s total deaths could have exceeded 25 lakh in August. The death toll now stands at 1.14 lakh.
  5. Only 30 per cent of the population has developed immunity so far.
  6. India reached the peak of Covid-19 in September and is now on the downward slope.
  7. The crisis is likely to be over by February 2021. By that time, there could be 10.5 million cases.
  8. Migrants didn’t make much difference to the number of overall infections.
  9. We have to be careful in the coming months also because of pollution on north India.
  10. The curve is flattened and early lockdown bolstered by better-equipped health care system helped in flattening the curve.

Fr. Stan Lourduswamy Arrested By Indian Authorities On Hooked Up Charges

“The arrest of Fr Stan Lourduswamy, 83, is a violation of human rights,” said Rev. J. Felix Raj, a fellow Jesuit of Indian Origin. “We are distressed and troubled. We express our deep concern over the arrest and demand his immediate release considering his age.”

A special court in Mumbai has placed Jesuit Fr. Stan Swamy, a tribal rights activist, in judicial custody until Oct. 23 amid protests in many parts of the country. The priest, whose birth name is Stanislaus Lourdusamy, is accused of being party to a conspiracy that led to a violent clash in Bhima Korega on Jan. 1, 2018. One person was killed and several others injured.

Officials of the National Investigation Agency, which probes terrorism-linked activities, arrested the 83-year-old priest Oct. 8 at his residence at Bagaicha, a Jesuit social work center in the outskirts of the Ranchi, reported ucanews.com. Officials arrested him for alleged links to outlawed Maoist rebels, which the Jesuits and Indian rights activists say are trumped-up charges.

“We are consulting lawyers to move the appropriate court for his bail,” said Jesuit Fr. Davis Solomon, a colleague of Swamy. A statement from the Jesuits’ Social Justice and Ecology Secretariat noted that, two days before his arrest, Swamy released a video explaining his fight for tribal land rights. He said he had been interrogated by police for 15 hours over five days this summer.

“What is happening to me is not something unique happening to me alone. It is a broader process that is taking place all over the country,” Swamy said in the video. “We are all aware how prominent intellectuals, lawyers, writers, poets, activists, students, leaders, they are all put into jail because they have expressed their dissent or raised questions about the ruling powers of India.”

Fr. Stan Swamy is a Jesuit of the Jamshedpur province of the Jesuit Order. A Tamilian by birth, he joined the Jesuits and committed his entire life for the uplift of the tribals and Dalits in India, particularly in Jharkhand. Arrested in Ranchi on October 8 and taken to Mumbai the next morning, he has been sent to judicial custody till October 23.

In a statement issued here, Archbishop Felix Machado, Secretary General of the Catholic Bishops’ Conference of India, (CBCI), said, “CBCI expresses its deep sorrow and anguish on the arrest of Fr Stan Swamy from his residence by the National Investigation Agency (NIA), accusing him of being related to the Bhima –Koregaon incident.” Arrested in Ranchi on October 8 and taken to Mumbai the next morning, he has been sent to judicial custody till October 23.

Fr Stan Swamy has spent a major portion of his life giving yeoman service to the tribals and the downtrodden in the state of Jharkhand. According to our reports Fr. Stan has for decades been working to protect the rights of the Adivasis, especially their land rights. This could have worked against the interests of certain people. When questioned during the months of July- August 2020 by authorities, Fr Stan Swamy has fully cooperated with Investigating Agencies and has provided detailed statements, claiming to be innocent in the case.

Archbishop Felix Machado said, “It is difficult to comprehend the plight of an octogenarian with several morbidities, like Fr Stan Swamy to have to undergo such difficulties during this pandemic in which even a normal healthy person would hesitate to travel or would never travel risking one’s life.”

The CBCI makes a strong appeal to the concerned authorities to immediately release Fr Stan Swamy and to permit him to go to his residence. The Catholic Community has always been lauded by all as body of loyal, law abiding and service minded citizens of Mother India. The community has always been contributing to nation building and continues to collaborate with the government in working for the common good of all Indians and the progress of our nation. We earnestly urge that the rights, duties and privileges of all citizens are duly safeguarded, and peace and harmony prevail among all.

 Fr Stan Swamy is the 16th person to be arrested in the case, in which people have been booked under various sections of the Indian Penal Code and the anti-terror law UAPA. The NIA had been interrogating him and had questioned him for 15 hours during a span of five days before the arrest.

“Now they want me to go to Mumbai…, I have said that I won’t go,” Fr Stan Swamy had said before his arrest, citing his advanced age and the pandemic. I have never been to Bhima Koregaon for which I am being made an accused,” he said. He added that he had asked for questioning through videoconference and hoped that better “human sense” would prevail.

Fr Stan Swamy said he was part of the process and, in a way, happy to be so because he was not a “silent spectator”. “I am ready to pay the price, whatever be it,” he said. Fr Stan Swamy has often raised his voice against alleged police excesses in Jharkhand, and what he describes as the government’s failure to properly implement the Fifth Schedule of the Constitution in the state.

The Fifth Schedule stipulates that a “Tribes Advisory Council (TAC)”, composed solely of members from the Adivasi community, advise governors of tribal-inhabited states on their well-being and development. Fr Stan Swamy has claimed that none of the governors — the discretionary heads of these councils — has ever reached out to the Adivasis to understand and work on their problems.

He has also taken exception to how the Panchayats (Extension to Scheduled Areas) Act (PESA), 1996, has been “neatly ignored” and “deliberately… left unimplemented in all the nine states” with a tribal population. The Act, according to him, was the first to recognise the fact that the Adivasi communities in India have had a rich social and cultural tradition of self-governance through the gram sabha.

In 2017, he mobilised the Adivasis to fight for the rights granted to them under PESA, and this lead to the Pathalgadi movement. Fr Stan Swamy and many others were booked for alleged sedition for the movement under the state’s erstwhile BJP government, but the cases have been revoked under the current JMM-Congress dispensation.

Fr Stan Swamy has also been a vocal advocate for the release of undertrials. He says they have been unfairly lodged in jails and labelled Maoists. In 2010, he published a book about this, titled Jail Mein Band Qaidiyon ka Sach (The truth of undertrials).”

 The Catholic Church has expressed gratitude “to all people of goodwill, people from all walks of life, belonging to all religions, and all institutions that have come out in an overwhelming support for Fr Stan Swamy’s immediate release and safe return to his residence.” 

 

2nd Quad Ministerial Meeting Held

The Australian and Japanese foreign ministers, the Indian external affairs minister, and the U.S. secretary of state met in Tokyo on October 6 for the second ministerial of the Quadrilateral, or “Quad.” While the Quad ministers did not release a joint statement, AustraliaIndiaJapan, and the U.S. did issue readouts. They provide a sense of the agenda, as well as where there is — and is not — overlap. The separate readouts also give some additional details. For instance, the Japanese one noted that North Korea and the South China Sea came up for discussion; the Australian and Indian ones mentioned the delivery of safe and effective COVID-19 vaccines; and Canberra’s document highlighted the subject of critical minerals.

In their readouts as well as their opening statements, each Quad country also outlined its vision of the kind of Indo-Pacific it would like to see. All four also emphasized the importance of working with other like-minded partners (even beyond the Association for Southeast Asian Nations, or ASEAN). Japan mentioned European partners, in particular. As expected, no announcement was made about including Australia in the U.S.-India-Japan MALABAR maritime exercise, but Indian official sources indicated that an announcement would be made before the exercise in November.

While most of the countries did not explicitly mention China, there were various implicit references to it. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo was the exception, mentioning the Chinese Communist Party in particular. The lack of consensus on whether or not — and how — to mention China might be one reason why the countries did not release a joint statement. Nonetheless, in a subsequent press availability, American officials made clear that China was discussed. They also indicated that Beijing’s behavior vis-à-vis Australia, India, and Japan over the last few months — rather than the Trump administration’s urging — increased their enthusiasm for the Quad.

The 2020 ministerial was the first standalone meeting of the Quad — previous minister-level and working-level meetings have taken place on the sidelines of other summits. The readouts of the four countries noted the importance of regularizing the ministerial, as well as continuing working-level and subject experts’ meetings. The visit to Tokyo also provided an opportunity for Minister Marise Payne, Minister S. Jaishankar, and Secretary Pompeo to meet with new Japanese Prime Minister Yoshihide Suga, as well as for the four countries to have bilateral meetings with each other.

India Donates 1.8 Million N95 Masks to Philadelphia for Frontline Workers

India has donated 1.8 million N95 masks to Philadelphia, the largest city in the US state of Pennsylvania, to help in its fight against COVID-19, setting another example of a robust Indo-US partnership in the health sector.

The city of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, has received a donation of 1.8 million N95 masks from India to help in its fight against COVID-19, according to a PTI report, adding it is another example of a robust Indo-U.S. partnership in the health sector. The donation came after Philadelphia Mayor Jim Kenney made a request to India for supply of masks to be used by the city’s frontline healthcare workers.

The move comes after the Mayor of Philadelphia, Jim Kenney, made a request to India for supply of masks to be used by the city’s frontline workers.  “Philadelphia receives 1.8 million N95 masks from India to aid their fight against COVID-19,” India’s Ambassador to the U.S. Taranjit Singh Sandhu tweeted Oct. 9. “Another example of the robust India-US reliable partnership in the health sector!” he added.

Philadelphia is the sixth-most populous US city. The move is also an indication of India’s capabilities in manufacturing Personal protective equipment (PPE) not only for domestic use, but also exports, officials said.  India had also supplied hydroxychloroquine, an anti-malaria drug which is seen as a possible cure for COVID-19, to the US at the request of President Donald Trump.

During GOPIO-CT Event, Rep. Jim Himes Says, “Joe Biden Administration Will Continue To Offer Mediation Between India And China”

Describing the current situation on Indo-China border as very serious, US Congressman Jim Himes, a Democrat from the state of Connecticut, said, if elected to power the Joe Biden Administration will continue to offer mediation between India and China. Rep. Himes was addressing an interactive session via Zoom, organized by the GOPIO-CT Chapter on Thursday, October 8th, 2020. He called for serious and significant dialogue between two Asian giants, Rep. Himes referred to the efforts by the Trump administration to mediate between India and China, and he hoped that both the nations “accept the offer to mediate by the US Administration.”  Every year, GOPIO-CT has had an interactive session with Rep. Jim Himes. This year, because of the Pandemic, it had to be done on a Zoom session. The program started with a welcome by GOPIO-CT President Ashok Nichani who said that Rep. Himes is a great supporter of GOPIO and the Indian community.

In his opening remarks, GOPIO International Chairman Dr. Thomas Abraham, sought clarification from the Democratic Party Congressman on “US-India Relations in a Democrat Administration especially policy on India-China Border Clashes.”

 Calling on both the counties to be “careful with each other” in their approach and not to escalate the situation between the Two Nuclear Nations, referring to the US efforts to engage both the nations, Rep. Himes said, “This is an important opportunity for both the nations to address” and resolve the border tensions. Referring to Joe Biden as someone, whose strength is in Foreign Policy, the Congressman said, “The Joe Biden Administration will continue to offer mediation” between India and China. 

Dr. Thomas Abraham initiated the discussion by raising the “H1 and H4 visa issues and what you expect in Biden Administration, if he wins the election, especially for the need to clear the backlogs of pending Immigration numbers for our community.” Responding to these concerns that were shared in a series of questions by GOPIO leaders on the Immigration issues, Dr. Abraham described the immigration policy of the Trump administration and the current situation as “messy”, Rep. Himes referred to the numerous Presidential orders being challenged in Courts. He hoped that there will be a change, which will be a reversal in status and get back to a comprehensive immigration reform. Referring to the Trump policy on denying work visas to spouses of H1B visa holders, Rep. Himes asked, “What good is it that if the spouses of the H1B visa holders cannot work under H4 visas?’

On the Green Card back log, Rep. Himes said, attracting skilled laborers is “central to our economy.” On a question, regarding the discussions about the Country-based quota not being used and unused visas could be used to allow Green Cards to other qualified individuals who are caught in the backlog for Green Card approval, Rep. Himes was unsure if the Biden Administration will embrace the policy.

 Rep. Himes called for new dialogue between the two major parties to create a comprehensive new immigration policy that addresses the needs of the nation and millions who are awaiting a solution to the challenges. Rep. Himes wanted the nation to reflect and clarify the values behind creating a comprehensive immigration policy. While criticizing the Trump regime’s policy of favoring the people of higher income groups while offering visas, Rep. Himes said, “The  Biden Administration will be more open to immigration” which is more compassionate and understanding of the needs of the nation and those of the immigrants.

 On another question regarding voter suppression, Rep. Himes said, “If you want to vote in the state of Connecticut, there is no requirement for Voter ID.” He urged all sections of the society to work to ensuring “peaceful elections.”  Pointing to a state law, that does not allow political activity within 75 feet of any polling place, he said, “Any propaganda will be a violation and will be prosecuted.” Describing the residents of CT as law abiding citizens, Rep. Himes said, “I do not anticipate any significant problems in CT. However, the situation is different in other states like Wisconsin.”

Rep. Himes serves on the US Congressional Caucus on India and Indian-Americans, a forum in which Members of Congress can address the issues central to our relationship with this important South Asian nation. By promoting dialogue on issues of interest to the Indian-American community, the Caucus strives to strengthen bilateral relations between the United States and India, promote trade with India, enhance economic development in India and the United States, increase anti-terrorism cooperation.

On the ongoing Covid-19 emergency, Rep. Himes said, “the impact of Covid has been contained in my constituency by good behavior of all of my constituents. The numbers in the state of CT are good, because we did not get into politics. Hope the situation continues to improve.” Referring to the Congressional Bill passed that had offered substantial relief for small businesses, Congressman Himes pointed to the challenges in passing a new Covid Bill that the Congress Bill offers $2.2 Trillion, Rep. Himes criticized the Republican-led Senate and President Trump. “Once again, President Trump has called off negotiations, which is not good for the President and for the nation.

Rep. Himes also sought suggestions from GOPIO-CT participants on Kashmir issue. On that, Dr. Abraham categorically said that people in India whole heartedly supported the steps taken by Modi administration to make Kashmir people full participants like other citizens of India and complimented Prime Minister Modi for the new initiatives in education and development of Kashmir.

GOPIO-CT Trustee Joseph Simon concluded the meeting by thanking the organizers and Congressman Jim Himes for being gracious with his time and addressing the many issues of interest to the Indian community so directly and openly.

Over the last 14 years, GOPIO-CT, a chapter of GOPIO International has become an active and dynamic organization hosting interactive sessions with policy makers and academicians, community events, youth mentoring and networking workshops, and working with other area organizations to help create a better future. GOPIO-CT – Global Organization of People of Indian Origin – serves as a non-partisan, secular, civic and community service organization – promoting awareness of Indian culture, customs and contributions of PIOs through community programs, forums, events and youth activities. It seeks to strengthen partnerships and create an ongoing dialogue with local communities. 

Protest in New Jersey over the Hathras gang rape and killing of Dalit Girl

The Indian American Muslim Council (IAMC), an advocacy group dedicated to safeguarding India’s pluralist and tolerant ethos, organized a massive protest in New Jersey on October 10, 2020, over the gang rape and killing of a Dalit girl in Hathras, in the Indian State of Uttar Pradesh. 

The hasty and forceful cremation of the victim’s body by the Uttar Pradesh police has sent shock waves across India and indeed around the world. The inhumanity of the crime was amplified by the brazenness of the state government’s attempt to shield the perpetrators. The indifference shown to the value of human life by those in positions of power was the focus of the ire and outrage by protesters at the rally.

The protest was organized by the New Jersey unit of IAMC, and was supported by members of other civil society groups such as Hindus for Human Rights, India Civil Watch, Sadhana, Students Against Hindutva Ideology, Muslims for Progressive Values, MANAVI, Dalit Solidarity Forum and Global Indian Progressive Alliance among others.  

“The Hindu nationalist government in India protects perpetrators of brutal sexual crimes against Dalit women, because it doesn’t treat Dalits as equal citizens,” said Mr. Minhaj M Khan, President of the New Jersey chapter of the Indian American Muslim Council (IAMC) at the rally on Saturday. He was addressing a large gathering of peaceful protesters from New Jersey and New York. The protestors; key demand was justice for the 19-year-old Dalit girl who was gang raped on September 14, 2020, by four men belonging to the influential upper caste Thakurs in Hathras district of Uttar Pradesh. The victim died two weeks later in a hospital in Delhi, after suffering paralysis due to severe injuries to her spinal cord, leading to national and international outrage and protests. 

“Dalit lives do not matter under India’s Hindu nationalist government and the state of Uttar Pradesh has only acted in a manner consistent with the national government’s repressive policies towards Dalits and religious minorities. Not only did the state’s chief minister Adityanath deny that the girl was raped, he refused a dignified death to her, and protected the culprits because they are from the same upper caste as him,” he said.  

Jawad Khan, the national General Secretary of IAMC, highlighted the fact that according to India’s National Crime Records Bureau more than 500 Dalit women were raped in Uttar Pradesh under Adityanath regime in 2019 alone. In 2018 almost 3000 Dalit women were raped in UP of whom 871 were minors. On an average 8 Dalit women are raped everyday in India.

“Adityanath is not capable of serving people in accordance with the Constitution. He protected the culprits of the gang rape and instead hired a public relations firm to push a narrative that the gang rape in Hathras, was a conspiracy of ‘outsiders’,” Mr. Khan said while addressing the protesters who wore masks, raising placards in their hands. They raised slogans against India’s Hindu nationalist government as well as Chief Minister Yogi Adityanath of Uttar Pradesh. Yogi Adityanath has been known to run private militias with a criminal record that goes back several decades. 

“The unfortunate reality is that under the administration of Modi government, members of upper caste and of those who believe in the neo-Nazi ideology of Hindutva, are more equal than others. We are here to demand that the Indian state ensure justice to the family of the victim, in not only this case but in all other cases of sexual violence against Dalit women,” said Mr. Sheik, a board member of IAMC. 

Dr. Murli Natarajan from India Civil Watch International, condemned the gang rape in Hathras and said that the “brutality that happened in Hathras, was yet another in a very long series of moral horrors perpetrated against Dalits by caste-supremacist patriarchs.”

“We condemn their brazen denial of the rape, their cowardly cover-up of the frequency of rapes, their shameless glorification of the rapists, their bigoted denigration of rape victims, and their denial to the family of the right to grieve with dignity,” he added.

A representative of Dalit Solidarity forum in the USA, said that the protest was an expression of condemnation of “the rapid increase in the unacceptable social condition of Dalit women unable to defend rights to our own bodies and self-respect. We are repeatedly devalued, raped and mutilated.”

Nilab Nusrat, a representative from Hindus for Human Rights, said “I can’t stay silent when a 19-year-old girl is getting gang-raped and killed and the rapists are not brought to justice because they are members of the upper caste.”

IAMC is dedicated to promoting the common values of pluralism, tolerance, and respect for human rights that form the basis of the world’s two largest secular democracies – the United States and India. (Courtesy: Indian American Muslim Council)

Indian Overseas Congress, USA Condemns The Rape And Murder Of Manisha Valmiki Of Hathras, U.P

Indian Overseas Congress, USA joins millions of non-resident Indians across the globe in condemning the horrific rape and murder of Manisha Valmiki of Hathras, U.P. The barbarity and the bestiality involved in the killing show the depraved and criminal mindsets of those who perpetrated such heinous acts against a Dalit woman who is from the lowest rung of India’s caste system. The ghastly way this woman was raped and murdered has indeed shaken the nation to its core and terrorized the people of conscience across the world. 
 The victim, who belonged to the Dalit community, was raped by four  men on September 14 in the heartland state of Uttar Pradesh’s Hathras district. The woman’s family told local media that they found her naked, bleeding, and paralyzed with a split tongue and broken spine in a field outside her home. On Tuesday, she died two weeks later after battling severe injuries in a hospital in New Delhi.

To add insult to injury, the police barricaded her family members & locals inside the house and forcibly burned the body. The family was not allowed to see their daughter for one last time and say good-bye. As it has been said by Yogendra Yadav, “even criminals are allowed dignified cremation. Here is a rape victim being cremated by police at 2.30 AM without family members”.

“Mr. Yogi Adityanath, the Chief Minister of Uttar Pradesh, it is your party which is in power. Given your supremacy within the party in U.P. and the centralized control you exercise, you more than anyone else have to be held responsible for this terrifying state of affairs,” said George Abraham, Vice-Chairman of the Indian Overseas Congress, USA. Your past statement, such as ‘women not capable of being left alone and their energy should be regulated, lest it becomes worthless and destructive,” is not only despicable but misogynistic and chauvinistic.

“while you have ordered an inquiry, Mr. Chief Minister, you haven’t taken any steps to cure this rape culture in your state or shown any resolve to change the social, political, and administrative conditions under which such anti-Dalit hatred is bred,” said Mohinder Singh Gilzian, President of the Indian Overseas Congress, USA. Your continuing inaction in this regard will gain you the title as the Chief administrator of the notorious Rape State in India,” Mr. Gilzian added.

“It is indeed the growing culture of violence emanating out of the wrong-headed sense of ultra-nationalism and majoritarian arrogance that is polarizing the communities and dividing the nation.  We call upon the Modi Government to stop paying lip service with slogans like “Beti Bachao, Beti Padhao” and provide true leadership in bringing perpetrators of this pervasive rape and abuse of women culture across the country to justice regardless of their party affiliations and oust any government officials who remains stumbling blocks to that effort” the statement added. 

Babri Masjid Demolition A Criminal Act And CBI Court Verdict Must Be Challenged NAPM Condemns The Criminal Neglect Of The Prosecution In The Case And Complete Denial Of The Findings Of The Liberhan Commission

National Alliance of People’s Movements (NAPM)   is shocked and dismayed at the verdict of the CBI Special Court in acquitting all 32 persons accused of being responsible for the demolition of Babri masjid on December 6, 1992. For reasons best known to it, the CBI led a weak prosecution based upon defective evidence, even though the Liberhan Commission after its detailed investigation (1992-2009) pointed to the involvement of senior RSS and BJP leaders, including L K Advani, Murli Manohar Joshi and Uma Bharti. It is indeed sad commentary for  our democracy that active participants in a movement such as this often say one thing inside Court and the exact opposite outside it and yet go scot-free. The Judgement running in to 2,300 pages then goes at length to say that there was no active conspiracy, it’s a mockery of the rule of law.

The verdict does nothing to remedy the illegality of the demolition, which was recognized by the Supreme Court in its Ayodhya Verdict on November 9, 2019, but on the other hand has encouraged claims for demolition of other mosques, leading inevitably to increasing discord, hate and violence in society. Further, the verdict trivializes Supreme Court’s comment that the Babri masjid demolition was “an egregious violation of rule of law”.

Prima facie, it appears that the Prosecution not only failed to do its job but also willfully worked in favour of pleasing its political masters, since on record, in front of Liberhan Commission, Uma Bharti, one of the co-accused had taken responsibility for her role in the demolition of the mosque. There is enough evidence visual and written in public domain from the times where their speeches, actions and everything has been recorded.  Photographs of leading lights who were leading the Ramjanmabhoomi movement and were on stage near the site of the demolition celebrating the fall of the mosque are a case in point. All right thinking citizens are therefore dismayed at the decision that they had no role in the demolition of the Babri Masjid.  NAPM condemns this decision of the CBI court and demands that this be challenged in the High court.

The verdict has shocked everyone, though given the state of affairs and continued miscarriage of justice in recent times, it has not come as a surprise to many. This completely falls in the current pattern where students activists, professors, lawyers, journalists, human rights activists and critics of the regime are being arrested on false charges, and conspiracies are being established on WhatsApp chats and social media posts, case being Bhima Koregaon Conspiracy and Delhi Riots Conspiracy. The judicial system has always been seen as the last recourse of common people in the face of a rapacious executive and a complicit legislature, which are destroying the social fabric of our nation. Unfortunately, judiciary is abdicating its responsibility.

We urge that the Supreme Court takes suo moto note of this verdict and brings the perpetrators to justice. The demolition of Babri mosque was a body blow to the secular fabric of the nation and a criminal act. And it is with deep sorrow that we note that the Ram Mandir will be built on the back of demolition, violence and miscarriage of justice.

We the People, who have faith in the Constitution of India, are being constantly failed by its three pillars, and all public servants. In the face of failing democracy, we still believe and trust that the Judiciary at all levels will yet rise above the political pressures that it faces, and display its independence. We expect it to stand tall with courage and belief in the power of truth, to uphold justice without fear or favour, and honour their Constitutional oath to serve the People of India.

Medha Patkar, Narmada Bachao Andolan (NBA) and National Alliance of People’s Movements (NAPM); Dr. Sunilam, Adv. Aradhna Bhargava, Kisan Sangharsh Samiti; Rajkumar Sinha, Chutka Parmaanu Virodhi Sangharsh Samiti, NAPM, Madhya Pradesh;

Aruna Roy, Nikhil Dey, Shankar Singh, Mazdoor Kisan Shakti Sangathan (MKSS), National Campaign for People’s Right to Information; Kavita Srivastava, People’s Union for Civil Liberties (PUCL); Kailash Meena NAPM Rajasthan;

Prafulla Samantara, Lok Shakti Abhiyan; Lingraj Azad, Samajwadi Jan Parishad & Niyamgiri Suraksha Samiti, Manorama, Posco Pratirodh Sangram Samiti; Lingaraj Pradhan, Satya banchor, Anant, Kalyan Anand, Arun Jena, Trilochan Punji, Lakshimipriya Mohanty and Balakrishna Sand, Manas Patnaik, NAPM Odisha;

Sandeep Pandey (Socialist Party of India); Richa Singh & Rambeti (Sangatin Kisaan Mazdoor Sangathan, Sitapur); Rajeev Yadav & Masihuddin bhai (Rihai Manch, Lucknow & Azamgadh); Arundhati Dhuru & Zainab Khatun (Mahila Yuva Adhikar Manch, Lucknow), Suresh Rathaur (MNREGA Mazdoor Union, Varanasi);  Arvind Murti & Altamas Ansari (Inquilabi Kamgaar Union, Mau), Jagriti Rahi (Vision Sansthan, Varanasi); Satish Singh (Sarvodayi Vikas Samiti, Varanasi); Nakul Singh Sawney (Chal Chitra Abhiyan, Muzaffarnagar); NAPM Uttar Pradesh

  1. Chennaiah,Andhra Pradesh Vyavasaya Vruthidarula Union-APVVU, Ramakrishnam Raju,United Forum for RTI and NAPM, Chakri (Samalochana), Balu Gadi, Bapji Juvvala, NAPM Andhra Pradesh;

Jeevan Kumar & Syed Bilal (Human Rights Forum), P. Shankar (Dalit Bahujan Front), Vissa Kiran Kumar & Kondal (Rythu Swarajya Vedika), Ravi Kanneganti (Rythu JAC), Ashalatha (MAKAAM), Krishna (Telangana Vidyavantula Vedika-TVV), M. Venkatayya (Telangana Vyavasaya Vruttidarula Union-TVVU), Meera Sanghamitra, Rajesh Serupally, NAPM Telangana;

Sister Celia, Domestic Workers Union; Maj Gen (Retd) S.G.Vombatkere, NAPM, Nawaz, Dwiji, Nalini, Madhu Bhushan and Mamatha Yajaman, NAPM Karnataka

Gabriele Dietrich, Penn Urimay Iyakkam, Madurai; Geetha Ramakrishnan, Unorganised Sector Workers Federation; Suthanthiran, Suthanthiran, Lenin & Arul Doss, NAPM Tamilnadu;

Vilayodi Venugopal, CR Neelakandan, Prof. Kusumam Joseph, Sharath Cheloor, Vijayaraghavan Cheliya, Majeendran, Magline, NAPM, Kerala;

Dayamani Barla, Aadivasi-Moolnivasi Astivtva Raksha Samiti; Basant Hetamsaria, Aloka Kujur, Dr. Leo A. Singh, Afzal Anish, Sushma Biruli, Durga Nayak, Jipal Murmu, Priti Ranjan Dash, Ashok Verma, NAPM Jharkhand;

Anand Mazgaonkar, Swati Desai, Krishnakant, Parth, Paryavaran Suraksha Samiti; Nita Mahadev, Mudita, Lok Samiti; Dev Desai, Mujahid Nafees, Ramesh Tadvi, Aziz Minat and Bharat Jambucha, NAPM Gujarat;

Vimal Bhai, Matu Jan sangathan; Jabar Singh, Uma, NAPM, Uttarakhand;

Manshi Asher and Himshi Singh, Himdhara, NAPM Himachal Pradesh

Eric Pinto, Abhijeet, Tania Devaiah and Francesca, NAPM Goa

Gautam Bandopadhyay, Nadi Ghati Morcha; Kaladas Dahariya, RELAA, Alok Shukla, Shalini Gera, NAPM Chhattisgarh;

Samar Bagchi, Amitava Mitra, Binayak Sen, Sujato Bhadro, Pradip Chatterjee, Pasarul Alam, Amitava Mitra, Tapas Das, Tahomina Mandal, Pabitra Mandal, Kazi Md. Sherif, Biswajit Basak, Ayesha Khatun, Rupak Mukherjee, Milan Das, Asit Roy, Mita Bhatta, Yasin, Matiur Rahman, Baiwajit Basa, NAPM West Bengal;

Suniti SR, Sanjay M G, Suhas Kolhekar, Prasad Bagwe, Mukta Srivastava, Yuvraj Gatkal, Geetanjali Chavan, Bilal Khan, Jameela, Ghar Bachao Ghar Banao Andolan; Chetan Salve, Narmada Bachao Andolan, Pervin Jehangir, NAPM Maharashtra;

Faisal Khan, Khudai Khidmatgar, J S Walia, NAPM Haryana;

Guruwant Singh, Narbinder Singh, NAPM Punjab;

Kamayani Swami, Ashish Ranjan, Jan Jagran Shakti Sangathan; Mahendra Yadav, Kosi Navnirman Manch; Sister Dorothy, Aashray Abhiyan, NAPM Bihar;

Rajendra Ravi, NAPM; Bhupender Singh Rawat, Jan Sangharsh Vahini; Anjali Bharadwaj and Amrita Johri, Satark Nagrik Sangathan;  Sanjeev Kumar, Dalit Adivasi Shakti Adhikar Manch; Anita Kapoor, Delhi Shahri Mahila Kaamgaar Union; Sunita Rani, National Domestic Workers Union; Nanhu Prasad, National Cyclist Union; Madhuresh Kumar, Priya Pillai, Aryaman Jain, Divyansh Khurana, Evita Das; Anil TV, Delhi Solidarity Group, MJ Vijayan (PIPFPD)        

Seeking Greater Role For India, Modi Questions Relevance Of United Nations

Articulating an inclusive vision for the world and India’s role in manifesting it, Prime Minister Narendra Modi asked the United Nations General Assembly (UNGA) how long India would be kept out of the top UN decision-making bodies. He assured the world of the adequate supply of vaccines and highlighted India’s contribution to UN peacekeeping mission and its non-exclusive foreign policy, making the case for India playing a leading role in the UN.

In his address to the 75th United Nations General Assembly on September 26, 2020, the Indian Prime Minister said the problems and solutions of the world in 1945 were quite different from today. “Today we are in a completely different era,” he said, asking if the character of an institution from those times is even relevant today. He said the UN enjoyed “unparalleled” respect in India but Indians were concerned whether the reform process would “ever reach its logical conclusion.”

Modi questioned the relevance of the United Nations to meet 21st Century challenges with a 19th Century structure that did not include India as a permanent member of the Security Council, and made a call to arms for nations to work for all humanity in the face of the Covid-19 pandemic. Modi posed the question of “Whether the character of the institution, constituted in the prevailing circumstances of 1945, is relevant even today?”

Despite several “stellar achievements” Modi in effect, argued that the UN had failed to stem the tide of terrorism and civil wars despite avoiding a ‘third world war’. And as for the pandemic, Modi slammed the international institution, asking, “Where is the United Nations in this joint fight against the pandemic? Where is its effective response?”

His answer: “Reform in the responses, in the processes, and in the very character of the United Nations is the need of the hour.” India has been waiting for the long-pending promised reforms which are supported by the United States and virtually all nations. “For how long will India be kept out of the decision-making structures of the United Nations?” Modi demanded, noting that this is the largest democracy in the world with more than 18% of its population, “which was a leading global economy for centuries and also one which has endured hundreds of years of foreign rule.”

In his speech, Modi noted that even during these very difficult times of the raging pandemic, the pharmaceutical industry of India has sent essential medicines to more than 150 countries. As the largest vaccine producing country of the world, “I want to give one more assurance to the global community today. India’s vaccine production and delivery capacity will be used to help all humanity in fighting this crisis.”

India is now in phase 3 of clinical trials and Modi promised to help all the countries trying to enhance their cold chain and storage capacities for the delivery of the vaccines. Modi contended that India had never been a power-hungry nation through history. “When we were strong, we were never a threat to the world, when we were weak, we never become a burden on the world. Your Excellency, How long would a country have to wait particularly when the transformational changes happening in that country affect a large part of the world?” Modi questioned.

Drawing attention to India’s standard view of the world as one (Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam), Modi detailed the contributions his country had made in the last 75 years of the UN, including 50 peacekeeping missions where India has lost the most number of peacekeeping personnel.

He attributed numerous initiatives India jumpstarted and which were adopted by the UN including ‘International Day of Non-Violence,’ ‘International Day of Yoga,’ the initiatives of the Coalition for Disaster Resilient Infrastructure and the International Solar Alliance, among them.

He articulated India’s strategic priorities like ‘Neighbourhood First Policy’ and the ‘Act East Policy’, taking a swipe at China’s power moves in the region including in the South China Sea, he mentioned the Indo-Pacific region’s security and growth, going on to say that India helped nations not with a “malafide intent” at the cost of making a partner “dependent or hapless.”

“We must congratulate him for his firm, decisive approach to China,” Parikh said referring to Modi’s comments on following the rule of law in the Indo-Pacific region. India’s experiences at development, Modi said, would help many countries who are trying to progress.

He claimed that during his administration over the last 4 years, India had succeeded in bringing more than 400 million people into the formal financial sector, provided toilet facilities to 600 million people; and within 2-3 years, provided more than 500 million people access to free health care services. He also dwelt on progress toward a ‘digital’ India, mentioned the water supply initiative as well as the goal to achieve a tuberculosis-free nation, empowerment of women, and ensuring the rights of transgender people.

“Prime Minister Modi has eloquently made a case for India’s inclusion (in the Security Council),” said Anju Bhargava, a management consultant, formerly in the Obama administration’s inaugural Advisory Council on Faith Based and Neighborhood Partnership, as well as founder of Hindu American Seva Communities. “He has presented India’s strength from the ancient past to the present as well as pointed to the future. Despite its challenges India has tremendous strength and can play a significant role on the world stage in the future,” Bhargava added.

“In the changed circumstances of the post-pandemic era, we are moving forward with the vision of a “Self-reliant India”. A Self-reliant India will also be a Force Multiplier for the Global Economy,” Modi declared, concluding with a poignant hope that the UN would remain relevant in the brave new world.

Amnesty International Halts Work In India, Citing ‘Witch-Hunt’ By Modi Government

Citing a “reprisal” by the Indian government against its human rights work, Amnesty International said Tuesday that it had to lay off staff and halt operations in India. In a statement, the watchdog accused India’s Hindu nationalist government of “an incessant witch-hunt” against human rights organizations that have revealed wrongdoing by Indian authorities in recent years. Amnesty International’s latest investigations in India have focused on alleged human rights abuses in India’s only Muslim-majority region, Kashmir, as well as on alleged misconduct by Indian police in last February’s Delhi riots that killed dozens of mostly Muslim civilians. The group said its work in India has come to “a grinding halt” after it learned on Sept. 10 that the Indian government froze its bank accounts. “For a movement that has done nothing but raise its voices against injustice, this latest attack is akin to freezing dissent,” Avinash Kumar, executive director of Amnesty International India, said in the statement. Later Tuesday, the Indian government issued a statement calling Amnesty International’s claims “unfortunate, exaggerated and far from the truth.” It accuses Amnesty International of illegally routing money to India through its U.K. branch for several years. “All the glossy statements about humanitarian work and speaking truth to power are nothing but a ploy to divert attention from their activities which were in clear contravention of laid down Indian laws,” the government said. This is not the first time Indian authorities have taken action against Amnesty International. In 2016, they charged the group with sedition for holding an event in the southern city of Bengaluru, related to Kashmir. In 2018, Indian authorities raided Amnesty International’s Delhi office and froze its bank accounts. They have long accused the group of violating rules on foreign funding, including as far back as 2009, before Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s Hindu nationalist party won power nationally. Amnesty International denies any wrongdoing. It has temporarily shut its India operations and then resumed them several times in the past. Amid fears of rising authoritarianism around the world, Tuesday’s events put India in the same category as Russia, where Amnesty International says its Moscow office was seized by the Russian government in 2016. The group’s local director in Turkey has also faced detention and trial. In September, Amnesty International USA submitted a statement to the U.S. House Foreign Affairs Committee, accusing Indian authorities of harassing journalists during the pandemic, violating Kashmiris’ rights and failing to investigate abuses by Delhi police. The acting secretary-general of Amnesty International’s worldwide operations, Julie Verhaar, issued a separate statement calling the closure of its India operations an “egregious and shameful act by the Indian Government.” “However, this does not mark the end of our firm commitment to, and engagement in, the struggle for human rights in India,” Verhaar was quoted as saying. “We will be working resolutely to determine how Amnesty International can continue to play our part within the human rights movement in India for years to come.” (NPR producer Sushmita Pathak contributed to this report)

-+=